I N V I T a T I O N T O B

I N V I T A T I O N T O B I D

The Housing Authority of the City of Erie will receive sealed bids for Modernization and Energy Conservation Work at Various Developments (Project G), Erie, Pennsylvania for the following contracts: Contract A – General Construction Contract B – Plumbing Construction Contract C – HVAC Construction Contract D – Electrical Construction Contract E – Gas Line Replacement and Site Restoration at John E. Horan Garden Apartments

Bids will be received until 2:00 p.m. prevailing time, on Wednesday, May 18, 2011, at the Housing Authority of the City of Erie, 606 Holland Street, Erie, Pennsylvania, 16501, at which time and place all bids will be publicly opened and read aloud.

Forms of Contract documents, including drawings and specifications are on file at the office of the Housing Authority and the architect’s office, Roth Marz Partnership, 3505 Chapin Street, Erie, Pennsylvania, 16508, phone (814) 860-8366. Copies of the documents in the form of a CD can be obtained from the architect during the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. and 1:00 p.m. to 4:30 p.m., at a cost of $50.00 per set. Any mailing or packaging costs shall be arranged for and paid by the Contractor for the CD prior to shipping.

Bid security in the minimum amount of ten percent (10%) of the bid shall be submitted with each bid. The successful bidder will be required to furnish Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and Maintenance Bond.

The Housing Authority of the City of Erie reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive informalities in bidding. No bid shall be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the opening without the consent of the Housing Authority of the City of Erie.

Attention is called to the fact that the Contractor must ensure that applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, or handicap status; and that the Resident Employment and Training Requirements of Executive Order #11246 and Section 3 Clause of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as set forth in Title 24, Part 135, be addressed in a substantive manner. The Contractor must use his best efforts to carry out the Housing Authority of the City of Erie’s Minority Business Enterprise Policy. Specifically, the Contractor must utilize, to the greatest extent feasible, minority and female- owned business concerns, and provide employment opportunities for public housing residents.

Attention is also called to the Provisions for Payment of not less than the prevailing wages as set forth in the bid documents.

A pre-bid conference will be held on Tuesday, May 10, 2011, at 2:00 p.m., at the Housing Authority Central Office, 606 Holland Street, Erie, Pennsylvania.

THE HOUSING AUTHORITY OF THE CITY OF ERIE IS AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AGENCY

Section 01005 Summary of Work ………………………………. 1 thru 3

Section 01330 Alterations ………………………………………… 1 thru 4

Section 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples …….. 1 thru 11

Section 01400 Quality Control Services…………………………. 1 thru 2

Section 01500 Standards and Responsibilities ………………… 1 thru 2

Section 01501 Temporary Facilities 1 thru 9

Section 02070 Selective Demolition……………………………….. 1 thru 5

Section 02100 Clearing & Grubbing ……………………………………. 1 thru 3

Section 02101 Seeding/Seeding Table ………………………………… 1 thru 2

Section 02220 Excavating, Backfill and Compacting …………………. 1

Section 02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting ………………. 1 thru 5

Section 02575 Paving and Resurfacing ………………………………... 1 thru 2

Section 02602 Storm Sewer – Piped Utility Materials ………………… 1

Section 02750 Rigid Pavement …………………………………………. 1 thru 5

Section 02775 Playground Protective Surfacing …………………….. 1 thru 6

Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete………………………………… 1 thru 6

Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies………………………………. 1 thru 19

Section 05500 Metal Fabrications……………………………………… 1 thru 7

Section 06100 Rough Carpentry …………………..………………….. 1 thru 6

Section 06175 Shop Fabricated Wood Trusses ……………………… 1 thru 8

Section 07140 Clear Penetrating Concrete Sealers ………………… 1 thru 5

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Technical Index Modernization & Energy Conservation J - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Section 07190 Clear Penetrating Sealers (Brick Masonry)…………. 1 thru 3

Section 07210 Building Insulation………………………………………. 1 thru 6

Section 07310 Shingles, Etc. …………………………………………… 1 thru 5

Section 07640 Fascia and Soffit………………………………………… 1

Section 07650 Cedar Siding & Trim ……………………………………. 1 thru 2

Section 07900 Caulking…………………………………………………. 1 thru 3

Section 08220 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Doors/Frames ………. 1 thru 5

Section 08361 Overhead Doors ………………………………………. 1 thru 8

Section 08520 Aluminum Windows …………………………………… 1 thru 5

Section 08625 Tubular Daylighting Device……………………………. 1 thru 6

Section 09250 Gypsum Wallboard …………………………………… 1 thru 11

Section 09900 Painting…………………………………………………… 1 thru 8

Section 10200 Miscellaneous Specialties……………………………… 1 thru 3

Section 10425 Signs ……………………………………………………... 1 thru 4

Section 10520 Fire Protection Specialties…………………………….. 1 thru 5

Section 11680 Playfield Equipment …………………………………… 1 thru 9

HVAC Section 15010 HVAC Scope ………………………………………….. 1 thru 2

Section 15050 Basic HVAC Materials and Methods ………………. 1 thru 7

Section 15070 Sound and Vibration Control- HVAC……………….. 1

Section 15090 Restoration and Retofit- HVAC …………………….. 1 thru 3

Section 15100 Existing Ductwork Cleaning………………………… 1 thru 2

Section 15800 High Efficiency Gas Furnace ………………………. 1 thru 3

Section 15810 Ductwork ……………………………………………… 1 thru 3 Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Technical Index Modernization & Energy Conservation J - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Electrical

Section 16010 Electrical General Provisions ………………………... 1 thru 11

Section 16015 Abbreviations and Definitions ………………………... 1 thru 2

Section 16020 Work Included …………………………………………. 1 thru 2

Section 16025 Codes, Fees …………………………………………… 1

Section 16035 Reviews and acceptance …………………………… 1 thru 2

Section 16040 Guarantee ……………………………………………. 1

Section 16045 Maintenance Manuals ………………………………. 1 thru 2

Section 16110 Raceways and Boxes ……………………………….. 1 thru 5

Section 16120 Wire and Cables (600 Volts and Below) ………….. 1 thru 4

Section 16135 Load Centers ………………………………………… 1 thru 4

Section 16145 Surface Metal Raceways …………………………… 1

Section 16450 Grounding ……………………………………………. 1 thru 2

Section 15750 IP Video Surveillance ……………………………….. 1 thru 48

Plumbing

Section 15011 Plumbing Scope ……………………………………….. 1

Section 15051 Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods …………….. 1 thru 23

Section 15091 Plumbing Restoration and Retofit ……………………. 1 thru 4

Section 15106 Installation of Plumbing Pipes and Tubes …………… 1 thru 3

Section 15111 Plumbing Valves ……………………………………….. 1 thru 2

Section 15140 Domestic Water Piping ……………………………….. 1 thru 3

Section 15150 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping …………………….. 1 thru 6

Section 15191 Natural Gas Piping ……………………………………. 1 thru 3

END OF TECHNICAL INDEX Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Technical Index Modernization & Energy Conservation J - 3 Improvements at Various Developments K.

Drawings Index

The following drawings are separate from this document, but are as fully a part of the Contract as if hereto attached or herein repeated:

ARCHITECTURAL 01-A1 HAERBOR HOMES 13-01, HARBOR HOMES ANNEX 13-04 SITE PLAN 01-A2 HARBOR HOMES 13-01 EXISTING EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 01-A3 HARBOR HOMES 13-01 EXISTING EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 01-A4 HARBOR HOMES 13-01 EXISTING EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 01-A5 HARBOR HOMES 13-01 TYPICAL DETAILS 02-A1 LAKE CITY MAINTENANCE GARAGE 02-A2 LAKE CITY MAINTENANCE GARAGE 05-A1 SCHMID TOWERS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 05-A2 SCHMID TOWERS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 07-A1 13-7 2 BEDROOM UNIT EXISTING EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 07-A2 13-7 3 BEDROOM UNIT EXISTING EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 07-A3 13-7 TYPICAL DETAILS 08-A1 13-8 EXISTING EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 08-A2 13-8 EXISTING EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

MECHANICAL 07-H1 PA 13-7 2 BEDROOM BASEMENT AND FIRST FLOOR 07-H2 PA 13-7 3 BEDROOM BASEMENT AND FIRST FLOOR 08-H1 PA 13-8 3 BEDROOM BASEMENT AND FIRST FLOOR 08-H2 PA 13-8 4 BEDROOM BASEMENT AND FIRST FLOOR 08-H3 PA 13-8 5 BEDROOM BASEMENT AND FIRST FLOOR 17-H1 PA 13-17 3 BEDROOM BASEMENT AND FIRST FLOOR 17-H2 PA 13-17 4 BEDROOM BASEMENT AND FIRST FLOOR 17-H3 PA 13-17 5 BEDROOM BASEMENT AND FIRST FLOOR 18-H1 PA13-18 2 BEDROOM DUPLEX BASEMENT, FIRST FLOOR AND SECOND FLOOR PLANS 18-H2 PA 13-18 3 BEDROOM HANDICAP BASEMENT AND FIRST FLOOR PLAN 18-H3 PA 13-18 3 BEDROOM BASEMENT AND FIRST FLOOR 18-H4 PA 13-18 4 BEDROOM BASEMENT AND FIRST FLOOR 18-H5 PA 13-18 5 BEDROOM BASEMENT AND FIRST FLOOR

PLUMBING 00-P1 SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL NOTES- PLUMBING 01-P1 HARBOR HOMES SITE PLAN- PLUMBING 01-P2 HARBOR HOMES – TYPICAL CRAWL SPACE PLAN – PLUMBING 01-P-3 HARBOR HOMES TYPICAL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR PLAN- PLUMBING

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Drawing Index Modernization & Energy Conservation K-1 Improvements at Various Developments 02-P1 LAKE CITY GARAGE PLAN- PLUMBING 03-P1 JOHN HORAN GARDEN ARTS – GAS DISTRIBUTION DEMOLITION 03-P2 JOHN HORAN GARDEN ARTS – NEW GAS DISTRIBUTION

ELECTRICAL 01-E1 HARBOR HOME- SITE PLAN- SECURITY 01-E2 HARBOR HOME ADMINISTRATION BUILDING – SECURITY 02-E1 LAKE CITY GARAGE- LIGHTING & POWER 04-E1 HARBOR HOME ANNEX – SITE PLAN- SECURITY 05-E1 SCHMID TOWERS SITE PLAN- SECURITY 05-E2 SCHMID TOWERS GROUND FLOOR PLAN- SECURITY 05-E3 SCHMID TOWERS FIRST FLOOR PLAN- SECURITY 05-E4 SCHMID TOWERS FLOOR PLAN LEVELS 2-7 – SECURITY 08-E1 PA 13-8 TYPICAL FLOOR PLANS – PANELBOARD REPLACEMENT 08-E2 PA 13-8 BUILDING ADDRESS 15-E1 FRIENDSHIP TOWER APARTMENTS – SITE PLAN- SECURITY 15-E2 FRIENDSHIP TOWER APARTMENTS GROUND FLOOR PLAN – SECURITY 15-E3 FRIENDSHIP TOWER APARTMENTS FLOOR PLAN LEVEL 2-11- SECURITY 19-E1 OSTROW APARTMENTS – SITE PLAN – SECURITY 19-E2 OSTROW APARTMENTS FIRST FLOOR PLAN SECURITY 19-E3 OSTROW APARTMENTS SECOND AND THIRD FLOOR PLANS- SECURITY

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Drawing Index Modernization & Energy Conservation K-2 Improvements at Various Developments

Bid/Proposal Form GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

For Modernization and Energy Conservation Work at Various Housing Developments Project G

TO: The Housing Authority of the City of Erie 606 Holland Street Erie, PA 16501-1285

Gentlemen:

The undersigned, having familiarized himself with the local conditions affecting the cost of the work and with the local conditions affecting the cost of the work and with the specifications (including the invitations for bids, instructions to bidders, this bid, the form on non-collusive affidavit, and the technical specifications and addenda, if any thereto), hereby propose to furnish all labor, material, tools, equipment, and/or services required to do the following specified work/services:

Contract A – General Construction

Work is to be completed within 150 calendar days of Notice to Proceed.

Base Bid #GC-1: The lump sum contract price for work done in accordance with the specifications contained herein is: ______($______).

Base Bid #GC-2: Same as Base Bid #GC-1 except omit siding replacement at housing units designated as 13-7 and 13- 8 ______($______).

Base Bid #GC-3 : Same as Base Bid #GC-2 except omit exterior metal panel replacement and associated interior studs/drywall work at Schmid Towers. ______($______).

Base Bid #GC-4: Same as Base Bid #GC-3 except omit the new garage at Lake City Apartments and all associated work ______($______). Bid Proposal Form- GC Page 2

*ALL BIDDERS SHALL FILL IN ALL BASE BID AMOUNTS.

UNIT PRICING The Respective Bidders shall provide the following unit prices for the work described. The Housing Authority may use the unit prices provided to ADD said units or to DELETE said units. The unit prices shall include all costs, overhead and profit associated with said unit.

Contract A: General Construction – Prepare, clean and paint screens types A-E. Type ‘A’______($______). Type ‘B’______($______). Type ‘C’______($______). Type ‘D’______($______). Type ‘E’______($______).

1. All prices include labor and materials.

2. In submitting this bid / proposal, it is understood that the unrestricted right is reserved by the Housing Authority of the City of Erie to reject any and all bids / proposals. It is agreed that the bid / proposal may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) calendar days from the opening thereof.

3. Attached hereto is an Affidavit in proof that the undersigned has not entered into any collusion with any person in respect to this bid / proposal, or any other bid / proposal, or the submitting of bids / proposals for the contract for which this bid / proposal is submitted.

4. In submitting this bid, the undersigned hereby certifies that I/We have no unsatisfied lien(s) for federal, state, or local taxes.

5. We hereby acknowledge receipt of the following issues of Addenda, if any, distributed by the Housing Authority of the City of Erie. ______

______

Date: Name of Bidder: ______

Official Address:

By: ______

______Title: ______

Bid/Proposal Form ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION

For Modernization and Energy Conservation Work at Various Housing Developments Project G

TO: The Housing Authority of the City of Erie 606 Holland Street Erie, PA 16501-1285

Gentlemen:

Contract D – Electrical Construction

Work is to be completed within 150 calendar days of Notice to Proceed.

Base Bid #E-1: The lump sum contract price for work done in accordance with the specifications contained herein is: ______($______).

Base Bid #E-2: Same as Base Bid #E-1 except omit the new garage at Lake City Apartments and all associated work ______($______).

*ALL BIDDERS SHALL FILL IN ALL BASE BID AMOUNTS.

Contract D: Electrical – Electrical panel replacement and all associated work for one (1) housing unit: Bid Proposal Form-EC Page 2 ______($______)

1. All prices include labor and materials.

4. In submitting this bid, the undersigned hereby certifies that I/We have no unsatisfied lien(s) for federal, state, or local taxes.

5. We hereby acknowledge receipt of the following issues of Addenda, if any, distributed by the Housing Authority of the City of Erie. ______

______

Date: Name of Bidder: ______

Official Address:

By: ______

______Title: ______

Bid/Proposal Form GAS LINE REPLACEMENT & SITE RESTORATION AT JOHN E. HORAN GARDEN APARTMENTS

For Modernization and Energy Conservation Work at Various Housing Developments Project G

TO: The Housing Authority of the City of Erie 606 Holland Street Erie, PA 16501-1285

Gentlemen:

Contract E – Gas Line Replacement and Site Restoration at John E. Horan Garden Apartments

Work is to be completed within 150 calendar days of Notice to Proceed.

Base Bid #GLR-1: The lump sum contract price for work done in accordance with the specifications contained herein is: ______($______).

*ALL BIDDERS SHALL FILL IN ALL BASE BID AMOUNTS.

1. All prices include labor and materials.

3. Attached hereto is an Affidavit in proof that the undersigned has not entered into any collusion with any person in respect to this bid / proposal, or any other bid / proposal, or the submitting of Bid Proposal Form- GLR Page 2 bids / proposals for the contract for which this bid / proposal is submitted.

4. In submitting this bid, the undersigned hereby certifies that I/We have no unsatisfied lien(s) for federal, state, or local taxes.

5. We hereby acknowledge receipt of the following issues of Addenda, if any, distributed by the Housing Authority of the City of Erie. ______

______

Date: Name of Bidder: ______

Official Address:

By: ______

______Title: ______

Bid/Proposal Form HVAC CONSTRUCTION

For Modernization and Energy Conservation Work at Various Housing Developments Project G

TO: The Housing Authority of the City of Erie 606 Holland Street Erie, PA 16501-1285

Gentlemen:

Contract C – HVAC Construction

Work is to be completed within 150 calendar days of Notice to Proceed.

Base Bid #HVAC-1: The lump sum contract price for work done in accordance with the specifications contained herein is: ______($______).

*ALL BIDDERS SHALL FILL IN ALL BASE BID AMOUNTS.

Contract C: HVAC – Furnace replacement and all associated work for one (1) housing unit: ______($______)

1. All prices include labor and materials.

2. In submitting this bid / proposal, it is understood that the unrestricted right is reserved by the Housing Authority of the City of Erie to reject any and all bids / proposals. It is agreed that the Bid Proposal Form- HVAC Page 2 bid / proposal may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) calendar days from the opening thereof.

4. In submitting this bid, the undersigned hereby certifies that I/We have no unsatisfied lien(s) for federal, state, or local taxes.

5. We hereby acknowledge receipt of the following issues of Addenda, if any, distributed by the Housing Authority of the City of Erie. ______

______

Date: Name of Bidder: ______

Official Address:

By: ______

______Title: ______

Bid/Proposal Form PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION

For Modernization and Energy Conservation Work at Various Housing Developments Project G

TO: The Housing Authority of the City of Erie 606 Holland Street Erie, PA 16501-1285

Gentlemen:

Contract B – Plumbing Construction

Work is to be completed within 150 calendar days of Notice to Proceed.

Base Bid #P-1: The lump sum contract price for work done in accordance with the specifications contained herein is: ______($______).

Base Bid #P-2 : Same as Base Bid #P-1 except omit water line replacement and associated work at Harbor Homes Housing Development. ______($______).

Base Bid #P-3: Same as Base Bid #P-2 except omit the new garage at Lake City Apartments and all associated work ______($______).

*ALL BIDDERS SHALL FILL IN ALL BASE BID AMOUNTS.

Bid Proposal Form- PC Page 2 UNIT PRICING The Respective Bidders shall provide the following unit prices for the work described. The Housing Authority may use the unit prices provided to ADD said units or to DELETE said units. The unit prices shall include all costs, overhead and profit associated with said unit.

Contract B: Plumbing – Water line replacement and all associated work for one (1) housing unit:

______($______)

1. All prices include labor and materials.

4. In submitting this bid, the undersigned hereby certifies that I/We have no unsatisfied lien(s) for federal, state, or local taxes.

5. We hereby acknowledge receipt of the following issues of Addenda, if any, distributed by the Housing Authority of the City of Erie. ______

______

Date: Name of Bidder: ______

Official Address:

By: ______

______Title: ______

SECTION 01005 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Related Work

Documents affecting work of this Section include but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications.

1.2 Project Description

The work consists of renovations/modifications to several housing developments and to several scattered site houses.

Four prime contracts shall be awarded as follows:

Contract A – General Construction Contract B – Plumbing Construction Contract C – HVAC Construction Contract D – Electrical Construction Contract E – Gas Line Replacement and Site Restoration at John E. Horan Garden Apartments

Contract A – General Construction consists of: 1. Siding replacement and associated work at several housing units (see Base Bid #GC-2, etc). Preparations and painting of security screens. (see Unit Prices) 2. Panel replacement at Schmid Towers and all associated work including drywall, painting, caulking, etc. (see Base Bid #GC-3, etc.) 3. General construction associated with the new garage at Lake City Apartments (see Base Bid #GC-4) 4. New playground equipment, ground surface, associated site work, concrete walks and fence modifications, etc. 5. New signage (2): 1 at Harbor Homes and 1 at Eastbrook.

Contract B – Plumbing Construction consists of: 1. Water line replacement at several housing units and all associated work including patching walls/painting, etc. (see Base Bid #P-2, etc. and Unit Price). 2. All plumbing work at the new garage at Lake City Apartments (see Base Bid #P-3).

Contract C – HVAC Construction consists of: 1. Furnance replacement, venting and all associated work at several housing units, etc. (see Unit Price).

Contract D – Electrical Construction consists of: 1. Electric panel replacement and all associated work at several housing units, etc. (see Unit Price). 2. Security/camera systems, wiring and installation at Harbor Homes, Harbor Homes Annex, Schmid Towers, Friendship Apartments and Ostrow Apartments including associated cutting, patching, painting, etc. 3. All electrical work at the new garage at Lake City Apartments (see Base Bid #E-2).

Contract E – Gas Line Replacement and Site Restoration at John E. Horan Garder Apartments. 1. Gas line replacement and site restoration at John E. Horan Garden Apartments including all work required for this project. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Summary of Work Modernization & Energy Conservation 01005 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments 1.3 Commencement Of Work

The work to be performed under the Contract Documents shall be commenced within five (5) calendar days after date of Notice to Proceed and the Contractor shall prosecute his work regularly, diligently and without interruption at the rate stated in progress schedule.

1.4 Time Of Completion

The Work shall be commenced at the time stipulated in the Notice to Proceed to Contractor and shall be completed within 150 calendar days. The neighboring units will be occupied throughout the course of the contract.

1.5 Liquidated Damages - OMITTED

1.6 Job Conditions

The Contractor shall schedule, manage and expedite all work under this Contract, coordinating his work with all other subcontractors and trades so that no conflicts of timing or location occur.

It shall be obligatory upon the various contractors before proceeding with the work, to examine the installations made by others, and the conditions created thereby, which in any manner affect the proper installation of their materials.

Should any such adverse conditions be encountered, or anticipated, the matter shall be brought to the attention of the Architect in writing. Failure to do so, and/or proceeding with the work shall be considered as the acceptance of the surface and/or conditions by the Contractor. Each Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his work that may be required to comply with the Drawings and Specifications.

Any cost for correction of defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefore.

Contractors shall not endanger, cut or alter the work of any other Contractor without the consent of the Architect.

1.7 Contractors Duties

Except as specifically noted, provide and pay for:

Labor, materials and equipment Tools, construction equipment and machinery. Other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of work. State sales taxes on materials permanently incorporated, if applicable.

Prime Contractors must and coordinate all required inspections with appropriate notice to BIU and the City of Erie. The Prime Contractors shall include the cost of permits and inspections for their respective contracts.

Secure and pay for, as necessary for proper execution and completion of work, and as applicable:

The General Contractor shall secure and pay the cost of the building permit for the new garage at Lake City Apartments. The other primes shall reimburse the General Contractor for their pro- rate share of the cost of the permit. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Summary of Work Modernization & Energy Conservation 01005 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments The Plumbing Contractor and Electrical Contractor are also responsible for additional separate permit fees for their work as required by the City of Erie.

The respective Contractors are further responsible for additional permits/fees associated with the construction of this project as required by local, state, federal authorities.

The Contractor shall:

Comply with codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and other legal requirements of public authorities which bear on performance of Work.

Promptly submit written notice to the Architect of observed variance of Contract Documents from legal requirements.

Appropriate modifications to Contract Documents will adjust necessary changes.

Assume responsibility for work known to be contrary to such requirements, or if work is performed without notice.

1.8 Quality Assurance

Regulations and Standards: All work shall comply with the rules and regulations of all local and state agencies having jurisdiction. All modifications shall comply with UFAS

All work in public property shall conform to applicable rules and regulations of municipality.

1.9 Products

The mention of a product, material or system herein establishes the contract requirements. An equal or better product may be substituted if approved by a properly executed Change Order with Owner.

1.10 Contract Documents

The Contract Documents consist of all documents listed in the Table of Contents, on the cover sheet of the Drawings and all addenda.

The Contract Documents are complementary and what is shown or required by any one document shall be as binding as if shown or required by all.

The Contractor is directed to review all documents to determine the scope of his work and how it is affected by, or affects the work of the other subcontractors on the project.

1.11 Drawings/Specifications For Construction

The Contractor shall print out sufficient quanties of the drawings and specifications including addenda from the CD provided from Roth Marz and from addenda received during the bidding process. The Contractor shall include the cost of this printing/duplication in the bid.

The Contractor shall also include the printing of one set of specifications and drawings to be used for ‘as built’ drawings to be submitted to the Architect at the completion of the project.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Summary of Work Modernization & Energy Conservation 01005 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 01330 - ALTERATIONS

PART 1- GENERAL

1.1 Work Included

This work shall include all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to remove all existing work as shown on the Drawings or specified, or as may be necessary to be removed in order to permit the proper installation of all new work. This work shall also include the patching and repairing of all surfaces that may be required in order to permit application of new finishes and materials.

This work shall also include all necessary labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to remove and relocate all existing items as shown on the Drawings or Specified.

Review all Drawings and visit the site and present building to determine the full extent and location of the alterations, demolition, patching, repair work and relocation work required.

1.2 Related Work

Documents affecting the Work of this Section include but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications.

1.3 Alterations

Contractors shall cut all new openings, slots, chases, etc., as required to install all new work and existing work to be relocated, and to properly connect new work to present work.

Where indicated or required (in order to install new work) the Contractor shall remove existing pavements, curbs, soils, masonry, walls, floor slabs, partitions, doors, door frames, sidelights, vision panels, ceilings, windows, closures, flooring and wall materials, including their respective installation adhesives and mastic, bases, equipment supports and bases, equipment, etc., and cut all new and present work as indicated. Exercise care in removing materials and equipment, which are to be relocated or which are to remain the property of the Owner. Where flooring, wall and ceiling materials are removed, the installation adhesive and mastic shall be completely removed to the extent required to permit proper installment of new materials.

Remove and relocate all items indicated on the Drawings as being relocated. Do all cutting, patching and fitting required to relocate the indicated items.

All shoring, needling, bracing, etc., that may be required due to alterations, cutting of new openings, etc., shall be provided as required. Contractor will be held responsible for all damage incurred through the process of the alterations under this

Contract. All existing construction damaged while performing these operations during the construction and alteration period, shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor as recommended by the Architect and approved by the Owner.

Where cutting of present work requires neatness and true edges for the installation of new work, cutting shall be done with Carborundum saws or an equivalent method. Cut off and trim all projections as required to properly install new materials and join to existing building materials.

Rubbish and removed alteration items shall be lowered by means of approved dust chutes or an approved equivalent. Chutes shall have baffle plates or similar devices to prevent descending Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Alterations Modernization & Energy Conservation 01330 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments materials from attaining dangerous speeds. Treat the areas as required to prevent dirt and dust from arising.

Existing concrete floor slabs at removed partitions, walls, etc., shall be chipped clean and be rubbed with Carborundum bricks or equivalent, to remove all foreign materials, projections, etc. All cleaned surfaces shall be acceptable to receive new finishes.

Provide sound and thermally insulated, dustproof closures and barriers between demolition area and adjoining areas to prevent passage of dust and sound, and prevent heat loss. Where directed by the Architect, the closures shall have access doors with locks. Remove all closures and barriers when directed by the Architect.

Where new steel angle lintels in masonry wall openings are indicated, this contractor shall cut such openings or modify existing openings, to meet new dimensional requirements, all as indicated on the Drawings or as specified, in order to permit installation of new work. Where mechanical work is involved, verify location and dimension requirements with the respective contractors before cutting such openings.

Where existing tiled walls and partitions are to be faced with other finishes, the existing finishes shall be removed, wall surfaces thoroughly cleaned down and the wall or partition patched and formed flush and prepared as directed to receive new wall finish.

Where existing tiled and terrazzo bases are to be faced with other finishes, the existing finish shall be removed, surfaces thoroughly cleaned down and the base filled and formed flush and prepared as directed to receive new base.

In areas noted as receiving new floor finishes, unless otherwise noted, the existing floor finish shall be removed down to sub floor. Install approved cement fill as required to properly and uniformly fill the disturbed areas to receive the new superimposed finish, flush with all adjacent surfaces In areas noted as receiving new suspended ceiling systems, the existing ceilings, including suspension systems, shall be removed unless the ceiling is part of the original fireproofing. In areas where the original ceiling must remain, the new hanging wires and suspension members must be extended through the ceiling and be secured to the building structure, which therefore required patching of the holes made through the ceiling. The Contractor shall rehang and secure from the structural slab, all piping and conduits that are presently supported by the existing ceiling construction to be removed.

1.4 Patching

All patching required due to alterations, including removal of materials, or for present work damaged during the construction program, including damage to existing and new structures, shall be done by the main contractor doing the work item. Unless otherwise specified or noted, all patching shall match the existing adjacent wall, floor and ceiling materials, and be finished with tile, plaster, resilient flooring, paint, caulking, etc., the same as the existing adjacent finishes. Unless otherwise specified, the patching materials and finish shall be of the same quality, installation and workmanship as specified for the new work of the same materials. Include patching and finishing at areas where items are indicated as being relocated except as otherwise noted.

Patching for alteration work executed by the Mechanical, Plumbing and Electrical Contractors will be done by the respective Mechanical, plumbing and Electrical Contractors, unless noted otherwise.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Alterations Modernization & Energy Conservation 01330 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments All patching, filling and repairing of all existing walls, ceilings or floors, that is indicated, scheduled, or that may be required, in order to obtain and present a suitable, acceptable surface, in preparation for the application of new superficial finishes, shall be done by this contractor. Patching, filling and repairing shall be extended to, but not limited to, the following surfaces: patching of concrete, brick masonry, block masonry, glazed tile, plaster, drywall, tile, vitreous, and all other existing exposed materials. Patching, filling, and repairing shall include, but not be limited to, the following existing items, regardless of size: holes, cracks, splits, pits, spots, efflorescence, peeling, disintegration, etc., of any and all descriptions whatsoever. Such patching, filling and repairing shall match the existing adjacent wall, ceiling, or floor materials and be tooled in a manner that would produce a finish that would match existing finish, regardless of material, texture or pattern.

Patching and finishing work shall be performed by sub-contractors and trades normally affiliated with the particular material or finish and where possible, shall be the same contractor and trade performing the new work.

Where New openings are provided in existing masonry or concrete partitions and walls, the head of the opening shall be cut in a manner to permit installation of the new lintel members and allow for masonry fill or equivalent to permit the wall above to bear on the lintel member.

Painting of all existing building areas receiving patching or repair work, is specified under Painting and Finishing, Section 09900 or shall be painted to “Match” adjacent finishes..

Patching of existing floor areas of removed items from alteration, shall be performed using an approved cementitious or epoxy type filling agent. Install filling agent as approved to properly and uniformly fill the disturbed areas to flushup with all adjacent surfaces to receive the new super imposed finish.

Existing hard-surfaced floors shall be prepared by sand blasting, acid etching, grinding, etc., as may be required to receive the new floor finishes indicated. Preparation shall be accomplished in accordance with new floor finish manufacturer's recommendations and requirements.

Where new concrete block partitions abutt existing concrete block partitions, whole block units shall be removed as required to allow the placement and setting of new concrete block units within the existing wall to maintain the present bond pattern matching existing.

Install thruwall flashings, above new lintels in exterior walls, including lintels above mechanical work.

Repair existing masonry walls where indicated, with salvaged masonry units that have been removed through demolition and that match adjacent existing masonry, in accordance with notes, schedules, drawings. etc.

At all existing resilient tile floors where new superficial floor finishes are to be installed, the floor tiles shall be completely stripped and removed and the floor substrate prepared as required to receive finishes. All cracks, joints, indentations, and gaps must be filled and smoothed with a flashing compound such as Lev-L-Astic, or approved equal. All areas under removed equipment, walls, etc., which create large depressed areas shall be filled and leveled with concrete of same quality. Architect shall provide specification if required.

1.5 Materials Of Alterations

All materials of alteration or removal unless otherwise indicated or specified, shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall be completely removed from the premises. Items of value Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Alterations Modernization & Energy Conservation 01330 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments to the Owner will be removed by the Owner and remain the Owners property. Where indicated, existing materials and equipment shall be relocated and reused.

All excavated materials of demolition, alterations, or removal, such as bituminous or concrete paving, curbing, cinders, aggregate, etc., may be located in an area for future use during the backfilling process if it meets the mining standards for backfill.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Alterations Modernization & Energy Conservation 01330 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 01340 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Related Documents

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.

1.2 Description Of Requirements

General: This section specifies procedural requirements for non administrative submittals including Shop drawings, product date, samples and other miscellaneous work-related submittals. Shop Drawings, product data, samples and other work-related submittals are required to amplify, expand and coordinate the information contained in the Contract Documents.

Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract Documents for specifications on administrative, non-work-related submittal. Such submittals include, but are not limited to the following items:

Permits Payment applications. Performance and payment bonds. Insurance certificates. Inspection and test reports Schedule of values Progress reports List of subcontractors.

Shop Drawings are technical drawings and data that have been especially prepared for this project, including but not limited to the following items:

Fabrication and installation drawings. Setting diagrams Shopwork manufacturing instructions. Templates Patterns Coordination Drawings (for use on-site). Schedules Design mix formulas. Contractor's engineering calculations. Standard information prepared without specific reference to a project is not considered to be shop drawings.

Product data includes standard printed information on manufactured products that has not been specially-prepared for this project, including but not limited to the following items:

Manufacturer's product specifications and installation instructions. Standard color charts. Catalog cuts Roughing-in diagram and templates Standard wiring diagrams Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples

Modernization & Energy Conservation 01340 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

Printed performance curves Operational range diagrams Mill reports Standard product operating and maintenance manuals.

Samples are physical examples of work, including but not limited to the following items:

Partial sections of manufactured or fabricated work. Small cuts or containers of materials Complete units of repetitively-used materials. Swatches showing color, texture and pattern. Color range sets Units of work to be used for independent inspection and testing.

Mock-ups are special forms of samples, which are too large or otherwise inconvenient for handling in the manner specified for transmittal of sample submittals.

Miscellaneous submittals are work related, non-administrative submittals that do not fit in the three previous categories, including, but limited to the following:

Specially-prepared and standard printed warranties. Maintenance agreements. Workmanship bonds. Survey data and reports. Project photographs. Testing and certification reports. Record Drawings. Field measurement data. Operating and maintenance manuals. Keys and other security protection devices Maintenance tools and spare parts. Overrun stock.

Prior to submitting each shop drawing, the Contractor shall review said shop drawing for compliance with the contract documents. The contractors stamp and signature shall indicate his approval. Any and all deviations from the contract documents and/or modifications necessary to the equipment being submitted shall be identified on each shop drawings.

The submissions are the contractors documents and the architects approval constitutes an acknowledge that the documents have been submitted and nothing more. It is the contractors responsibility to check his own submissions for compliance with the contract documents and job conditions.

The equipment supplier, by submitting, certifies that the materials or equipment proposed is satisfactory for the application intended, including adverse conditions that may prevail at the job site and that materials and equipment are in current production with no known plans to cease productions.

The contractor agrees that submittals processed by the architect are not change orders, that the purpose of submittals by the contractor is to demonstrate to the architect that the contractor understands the design concept, and that this understanding is demonstrated by indicating which equipment and materials he or she intends to furnish and install and the fabrication and installation method that he or she intends to use. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples

Modernization & Energy Conservation 01340 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

1.3 Submittal Procedures:

General: Refer to the General Conditions for basic procedures for submittal handling.

Coordination: Coordinate the preparation and processing of submittals with the performance of the Work. Coordinate each separate submittal with other submittals and related activities such as testing, purchasing, fabrication, delivery and similar activities that require sequential activity.

Coordinate the submittal of different units of interrelated work so that one submittal will not be delayed by the Architect/Engineer's need to review a related submittal. The Architect/Engineer reserves the right to withhold action on any submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are forthcoming.

Scheduling: In each appropriate administrative submittal, such as the progress schedule, show the principal work-related submittals and time requirements for coordination of submittal activity with related work.

Listing: Prepare a separate listing showing principal work-related submittals and their initial submittal dates as required for coordination of the work. Organize the listing by the related specification number sequence. Submit the listing within 30 days of the date of commencement of the work.

Coordination of Submittal Times: Prepare and transmit each submittal to the Architect/Engineer sufficiently in advance of the scheduled performance of related work and other applicable activities. Transmit different kinds of submittals for the same unit of work so that processing will not be delayed by the Architect/Engineer's need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

Review Time: Allow sufficient time so that the installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to properly process submittals, including time for resubmittal, if necessary. Advise the Architect/Engineer on each submittal, as to whether processing time is critical to the progress of the Work, and if the Work would be expedited if processing time could be shortened.

No material shall be installed without "approved" shop drawings; form the Architect unless written permission is given in order to avoid delays.

Allow two weeks for the Architect/Engineer's initial processing of each submittal. Allow a longer time period where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals The Architect/Engineer will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

Allow one week for reprocessing each submittal.

No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractors failure to transmit submittals to the Architect/Engineer sufficiently in advance of the Work.

Submittal Preparation: Mark each submittal with a permanent label for identification. Provide the following information on the label for proper processing and recording of action taken.

Project Name Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples

Modernization & Energy Conservation 01340 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

Date Name and address of Architect/Engineer Name and address of Contractor Name and address of Subcontractor. Name and address of supplier. Name of manufacturer. number and title of appropriate specification section. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. Similar definitive information as necessary.

Provide a space on the label for the Contractor's review and approval markings, and a space for the Architect/Engineer's "Action" marking.

Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect/Engineer, and to other destinations as indicated, by use of a transmittal form. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned to the sender "without action".

Transmittal Form: The form required to be used for transmittal of submittals is shown by the sample form at the end of this section.

Preparation of Submittal Form: Fill out transmittal form in the following manner using a typewriter and retain one copy-contractors first file:

1. Contractor/Job No. - Contractors name and job number

2. Specification Section - The specification section number where item is specified - do not submit item from more than one Specification Section on the same form.

3. Sequential Number - The sequential number for multiple submission in the same Specification Section.

4. Submission No. - 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc. depending on previous submission for same items. (see re-submittal procedure). I.e. 1600 - 001-01 │ │ │ │ │ └── Submission Number │ │ │ └─────────────── Sequential number │ └───────────────────── Specification Section

5. Submitted By - Name of Contractor's employee responsible for contractor's review.

6. Project No. - Project name and architect's project number.

7. Date submitted - Data leaving contractor's office.

8. subcontractor - Name of firm preparing original submittals.

9. Copies and Type - Number of copies submitted and type of material submitted (sepia, print, brochure, or sample etc).

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples

Modernization & Energy Conservation 01340 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

10. Drawing No/Description and Date - number of the Drawing. Title on the submission (where possible) and date on the submission. Where a group of related Drawings is submitted as one unit, only one entry need be made with a general description of what is included. Drawings should then be numbered consecutively and have the same date.

11. Contractor's remarks - Note exceptions or deviations from the Contract Documents and reason for them.

All submittals required for each specification section shall be submitted to the Architect in their entirety as a single submittal.

Record relevant information and requests for data on the transmittal form. On the transmittal form, or a separate sheet attached to the form, record deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents, if any, including minor variations and limitations.

Performance: Promptly check each submittal for accuracy, completeness, and applicability, and review, approve, and submit with reasonable promptness and in sequence that causes no delay in the work or in the work of the Owner or any separate contractor. Identify each submittal to include name of Project, Specification Section supplier, source, finish, and location of use in the Project.

Verification By making a submittal to the Architect Contractor represents that Contractor has approved the submittal and has determined and verified applicability of the submittal to the Project, all quantities and sizes of material, detailed fabricating dimensions, temporary erection, connections or closures, tolerances, proper fit and mating with adjacent materials, related field measurements, field construction criteria, and information pertaining to fabrication process and techniques of construction and erection. Contractor further represents that Contractor has checked and coordinated information contained within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.

Responsibility: Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by Architect's review of submittals unless they have specifically informed Architect in writing of such deviation at time of submission, and Architect has taken no written exception to the specific deviation. contractor shall not be relieved from responsibility for errors or omissions in submittals by Architects review of or action upon such submittals.

Submittals Validity: Submittals submitted which are not required to be submitted or submitted without Contractors approval will not be processed by Architect but will be returned for compliance with Contract Documents requirements. In that event it shall be deemed that Contractor has not complied with requirements of the Contract Documents, and Contractor shall bear responsibility for delays as if no submittals has been submitted.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples

Modernization & Energy Conservation 01340 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

The Contractor shall have a rubber stamp prepared for use on all submittals. The stamp shall bear the following information arranged approximately in the following manner:

Checked for Submission to: Roth, Marz Partnership, P.C.

Name of Project: ______

Approved By ______(Name of General Contractor) For Paragraph No. ______of Specification Section No. ______

For Drawings Nos. ______

Date ______

Item ______

Consecutive Submission No. ______

Submission Rev. No. ______

1.4 Specific Submittal Requirements

General: Specific submittal requirements for individual units of Work are specified tin the applicable specification section. Except as otherwise indicated in the individual specification section, comply with the requirements specified herein for each type of submittal.

Where it is necessary to provide intermediate submittals between the initial and final submittals, provide and process intermediate submittals in the same manner as for initial submittals.

Shop Drawings: Information required on shop drawings includes, dimensions, identification of specific products and materials which are included in the work, compliance with specified standards and notations of coordination requirements with other work. Provide special notation of dimensions that have been established by field measurement. highlight, encircle or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents on the shop drawings.

Coordination Drawings: Provide coordination drawings where required for the integration of the Work, including work first shown in detail on shop drawings or product data. Show sequencing and relationship of separate units of Work which must interface in a restricted manner to fit in the space provided, or function as indicated. Coordination Drawings are considered shop drawings and must be definitive in nature.

Refer to Division 15 and Division 16 Sections for additional General Requirements applicable to shop drawings for mechanical and electrical work, respectively.

Do not permit ship drawing copies without an appropriate final "Action" marking by the Architect/Engineer to be used in connection with the Work.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples

Modernization & Energy Conservation 01340 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments

Preparation: Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale on sheets not less than 8 1/2" X 11"; except for actual pattern or template type drawings, the maximum sheet size shall not exceed 36"X48". Indicate the name of the firm that prepared each shop drawing and provide appropriate project identification in the title block. Provide a space not less than 20 sq. in. beside the title block for marking the record of the review process and the Architect/Engineer's "Action" marking. Do not reproduce contract documents or copy standard printed information as the basis of Shop Drawings.

Initial Submittal: Provide on correctable translucent reproducible print and on blue-line or black-line print; the reproducible print will be returned.

Final Submittal: Provide 3 prints plus 2 additional prints where they are required for maintenance manuals. Two (2) prints will be retained; the remainder will be returned. One of the prints returned will be marked-up and maintained by the Contractor as a "Record Document".

Product Data: General information required specifically as product data includes manufacturers standard printed recommendations for application and use, compliance with recognized standards of trade associations and testing agencies, and the application of their labels and seals (if any), special notation of dimensions which have been verified by way of field measurement, and special coordination requirements for interfacing the material, product of system with other work.

Refer to Division 16 and Division 16 Sections for additional General Requirements applicable to product data for Mechanical and Electrical Work respectively.

Preparation: Collect required product data into a single submittal for each unit of Work or system. Mark each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to the project. where product data has been printed to include information on several similar products, some of which are not required for use on the project, or are not included in the submittal, mark the copies to show clearly that such information is not applicable.

Where product data must be specially prepared for required products, materials, or systems, because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit data as "Shop Drawings" and not as "Product Data".

Submittals: Product data submittal is required for information and record and to determine that the products, materials, and systems comply with the provisions of the Contract Documents. therefore, the initial submittal is also the final submittal, except where the Architect observes that there is non-compliance with the provisions of the Contract documents and returns the submittal promptly to the Contractor marked with the appropriate "Action".

Initial Submittal: Except as otherwise indicated in individual sections of these specifications, submit four (4) copies of each required product data submittal, plus two (2) additional copies where required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will retain one copy and will return the other marked with "Action" and corrections or modifications as required.

Do not submit product data or allow its use on the project, until compliance with the requirements of the contract Documents has been confirmed by the Contractor.

Final Distribution: Furnish copies of product data to subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, manufacturers, installers, governing authorities and others as required for proper performance Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples

Modernization & Energy Conservation 01340 - 7 Improvements at Various Developments

of the Work. show distribution on transmittal forms. contractor shall submit to the Owner, at the end of the Project, a neatly bound copy of all Shop Drawings (All Prime Contractors).

Installation Copy: Do not proceed with installation of materials, products and systems until a copy of product data applicable to the installation is in the possession of the installer. do not permit the use of unmarked copies of product data in connection with the performance of the Work. Samples: Submit samples for the Architect's visual review of general generic kind, color, pattern, and texture, and for a final check of the coordination of these characteristics with other related elements of the Work. Samples are also submitted for quality control comparison of these characteristics between the final sample submittal and the actual work it is delivered and installed.

In addition, all Prime Contractors shall be required to submit MSDS documentation that pertains to work effected by that requirement.

Refer to individual work sections of these specifications for additional sample requirements, which may be intended for examination or testing of additional characteristics. Compliance with other required characteristics is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor; such compliance is not considered in the Architect's review and "Action" indication on sample submittals.

Documentation required specifically for sample submittals includes a generic description of the sample, the sample source or the product name or manufacturer, compliance with governing regulations and recognized standards. In addition, indicate limitations in terms of availability, sizes, delivery time, and similar limiting characteristics.

Refer to Division 15 and Division 16 Sections for additional General Requirements applicable to samples for Mechanical and Electrical Work, respectively.

Preparation: Where possible provide samples that are physically identical with the proposed material or product to be incorporated in the work; provide full scale, fully fabricated samples cured and finished in the manner specified. where variations in color, pattern, or texture are inherent in the material or product represented by the sample, submit multiple units of the sample (not less than 3 units), which show the approximate limits of variations. Where samples are specified for the Architect's selection of color, texture or pattern, submit a full set of available choices for the material or product. Mount, display, or package samples in the manner specified to facilitate the review of indicated qualities. Prepare samples to match the Architects sample where so indicated.

Refer to individual Sections of these specifications for samples which, because of their relatively high cost or other special consideration, are intended to be returned to the Contractor for incorporation in the Work. Such samples must be in an undamaged condition at the time of use. On the transmittal form to the Architect/Engineer, indicate such special requests regarding the disposition of sample submittals.

Submittal: At the contractor's option, and depending upon the nature of the anticipated response from the Architect/Engineer the initial submittal of samples may be either a preliminary submittal or a final submittal.

Preliminary Submittal, of a single set of samples, is required where requirements indicate the Architect/Engineer's selection of color, pattern, texture or a similar characteristics from a

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples

Modernization & Energy Conservation 01340 - 8 Improvements at Various Developments

manufacturers range of standard choices is necessary. preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with the Architect/Engineers "Action" marking.

Final Submittals: Submit 3 sets of samples in the final submittal, one set will be returned.

Distribution of Samples: Maintain the final submittal sets of samples, as returned by the Architect at the project site, available for quality control comparisons throughout the course of performing the work. In addition, final submittal sets may be sued to obtain final acceptance of the work associated with each set. Prepare and distribute additional sets of samples to subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, manufacturers, installers, governing authorities, and others as required for proper performance of the Work. Show final distribution on transmittal forms.

Mock-Ups and similar samples specified in individual work sections are special types of samples. Comply with sample submittal requirements to the fullest extent possible. Process transmittal forms to provide a record of activity.

Miscellaneous Submittals:

Inspection and Test Reports: Classify each inspection and test report as being either "Shop Drawings" or "Product Data" depending on whether the report is specially prepared for the project, or a standard publication of workmanship control testing at the point of production. Process inspection and test reports accordingly.

Warranties: Refer to section "Products and Substitutions" for specific General Requirements on warranties, product bonds, workmanship bonds and maintenance agreements. in addition to copies desired for the Contractor's use, furnish 2 executed copies of such warranties, bonds or agreements. Provide 2 additional copies where required for maintenance manuals.

Survey Data: Refer to Section "Project Coordination" for specific general requirements on property surveys, field measurements, quantitative records of actual work, damage surveys and similar data required by the individual sections of these specifications. none of the specified copies will be returned.

Survey Copies: Furnish 2 copies of general survey data. Provide 10 copies of the final property survey.

Record of Actual Work: Furnish 4 copies of records of actual work, one of which will be returned for inclusion in the record documents as specified in Section "Project Closeout".

Standards: Where submittal of a copy of standards is indicated, and except where copies of standards are specified as an integral part of a "Product Data" submittal, submit a single copy of standards for the Architect/Engineer's use. Where workmanship, whether at the project site or elsewhere is governed by a standard, furnish additional copies of the standard to fabricators, installers and others involved in the performance of the work.

Closeout Submittals: Refer to Section "Project Closeout" and to individual Sections of these Specifications for specific submittal requirements of project closeout information, materials, tools, and similar items.

Record Documents: Furnish set of original documents as maintained on the project site. Along with original marked-up record drawings provide 2 photographic copies of marked-up drawings, which, at the Contractors option, may be reduced to not less than half size. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples

Modernization & Energy Conservation 01340 - 9 Improvements at Various Developments

Operating and Maintenance Data: Furnish 2 bound copies of operating data and maintenance manuals.

Materials and tools: Refer to individual sections of these specifications for required quantities of spare parts, extra and overrun stock, maintenance tools and devices, keys and similar physical units to be submitted.

General Distribution: Provide additional distribution of submittals to subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, governing authorities, and others as necessary for the proper performance of the work. Include such additional copies of submittals in the transmittal to the Architect/Engineer where the submittals are required to receive "Action" marking before final distribution. Record distributions on transmittal forms.

1.5 Architect/Engineer's Action:

General: Except for submittals for the record and similar purposes, where action and return on submittals is required or requested, the Architect/Engineer will in the interest of Owner, review each submittal, mark with appropriate "Action" and where possible return within 2 weeks of receipt. Where the submittal must be held for coordination the Architect/Engineer will so advise the Contractor without delay.

Action Stamp: The Architect/Engineer will stamp each submittal to be returned with a uniform, self explanatory action stamp, appropriately marked and executed to indicate whether the submittal returned is no exceptions taken, make corrections noted, amend and resubmit rejected or without action (as explained on the transmittal form).

SAMPLE

1 ROTH MARZ PARTNERSHIP, P.C. 2 3 ARCHITECTS & PLANNERS 4 5 6 R E V I E W E D 7 Note Resubmit Rejected/ 8 Corrections with Corrections Resubmit 9 10 11 Checking is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project 12 and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. 13 Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications. 14 Contractor is responsible for dimensions which shall be confirmed and correlated at the jobsite, fabrication processes, techniques of construction, 15 coordination of his work with all other trades, and the satisfactory performance 16 of his work. 17 18 Date______By______19

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples

Modernization & Energy Conservation 01340 - 10 Improvements at Various Developments

1 2 3 4 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 6 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) 8 9 END OF SECTION 10

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples

Modernization & Energy Conservation 01340 - 11 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Related Documents

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section

1.2 Description Of Requirements

General: Required Asbestos-Free certifications are intended to establish compliance of the work with requirements specified or indicated. These required services do not relieve the contractor of responsibility for compliance with these requirements or for compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents.

Definitions: The requirements of this section relate to the certification of all manufactured items. Asbestos-Free certifications include inspections and tests and related actions including reports, performed by independent agencies and governing authorities, as well as directly by the contractor. These services do not include Contract enforcement activities performed directly by the Architect or Engineer. These certifications shall verify that no product containing asbestos is installed in this project.

1.3 Responsibilities:

Contractors Responsibilities: Inspection, tests and certification are the Contractor's responsibility. These services may include results of tests, performed by an independent testing lab, submitted by the product manufacturer. cost for all testing, inspection and any other certification cost shall be included in Contract sum.

Responsibility for Associated Services: The Contractor is required to cooperate with the independent agencies performing required inspections, tests and similar services. Provide such auxiliary services as are reasonably requested. Notify the testing agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. These auxiliary services include but are not necessarily limited to the following:

Providing access to the Work. Taking samples or assistance with taking samples. Delivery of samples to test laboratories. Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the project site.

Coordination: The Contractor and each independent agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and similar services for the project shall coordinate the sequence of their activities so as to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay in the progress of the Work. In addition the Contractor and each independent testing agency shall coordinate their work so as to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing work to accommodate inspections and tests. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking of samples and similar activities, if required.

1.4 Quality Assurance:

Qualification for Service Agencies: Except as otherwise indicated engage inspection and test service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which are pre qualified as complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory qualification" by the Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Quality Control Services Modernization & Energy Conservation 01400 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which are recognized in the industry as specialized in the types of inspections and tests to be performed.

1.5 Submittals

General: Refer to Division 1 - Section on "Submittals" for the general requirements on submittals. Submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service, directly to the Architect/Engineer, in triplicate. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service through the Contractor, in triplicate. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority when the authority so directs.

Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service shall include, but not be limited to the following;

Name of Testing agency or test laboratory.

Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspection.,

Names of individuals making the inspection or test.

Designation of the work and test method.

Complete inspection or test data.

Test results.

Interpretations of test results.

Notation of significant ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing.

Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested work complies with requirements of the Contract Documents.

Recommendations on retesting, if applicable.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).

PART 3- EXECUTION

3.1 Repair And Protection

General: Upon completion of inspection, testing sample taking and similar services performed on the work, repair damaged work and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in the visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with the contract document requirements for "Cutting and Patching". Protect work exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired work. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Quality Control Services Modernization & Energy Conservation 01400 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 01500 - STANDARDS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

PART 1- GENERAL

It shall be the responsibility of all contractors and subcontractors to conform with the requirements of the following standards and responsibilities, which shall be interpreted as being a part of all Specification Sections, as if written in full therein.

Each paragraph hereinafter listed is contained under a sub-title heading and shall be interpreted as being related to the same sub-title heading of each specification, as if written out in full therein.

1.1 Scope Of The Work

It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to examine all Drawings, Schedules and Specifications to determine the full extent of the Work. All field measurements and verifications of conditions and materials will be the obligation of the Contractor. The submission of a proposal by the contractor will be considered an indication that all work has been included in the proposal. It will also be considered an indication that a thorough review of conditions, materials, and all related specifications have been investigated by the Contractor, and the results of such investigations have been included in the Contractors proposal.

1.2 Standard Of Quality

The various materials and products specified in the specifications by name or description are given to establish a standard of quality and of cost for bid purposes. It is not the intent to limit the acceptance to any one material or product specified, but rather to name or describe it as the absolute minimum standard that is desired and acceptable. A material or product of lesser quality would not be acceptable Where proprietary names are used, whether or not followed by the words "or as approved equal," they shall be subject to equals only as approved by the architect and/or engineer.

1.3 Examination Of Surfaces

All surfaces on which all specified materials will be applied, shall be examined by the Contractor applying the material, and he shall notify the Architect in writing, of any defects that he may discover which, in his opinion, he would consider detrimental to the installation of the materials. The installation of materials by the Contractor will be considered as acceptance of the surfaces by the Contractor and all failures of the materials due to application on accepted surfaces will be the responsibility of the Contractor. All failures of the applied materials must be corrected by the Contractor at his expense.

1.4 Acceptance Of Premises

The Contractor shall accept the premises as he finds them upon the signing of the Contract Agreement. However, any existing soil, drain, water pipes, gas pipes, conduits, wire and similar obstructions of every description that appear within the boundary of the new Work, whether underground or overhead, shall be removed by the Contractor at his expense.

Where it is necessary that the existing services are required to remain for continuity of the Owners existing or future service requirements, and which services therefore come in the way of the New Work, the existing services shall be removed, relocated, replaces or be re-built by the Contractor, as directed by the Architect. Existing services, which if in the opinion of the Architect may remain in its present location, shall be protected, supported, suspended, etc., by Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Standard & Responsibilities Modernization & Energy Conservation 01500 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

the Contractor as directed by the Architect. All removal, relocation, replacement, rebuilding, supporting, hanging and protection work, etc. required by the existing services, shall be performed on a time, materials and overhead basis, as directed by the Architect, in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and the expense borne by the Owner.

It is the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the site and acquaint himself with all problems that may be encountered and to verify the extent of the removal and alteration work, which is to be done. All items of alterations which may be required for the new Work, whether specified or not shall be performed as required for the installation of all new Work. For this project each main Prime Contractor for each ietm shall include all work associated with that item. For example: the GC shall remove and replace siding on several housing units. This may include removal and replacement of electrical ietms such as lights, conduits in the way of the siding replacement. The HVAC Contractor shall include disconnecting and reconnecting electric, etc. for the furnance replacement item. The main Prime Contractor for each item shall be responsible to include monies to do all the work involved with that items. For the new garage at Lake City Apartments all 4 Prime Contractors shall be involved and they shall be responsible for their respective work.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Standard & Responsibilities Modernization & Energy Conservation 01500 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 01501 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES-SEPARATE PRIME CONTRACTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 Related Documents

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section

1.02 Description Of Requirements

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for temporary services and facilities, including such items as temporary utility services, temporary construction and support facilities, and project security and protection.

1.03 Division Of Responsibilities: the following applies to the New Garage at Lake City Apartments ONLY

A. General: Each Prime Contractor is specifically assigned certain responsibilities for temporary services and facilities to be used by other Prime Contractors, and other entities at the site. The General Contractor is responsible for providing temporary services and facilities that are not related to other prime contractors normal work and are not specifically assigned otherwise by the Architect/Engineer.

B. The Contractors may bring storage trailers on site. The location of the trailers will have to be coordinated with the Housing Authority. If these trailers will need to be set on lawn areas, the respective contractors who use the trailers will need to restore existing conditions when the project is complete. The same holds true for any dumpsters and material staging areas.

C. ALL CONTRACTORS MUST ADHERE TO UFAS STANDARDS, MEASUREMENTS AND CLEARANCES – THESE ARE CRITICAL, SEE DRAWING #UFAS.

D. The G.C. shall keep and maintain a full set of the Drawings in his trailer at all times. These Drawings shall be marked in red, by each Prime Contractor, indicating changes and submitted as "as builts" upon completion of the project.

E. Each Prime Contractor: Except as otherwise indicated, each prime contractor is responsible for the following:

1. Maintaining site and building in a clean, workable condition.

2. Maintaining site clear to allow emergency vehicle access if necessary.

3. First aid supplies and conduct safety meetings on a weekly basis.

4. Water Service Use Charges: Water from the existing Owner's water system may be used if not abused or neglected.

5. Installation, operation, maintenance and removal of each temporary service or facility usually recognized as related to its own normal scope of work, and the costs and use charges associated with each such service or facility.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Temporary Facilities Modernization & Energy Conservation 01501 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments 6. Construction aids and miscellaneous general services and facilities required for its Work.

7. Each prime contractor shall include monies for their share of the cost of the building permit, inspection fees, etc.

8. Waste collection.

9. Drinking water

10. Storage and fabrication sheds necessary for it own Work.

11. Hoisting requirements for its Work.

12. Collection and disposal of its own hazardous, dangerous, unsanitary or otherwise harmful waste material.

13. Safety measures required for its Work. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities necessary for its own Work and for safety of performance on site.

14. Provide independent power source for welding.

15. Provide miscellaneous temporary small enclosures necessary for its own Work.

16. Fire extinguishers.

17. Field Offices located where approved by Housing Authority.

a. Relocated trailers to accommodate phasing and staging as required by the progress of the Work.

F. The General Contractor is responsible for the following:

1. Temporary enclosure of the building.

2. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities for site and general requirements of the building and safety.

3. Temporary portable toilets (job johnnies, port-a-potties, etc.) along with toilet paper, soap and washing facility.

4. Project identification and temporary signs.

5. Rodent and pest control.

6. Barricades, warning signs and lights for site and to meet general requirements of the building.

7. Temporary walkway protection from stair/exit way.

8. Security enclosure and lockup.

9. Temporary Heat – Fuel, Equipment, Distribution.

10. Snow removal in areas related to the construction – Site & Roof Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Temporary Facilities Modernization & Energy Conservation 01501 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments 11. Environmental protection and erosion control.

12. Provide temporary partitions where required in order to maintain exit corridors, isolate construction from occupied areas, limit dust and noise, and to maintain safety throughout the structure and site.

G. The Contractor for Electrical Work is responsible for the following:

1. Provide temporary lighting and power as required in all construction areas.

2. Power to construction trailers, including Prime Contractors.

1.04 Division of Responsibilities

A. For all work items except the new garage.

1. The Main Prime for each work items is responsible to provide all required temporary facilities for that prime work items.

1.05 Quality Assurance

A. Regulations: Each Prime Contractor shall comply with local laws and regulations governing construction and local industry standards, in the installation and maintenance of temporary services and facilities, including but not limited to the following:

1. Building Codes, including local requirements for permits, testing and inspection.

2. Health and safety regulations: A copy of Safety Program Manual will be furnished to the Construction Manager on site.

3. Utility company regulations and recommendations governing temporary utility services.

4. Fire Department rules and recommendations.

5. Police and Rescue Squad recommendations.

6. Environmental protection regulations governing use of water and energy, and control of dust, noise and other nuisances.

7. In addition, each Prime Contractor shall comply with "Environmental Impact" commitments the Owner or previous Owners of the site have made to secure local approval to proceed with construction of the project.

B. Standards: Each Prime Contractor shall comply with the requirements of NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations,” and ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and the NECA National Joint Guideline NJG-6 "Temporary Job Utilities and Services".

C. Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services", as prepared jointly by AGC and ASC for industry recommendations.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Temporary Facilities Modernization & Energy Conservation 01501 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments D. Trade Jurisdictions: The assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended to interfere with normal application of trade regulations and union jurisdictions applicable to the Work.

E. Inspections: Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for required inspections and tests by governing authorities. Obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.06 Job Conditions

A. General: Each Prime Contractor shall provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location, when first needed to avoid delays in performance of Work. Maintain, expand as required, and modify as needed throughout the progress of the Work. Do not remove until services or facilities are no longer needed, or are replaced by the authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

B. Temporary use of permanent facilities: Regardless of previously assigned responsibilities for temporary services and facilities, the Installer of each permanent service or facility shall assume responsibility for its operation, maintenance and protection during use as a construction service or facility prior to the Owners acceptance and operation of the facility.

C. Conditions of Use: Operate temporary services and facilities in a safe and efficient manner. Do not overload, and do not permit temporary services and facilities to interfere with the progress of work. Do not allow unsanitary conditions, public nuisances or hazardous conditions to develop or persist on the site.

D. Temporary Utilities: Do not permit freezing of pipes, flooding or the contamination of water sources.

E. Temporary Construction and Support Facilities: Maintain temporary facilities in a manner to prevent discomfort to users. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Maintain temporary facilities in a sanitary manner so as to avoid health problems.

F. Security and Protection: Maintain site security and protection facilities in a safe, lawful, publicly acceptable manner. Take measures necessary to prevent site erosion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 Materials And Equipment

A. Temporary Utilities: All Prime Contractors will have electrical and water available, paid by owner. Contractor is responsible for connections to the closest source of electric and water.

B. Electrical Power Cords: Use only grounded extension cords; use "hard service" cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Use single lengths or waterproof connector to connect separate lengths, if single lengths will not reach work areas.

C. Temporary Partitions: Shall be erected as deemed necessary and comply with any codes if applicable.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Temporary Facilities Modernization & Energy Conservation 01501 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments D. Temporary Construction and Support Facilities: Provide facilities that can be maintained properly throughout the course of use at the project site.

E. Heating Units: The Contractor shall provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL, Fm or another recognized trade association related to the fuel being consumed.

F. Self-Contained Toilet Units: The Contractor shall provide single-occupant self- contained toilet units of the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed with glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar non-absorbent material in quantities able to accommodate the number of personnel on the site.

G. Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL labeled tarpaulins with flame- spread rating of 15 or less. For temporary enclosures where work is being or will be performed, provide translucent tarpaulins made of nylon reinforced laminated polyethylene to admit the maximum amount of daylight and reduce the need for temporary lighting.

H. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations and recognized recommendations within the construction industry.

I. Fire Extinguishers: Provide fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. Provide either type "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of several extinguishers of NFPA recommended types for the exposures in each case.

J. Plywood: For safety barriers, sidewalk bridges and similar direct-contact uses, provide exterior type, 5/8" thick minimum prime and finish painted plywood.

K. Temporary Partition Installation: The Contractor shall enclose all areas of construction in cooperation and by the Owners direction. All exits shall be maintained including corridors.

L. Welding: No welding equipment from existing service. Person requiring this service shall provide and pay for all installation, maintenance, servicing, operation and supervision of the temporary service and distribution facilities.

1. It shall be the duty and responsibility of each contractor performing any cutting or welding, to comply with the safety provisions of the National Fire Protection Association's "National Fire Codes" pertaining to such work and the Contractor shall be responsible for all damages resulting from a failure to so comply.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 Installation - General

A. Use qualified tradesmen for installation of temporary services and facilities. Locate temporary services and facilities where they will serve the entire project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work.

B. Relocate, modify and extend services and facilities as required during the course of work so as to accommodate the entire work of the project.

3.02 Water Service - General

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Temporary Facilities Modernization & Energy Conservation 01501 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

A. Obtain water service from existing source for temporary construction purposes.

1. Cleaning 2. Plant and lawn watering. 3. Maintain hose connections and outlet valves in leak proof condition.

B. Sterilization: Except piping of non-potable waste, sterilize temporary water piping prior to use. Refer to Division 15 Sections for procedures.

3.03 Temporary Heat

A. The Contractor shall provide temporary heat where needed for proper performance of the Work, curing or drying of recently installed work or protection of work in place from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select facilities known to be safe and without deleterious effect upon work in place or being installed. Coordinate with ventilation requirements to produce indicated ambient condition required and to minimize consumption of fuel or energy.

B. The Contractor shall provide properly vented self-contained LP gas oil fuel oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control for temporary heat.

1. The use of gasoline-burning space heaters is prohibited. 2. Kerosene type heaters may be used upon approval of the Architect. 3. Do not use open burning or salamander type temporary heating units where prohibited by governing regulations, or when combustible materials are located in or near the space being heated, or when work installed or being installed includes work exposed to view in the completed project.

3.04 Sanitary Facilities

A. The Contractor shall provide sanitary facilities. Comply with governing regulations including safety and health codes for the type, number, location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities; provide not less than specified requirements. Install in locations, which will best serve the project's needs.

1. Locate toilets so that no one within the construction area will need to walk more than 2 stories vertically or 200 feet horizontally to reach these facilities.

2. Supply and maintain toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and other disposable materials as appropriate for each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used materials.

3. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units or water and sewer connected temporary toilet facilities, to the extent permitted by governing regulations. Use of pit-type privies will not be permitted.

4. Provide separate toilet facilities for male and female construction personnel at ground level.

3.05 Project Identification And Temporary Signs

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Temporary Facilities Modernization & Energy Conservation 01501 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments A. Each Prime Contractor shall Prepare one project identification sign and other temporary signs of the size and with graphic content indicated; install where indicated. Support on posts or framing of treated wood or steel. Maintain signs to properly inform the public and persons seeking entrance to the project. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs that are visible outside the site.

1. Project Sign: It shall be 8’x8’x1/2” Thick MDO plywood painted with the job title, Directors name, Board members names, Housing Authority Symbol, Contractors names and Architects/Engineers names. Final design will be done after bidding. This sign shall be mounted on 4x4 wood posts.

B. The Contractor shall prepare temporary signs within the site to provide direction assistance and information to help construction personnel and visitors locate the following:

1. Offices 2. Access Roads and parking 3. Barricades and obstructions 4. Hazardous elements of construction work.

3.06 Collection And Disposal Of Waste

A. Each Contractor shall establish a system for daily collection and disposal of waste materials from construction areas and elsewhere on the site. Do not hold collected materials at the site more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the daily temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F (27 degrees C). Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other inert waste by containerizing appropriately. Dispose of waste material in a lawful manner.

B. Each Contractor shall provide trash collection facilities for the project within 100 feet of the exterior entrance to the project structure:

1. Each prime Contractor: Collect and to deposit each day, debris, garbage, litter, rubble, and rubbish in the collection facilities.

a. Dismantle crates, crush cardboard boxes, and otherwise attempt to compact all such trash deposited in these collection facilities. b. Provide a pallet storage area for recycling. General Contractor is responsible to have the pallets picked up.

2. Each Contractor: Remove trash from the jobsite and the overall cleanliness of the entire jobsite.

3. Each Prime Contractor: Remove trash, control dust, and clean area not allowing dirt and mud to accumulate.

4. Burying or burning of waste materials on the site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.

5. Provide rodent proof containers located on each floor level to encourage depositing of garbage and similar wastes by construction personnel.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Temporary Facilities Modernization & Energy Conservation 01501 - 7 Improvements at Various Developments 3.07 Construction Aids And Miscellaneous Services And Facilities:

A. Each Contractor shall design, construct, and maintain construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities as needed to accommodate performance of the work. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities include, but are not limited to the following:

1. Temporary stairs and ladders. 2. Guardrails and barriers. 3. Walkways.

B. Responsibility: General construction aids and miscellaneous facilities required by the Prime Contractor for the Work.

3.08 Security And Protection Facilities Installation:

A. General: Provide a neat uniform appearance in security and protection facilities acceptable to the Architect/Engineer and the Owner.

1. Do not change over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to use of permanent facilities until substantial completion, or longer as requested by the Architect/Engineer.

B. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights:

1. All Prime Contractors shall comply with recognized standards and code requirements for erection of substantial, structurally adequate barricades where needed to prevent accidents and losses. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel at the site and the public, of the hazard being protected against.

C. Security Enclosure and Lockup:

1. Each Contractor shall install substantial and durable general temporary enclosure of partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances adequate to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft and similar violations of project security.

2. Where materials and equipment must be temporarily stored, prior to and during construction, and are of substantial value or are attractive for possible theft, each contractor shall provide a secure lockup. Enforce strict discipline in connection with the timing of installation and release of materials, so that the Opportunity for theft and vandalism is minimized.

D. Environmental Protection:

1. General: Provide protection facilities, operate temporary facilities, conduct constructions activities, and enforce strict discipline for personnel on the site in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and that minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result from performance of work a the site. Avoid the use of tools and equipment, which produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hors that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the project site.

3.09 Operation, Termination And Removal: Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Temporary Facilities Modernization & Energy Conservation 01501 - 8 Improvements at Various Developments

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in the use of temporary services and facilities at the site. Limit availability of temporary services and facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. Do not permit temporary installations to be abused or endangered. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous or unsanitary conditions to develop or persist on the site.

B. Maintenance: Operate and maintain temporary services and facilities in good operating condition throughout the time of use and until removal is authorized. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements.

C. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, ventilation and similar facilities on a 24-hour day basis where required to achieve indicated results in the work and avoid the possibility of damage to work or the temporary facilities.

D. Protection: Prevent water-filled piping from freezing by use of ground covers, insulation, by keeping drained or by temporary heating. Maintain distinct markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations.

E. Termination and Removal: Unless the Housing Authority, Architect or Engineer requests that it be maintained for a longer period of time, remove each temporary service and facility promptly when the need for it has ended, or when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility or no later than the time of substantial completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent work, which may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary service or facility. Repair damaged work, clean exposed temporary service or facility. Repair damaged work, clean exposed surfaces and replace work, which cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

F. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary services and facilities are and remain the property of each prime contractor. The Owner reserves the right to take possession of the project identification signs.

G. At substantial completion, clean and renovate permanent services and facilities that have been use to provide temporary services and facilities during the construction period, including but not limited to the following:

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Temporary Facilities Modernization & Energy Conservation 01501 - 9 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Stipulations

A. The specification sections “General Conditions”, “Special Requirements” and “General Requirements” from a part of this section by this reference thereto and shall have the same force and effect as if printed herewith in full.

1.2 Description Of Work

A. In the event that the Drawings are not clear, the Contractor shall request that the Architect clarify the scope, intent and purpose of the demolition and related Drawings and/or Specifications.

1.3 Type of Selective Demolition Work: Demolition requires the selective removal and subsequent off-site disposal of:

A. Removal of mechanical & electrical items, i.e.: furnaces, electrical meters/panels, piping, gas line, etc.

B. Removal of siding including aluminum, T-1-11, compsite panels, etc.

C. Portions of building structure as required to accommodate new construction weather specifically indicated or not.

D. Removal of interior drywall, studs, insulation, etc. at Schmid Towers.

E. Removal of partitions, walls, ceiling, soffits and chases where indicated and as required to accommodate new construction.

F. Removal and protection of existing fixtures and equipment

G. Items that are noted to be turned over to the Owner.

H. Temporary weather and security protection for all affected openings.

I. Off-site disposal of all above removed materials.

1.4 Verifying Existing Conditions: Contractor shall verify existing conditions at the site and examine adjoining work, which in any way will affect the completion of this work. The Architect shall be notified in writing should the Contractor have questions as to existing condition that will effect the Work.

1.5 Related Work:

A. All cutting and patching in the existing building shall be done by the contractor. This cutting and patching unless noted otherwise, shall include providing and installing all steel lintels required for larger openings.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Selective Demolition Modernization & Energy Conservation 02070 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments B. Relocation of pipes, conduits, ducts, other mechanical and electrical work are by this Contractor.

1.6 Submittals

A. Schedule: Submit schedule indicating proposed methods and sequence of operations for selective demolition work to Owners representative for review prior to commencement of Work. Include coordination for shut-off, capping, and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise control protection.

B. Provide a detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to insure uninterrupted progress of Owners normal operations.

C. Coordinate with Owners continuing occupation of the existing building.

1.7 Job Conditions:

A. Occupancy: Owner will be continuously occupying the units during the work. Conduct select demolition work in manner that will minimize need for disruption of Owners/Occupant normal operations. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner/Occupant of demolition activities, which will severely impact Owners normal operations.

B. Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished.

1. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted.

C. Protections: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection as required to protect Owner's personnel and general public from injury due to selective demolition work.

1. Protect from damage existing finish work that is to remain in place and becomes exposed during demolition operations.

2. Protect floors with suitable coverings when necessary.

3. Construct temporary insulated solid dustproof partitions where required to separate areas where noisy or extensive dirt or dust operations are performed. Equip partitions with dust proof doors and security locks if required.

4. Provide temporary weather protection during interval between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces, and installation of new construction to insure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure of interior areas of existing building.

5. Remove protections at completion of Work.

D. Damages: Promptly repair damaged caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work at no cost to the Owner.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Selective Demolition Modernization & Energy Conservation 02070 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments E. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal in a manner to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.

1. Do not close, block or otherwise obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways, if required, by governing regulations.

F. Explosives: Use of explosives will not be permitted.

G. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain, keep in service, and protect against damage during demolition operations.

1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during the interruptions to existing utilities as acceptable to governing authorities.

H. Environmental Controls Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest practical level. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection.

1. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and pollution.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Inspection

A. Prior to commencement of selective demolition work, inspect areas in which work will be performed. Photograph existing conditions of structure surfaces, equipment and surrounding properties, which could be misconstrued as damage resulting form selective demolition work. File with Owners Representative prior to starting work.

3.2 Preparation

A. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain.

1. Cease operations and notify the Owners Representative or Architect immediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to support structure until determination is made for continuing operations.

B. Cover and Protect furniture, equipment and fixtures to remain from soiling or damage when demolition work is performed in rooms or areas from which such items have not been removed.

C. Erect and maintain dust-proof partitions and closures as required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portions of the building.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Selective Demolition Modernization & Energy Conservation 02070 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments 1. Where selective demolition occurs immediately adjacent to occupied portions of the building, construct dustproof partitions of minimum 4" studs, 5/8" drywall (joints taped) on occupied side, 1/2" fire-retardant plywood on demolition side, and fill partition cavity with sound-deadening insulation.

2. Provide weatherproof closures for exterior openings resulting from demolition work.

D. Locate, Identify, Stub Off and Disconnect utility services that are not indicated to remain.

1. Provide by-pass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner if shut-down of service is necessary during change-over.

3.3 Demolition:

A. Perform selective demolition work in a systematic manner. Use such methods as required to complete work indicated on the Drawings in accordance with demolition schedule and governing regulations.

1. Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly remove debris to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting walls, floors or framing.

2. Provide services for effective air and water pollution controls as required by local authorities having jurisdiction (DER)

3. For interior slabs on grade, use removal methods that will not crack or structurally disturb adjacent slabs or partitions. Use power saw where possible.

4. Completely fill below grade areas and voids resulting from demolition work. Provide fill consisting of approved earth, gravel or sand, free of trash and debris, stones over 6" diameter, roots or other organic matter.

3.4 Salvage Materials

A. Salvage Items: As determined by the Owner (and specifically noted) all items deemed as salvageable shall be carefully removed, cleaned and turned over to the Owner and obtain receipt.

3.5 Disposal Of Demolished Materials:

A. Remove debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations from building site. Transport and legally dispose of materials off site.

B. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling and protection against exposure or environmental pollution.

C. Burning of removed materials is not permitted on project site.

3.6 Clean-Up And Repair:

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Selective Demolition Modernization & Energy Conservation 02070 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments A. Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment and demolished materials from site. Remove protections and leave interior areas broom clean.

B. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return structures and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to the commencement of selective demolition work. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Selective Demolition Modernization & Energy Conservation 02070 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 02100 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description

A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to

1. Clearing

2. Grubbing

3. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil

4. Debris disposal

B. Definitions:

1. Clearing is defined as the removal of trees, brush, down timber, rotten wood, rubbish, any other vegetation and objectionable material at, or above, original ground elevation, not designated to be saved. Clearing also includes removal of fences, walls, guard posts, guard rails, signs, and other obstructions interfering with the proposed work.

2. Grubbing is defined as the removal from below the natural ground surface of stumps, roots and stubs, brush, organic matter and debris.

1.2 Job Conditions

A. CONTRACTOR may clear all obstructions within the permanent and construction rights-of-way, except those specifically designated to be saved or restored in the Contract Drawings or Specifications. Right-of-way limits and obstructions specifically designated to be saved or restored will be marked by the PROFESSIONAL.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials:

A. Temporary Fencing: Undamaged picket snow fence, 4 feet high, formed of wooden slats, tightly woven with wire cable, or approved equivalent.

B. Tree Wound Dressing: Antiseptic and waterproof, asphalt base.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Preparation:

A. Notify ENGINEER at least 48 hours prior to beginning any clearing work.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Clearing & Grubbing Modernization & Energy Conservation 02100 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments B. Protect benchmarks, utilities, existing trees, shrubs and other landscape features designated for preservation with temporary fencing or barricades satisfactory to the PROFESSIONAL. No material shall be stored or construction operation carried on within 4 feet of any tree to be saved, or within the tree protection fence.

C. When a private enclosure fence encroaches upon the work area, notify the property owner at least 5 days in advance of the clearing/grubbing operations to permit the owner to remove it, construct a supplemental fence, or made such other arrangements as may be necessary for security purposes. Upon failure of the property owner to reasonably proceed with the work required to secure his property, carefully remove the fence, in whole or in part, and neatly pile the materials onto the owner's property.

3.2 Utility Relocation:

A. Inform all companies, individuals, and others owning/controlling facilities/structures, within the limits of the work, which have to be relocated, adjusted or reconstructed, in sufficient time for the utility to organize and perform such work in conjunction with, or in advance of, CONTRACTOR'S operations.

B. Comply with the provisions of Act 287.

3.3 Clearing:

A. Confine clearing to within the limits of the right-of-way easement.

B. Fell trees in a manner that will avoid damage to trees, shrubs, and other installations which are to be retained.

C. Where stumps are not required to be grubbed, flush-cut with the ground elevation.

3.4 Grubbing:

A. Grub area within the construction limits to remove roots and other objectionable material to a minimum depth of 8 feet.

B. Remove all stumps within the cleared areas unless otherwise authorized by ENGINEER.

3.5 Stripping And Stockpiling:

A. Strip topsoil to whatever depth it may occur from areas to be excavated, filled or graded, and stockpile at a location approved by the PROFESSIONAL got use in finish grading.

B. The topsoil is the property of the OWNER and shall not be used as backfill or removed from the site.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Clearing & Grubbing Modernization & Energy Conservation 02100 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

3.6 Debris Disposal

A. Trees, logs, branches, brush, stumps, and other debris resulting from clearing and grubbing operations shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR and shall be legally disposed of, unless otherwise informed by the PROFESSIONAL.

B. Do not deposit or bury on the site debris resulting from the clearing and grubbing work.

C. Debris may be burned on-site, if local ordinances allow open-air burning, provided: (1) permits are obtained, and (2) burning operations are conducted in compliance with local ordinances and regulations.

3.7 Restoration:

A. Repair all injuries to bark, trunk, limbs, and roots of remaining plants by properly dressing, cutting, tracing and painting, using approved arboricultural practices and materials.

B. Replace trees, shrubs, plants, designated to be saved but which die or are permanently injured during the life of the contract as a result of construction operations, with like species acceptable to the property owner.

C. Remove protective fences, enclosures and guards upon completion of the project.

D. Restore guard posts, guard rails, signs, and other interference to the condition equal to that existing before construction operations.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Clearing & Grubbing Modernization & Energy Conservation 02100 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 02101 - SEEDING

1.1 Areas to Be Seeded

A. All areas which are disturbed by construction operations, including equipment and materials storage, and which are not occupied by pavement or permanent structures, shall be seeded with grass seed.

1.2 Preparation of Soil

A. After the topsoil has been properly distributed to a minimum depth of 3", lime, in the form of raw ground limestone, shall be applied. One week after lime has been spread, fertilizer shall be added. Fertilizer, in the amount of 5-10-5 (nitrogen-phosphorous-potash, respectively), shall be spread at the rate of 30lb./1000 sq. ft. The entire area shall then be properly tilled and hand-raked to a smooth even grade. All stones and dirt clods over 1 inch shall be removed from the topsoil.

1.3 Seeding - Grass

A. Seed shall then be sown in the quantity of 8lb./1000 sq. ft., either mechanically or by hand. Seed mix shall be in conformance with the recommendation of a local recognized seed supplier, approved by the PROFESSIONAL. The area shall then be lightly brushed or raked to provide slight covering over the seed, after which it shall be lightly rolled and mulched with hay or straw.

B. All seeded areas shall be kept constantly wet to a depth of 3 inches for 10 days immediately after seeding. All areas which do not show a prompt catch of grass shall then be re-seeded as required. In any event, the CONTRACTOR shall then insure a good final stand of grass as specified above, and he shall maintain the seeded areas until the lawn, is free of bare spots, weeds, off-color areas, and until final acceptance of the entire project.

C. See the Seeding schedule attached to this section.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Seeding Modernization & Energy Conservation 02101 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

RESTORATION TOPSOIL LIME (*) BASIC STARTER SEED MIX & SOWING RATE CONDITION FERTILIZER FERTILIZER (% BY WEIGHT)

temporary Cover (**) N/A N/A N/A N/A 100% annual Ryegrass Sow 9# per 1000 yd2 Mar. thru May/Aug. thru Sept.

10-5-5 @ 50# per 80% Kentucky 31 Fescue Roadside; Non- Mowed Yes 100# per 1000 ft2 No 1000 ft2 or 12-6-6 @ 20% Pennlawn Red Fescue 33# per 1000 ft2 Sow 21# per 1000 yd2 Mar. thru May/Aug. thru Sept.

10-5-5 @ 50# per 50% Kentucky Bluegrass Roadside; Mowed Yes 100# per 1000ft2 No 1000 ft2 or 12-6-6 @ 30% Pennlawn Red Fescue 33# per 1000 ft2 20% Perennial Ryegrass Sow 21# per 1000 yd2 Mar. thru May/ Aug. thru Sept.

10-5-5 @ 50# per 45% Crownvetch Bank Areas Yes 100# per 1000 ft2 No 1000 ft2 or 12-6-6 @ 55% Annual Ryegrass 33# per 1000 ft2 Sow 9# per 1000 yd2 anytime except Sept. & Oct.

0-20-20 @ 50# 10-5-5 @ 50# per 50% Kentucky Bluegrass Lawns Yes 100# per 1000 ft2 per 1000 ft2 1000 ft2 or 12-6-6 @ 30% Pennlawn Red Fescue 33# per 1000 ft2 20% Perennial Ryegrass Sow 21# per 1000 yd2 Mar. thru May/Aug. thru Sept.

Open fields; 10-5-5 @ 50# per 100% Timothy Non-cultivated Pasture No No No 1000 ft2 or 12-6-6 @ Sow 9# per 1000 yd2 33# per 1000 ft2 Mar. thru May/Aug. thru Sept.

* Unless lesser rate indicated by soils tests ** Unless otherwise specified in the Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Seeding Table Modernization & Energy Conservation 02101 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 02220 -EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

1.1 Description

A. Work Included:

The work covered by this section consists of all earthwork and related and incidental operations required to complete the project as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, including but not limited to:

1. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil 2. Excavating 3. Filling 4. Backfilling 5. Rough Grading 6. Soil Compaction Control

1.02 Quality Assurance

A. Backfilling and Compaction:

1. Trench and structural backfill shall be placed in 8" lifts with a minimum of 95% compaction of maximum density. Compaction of soils to be accomplished with a minimum six ton static roller or vibratory roller achieving the 95% compaction requirement.

2. All material used for backfilling purposes shall be free of organic, frozen material, and shall be free of stones larger than 12" in diameter. All backfill material used shall have the proper moisture content for maximum compaction. If conditions exist where excess moisture or rain prevents maximum density, all operations shall cease until such time that acceptable compaction density and moisture content are resumed.

3. The Contractor shall employ a independent/certified testing and inspection firm acceptable to the University to test/compaction. Compaction testing shall occur at the rate of one (1) every 20 lf of trench or foundation backfill per 8” lift. For compaction under slabs testing shall occur at one (1) per 150 sf per 8” lift.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Excavating, Backfilling & Compacting Modernization & Energy Conservation 02220 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 02221 - TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 Job Conditions

A. Classification of Excavation:

All excavation work performed under this contract is UNCLASSIFIED, and includes excavation and removal of all soil, shale, rock, boulders, fill, and all other materials encountered of whatever nature.

B. Control of Traffic

Employ traffic control measures in accordance with Pennsylvania Department of Transportation Publication 203, "Work Zone Traffic Control."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 Pipe Bedding Material

A. Pipe bedding on this job will be AASHTO No. 67 stone aggregate, Table C, Section 103.2, Publication 408 Specification. The pipe bedding zone shall consist of 4" below the bottom of the pipe to 4" above the top of the pipe. The bedding directly underneath the pipe is required only to bring the trench bottom up to grade, and provide uniform longitudinal support of the pipe. The haunching area (from bottom of pipe to spring line) is the most important area of the pipe bedding zone. This area must be completely filled and tamped to insure that no voids are present under or around pipe to create deflection or stress. Bedding above the spring line of the pipe to 4" above the pipe shall be placed by machine with no compaction necessary.

2.02 Backfill Material

A. Select Backfill Material:

Crushed stone or gravel aggregate conforming to Select Granular Material AASHTO #2A (2RC), Table C, Section 703.3m Publication 408 Specifications, or similar as approved by the PROFESSIONAL.

B. Suitable Backfill Material (paved and improved areas):

From top of pipe bedding material to subgrade elevation:

Select Material Backfill

C. Suitable Backfill Material (Other than paved and improved areas):

From top of pipe bedding material to subgrade elevation:

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Trenching, Backfilling & Compacting Modernization & Energy Conservation 02221 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Material excavated from the trench if free of stone larger than 2" in diameter, and if free of wet, frozen, or organic materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION:

3.01 Maintenance and Protection Of Traffic

A. Coordinate the Work to insure the least inconvenience to traffic, and maintain traffic in one or more unobstructed lanes unless closing the roadway is authorized.

B. Maintain access to all streets and private drives.

C. Provide and maintain signs, flashing warning lights, barricades, markers, and other protective devices as required to conform with construction operations and to keep traffic flowing with minimum restrictions.

D. Comply with state and local codes, permits, and regulations.

3.02 Cutting Paved Surfaces

A. Where installation of pipelines, miscellaneous structures, and appurtenances necessitates breaking a paved surface, make cuts in a neat uniform fashion, forming straight lines parallel with the centerline of the trench. Cut offsets at right angles to the centerline of the trench.

B. Protect edges of cut pavement during excavation to prevent raveling or breaking; square edges prior to pavement replacement.

C. The requirement for neat line cuts, in other than state highways, may be waived if the final paving restoration indicates overlay beyond the trench width.

3.03 Blasting

Blasting is not permitted.

3.04 Trench Excavation

A. Depth of Excavation - Pipelines:

Excavate trenches to the minimum depth necessary to place required pipe bedding material.

Where the CONTRACTOR, by error or intent, excavates beyond the minimum required depth, backfill the trench to the required pipeline grade with pipe bedding material.

B. Width of Excavation:

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Trenching, Backfilling & Compacting Modernization & Energy Conservation 02221 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Excavate trenches, including laterals, to a width necessary for placement and jointing of the pipe, and for placing and compacting pipe bedding and trench backfill around the pipe, but not less that 12" plus the pipe outside diameter. See Standard Drawings for trench width payment limits.

Shape trench walls completely vertical from trench bottom to a width that will permit placement of concrete thrust blocks that are perpendicular to the direction of thrust and are free of loose or soft material.

C. Length of Open Trench:

Do not advance trenching operations more than 100 feet ahead of completed pipeline.

3.05 Support of Excavation

A. Support excavations with sheathing, shoring, and bracing or a "trench box" as required to comply with Federal and State laws and codes.

B. Install adequate excavation supports to prevent ground movement or settlement to adjacent structures, pipelines or utilities. Damage due to settlement caused by failure to provide support, or through negligence/fault of the CONTRACTOR in any other manner, shall be repaired at CONTRACTOR'S expense.

C. Withdraw shoring, bracing, and sheathing as backfilling proceeds, unless otherwise directed by the PROFESSIONAL.

3.06 Control of Excavated Material

A. Keep the ground surface, within a minimum of 2' of both sides of the excavation, free of excavated material.

B. Provide temporary barricades to prevent excavated material from encroaching on private property, walks, gutters, and storm drains.

C. Maintain accessibility to all fire hydrants, valve pit covers, valve boxes, curb boxes, fire and police call boxes, and other utility controls at all times. Keep gutters clear, or provide other satisfactory facilities for street water drainage. Do not obstruct natural water courses. Where necessary, provide temporary channels to allow the flow of water either along or across the site of the work. Take necessary steps to prevent sediment from washing onto roadway.

D. In areas where pipelines parallel or cross streams, ensure that no material slides, is washed, or is dumped into the stream course. Remove cofferdams immediately upon completion of pipeline construction.

3.07 Dewatering

A. Keep excavations dry and free of water. Dispose of precipitation and subsurface water clear of the Work. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Trenching, Backfilling & Compacting Modernization & Energy Conservation 02221 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

B. Maintain pipe trenches until pipe has been jointed, inspected and backfilled, and concrete work has been completed. Prevent trench water from entering pipelines under construction.

C. Intercept and divert surface drainage away from excavations. Design surface drainage systems so that they do not cause erosion on or off the site, or cause unwanted flow of water.

D. Comply with Federal and State requirements for dewatering to any watercourse, prevention of stream degradation, and erosion and sedimentation control plan.

3.09 Backfill

A. Compacted Backfill:

Work completed within PaDOT rights-of-way and improved areas shall be completed according to Title 67, Transportation Chapter 459, Occupancy of Highways by Utilities. Accordingly, backfill will be placed in 4" layers and compacted, unless vibratory compaction equipment is used and the backfill then does not exceed 8" in thickness. All backfill is to be at 95% compaction. Compaction tests, will be at the expense of the CONTRACTOR. If the specified compaction is not obtained, the CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, remove, replace, and re-test as many times as necessary, to obtain the specified compaction. The Contractor shall employ a independent/certified testing and inspection firm acceptable to the University to test/compaction. Compaction testing shall occur at the rate of one (1) every 20 lf of trench or foundation backfill per 8” lift. For compaction under slabs testing shall occur at one (1) per 150 sf per 8” lift

B. Uncompacted Backfill:

If compacted backfill is not required, backfill the trench from the top of the pipe zone to the top of the trench with material excavated from the trench; compact by running a wheel loader or similar machine longitudinally on the trench, and crown over the trench to a sufficient height as to allow for settlement to grade after consolidation.

C. Unsuitable Backfill Material:

Where the PROFESSIONAL deems backfill material to be unsuitable, and rejects all or part thereof due to conditions prevailing at the time of construction, remove the unsuitable material and replace with select material, stone backfill, or suitable foreign backfill material.

3.10 Disposal of Excavated Material

A. Excavated material remaining after completion of backfilling shall remain the property of the CONTRACTOR, shall be removed from the construction area, and legally disposed of. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Trenching, Backfilling & Compacting Modernization & Energy Conservation 02221 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

3.11 Rough Grading

A. Rough grade areas disturbed by construction to a uniform finish. Form the bases for terraces, banks, lawns, and paved areas.

B. Grade areas to be paved to depths required for placing subbase and paving materials.

C. Rough grade areas to be topsoiled and seeded to 3 inches below indicated finished contours.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Trenching, Backfilling & Compacting Modernization & Energy Conservation 02221 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 02575 - PAVING AND RESURFACING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Description

The Work of this section includes, but is not limited to:

1. Paving restoration required as a result of new construction.

1.2 Quality Assurance

References Standards - PA Department of Transportation:

1. Publication 408 Specifications

1.3 Submittals

Certificates: Submit certification from bituminous and aggregate suppliers attesting that materials conform to the State Specifications.

1.4 Job Conditions

A. Control of Traffic: Take measures to control traffic during repaving operations. Do not allow traffic on repaved areas until authorized by the PROFESSIONAL. Employ traffic control measures in accordance with Publication 203 - "Work Zone Traffic Control."

B. Restore existing paving outside the perimeter of the new garage, which is damaged by the CONTRACTOR'S operations, to its original condition at the expense of the CONTRACTOR.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Bituminous Paving Materials and Aggregates

A. Refer to Publication 408 Specifications. All bituminous materials and aggregates used in paving and resurfacing are designated in these Specifications, and shall conform to the applicable portions of said Publication 408 Specifications.

2.2 Accessories

A. Pavement-Marking Paint: Latex, waterborne emulsion, lead and chromate free, ready mixed, complying with FS TT-P-1952, Type II, with drying time of less than three minutes.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Paving & Resurfacing Modernization & Energy Conservation 02575 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments 1. Color: White or Yellow (match existing)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

A. Trim existing paving to remove damaged areas. Cut straight joint lines and right angle offsets.

B. Remove temporary paving material.

C. Construct permanent base and surface courses as follows: Minimum 6” compacted 2A crushed limestone (compact to 98%), to be followed by 3" ID-2 Bituminous Binder Course, and 1 1/2" ID-2 Bituminous Wearing Course, as in accordance with Publication 408 Specifications.

D. Maintain permanent paving to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER and the local and state road departments throughout the contract maintenance period.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Paving & Resurfacing Modernization & Energy Conservation 02575 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 02602 - STORM SEWER - PIPED UTILITY MATERIALS

PART 1 - DESCRIPTION

1.1 Under this item, CONTRACTOR shall furnish, install, and construct the proposed storm sewer system improvements and all appurtenances thereto. Work shall be carried out in total conformance with this specification for workmanship, methods and materials, and in compliance with the attached construction drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Storm Sewer Pipe

A. Storm sewer pipe shall be High Density Polyethylene (HDPE), ADS N-12 with gasket coupling, testable to 5.0 psi. The pipe shall be colored black for in-ground identification as drain pipe. Unless otherwise provided in this specification, all mainline pipe on this project shall be bedded, haunched, and covered with approved type embedment materials. Embedment materials shall extend from 4" below pipe invert to 4" above crown of pipe, and for full width of trench. Embedment materials shall be subject to prior approval of the ENGINEER, and shall be crushed stone coarse aggregate, meeting the requirements for PaDOT Publication #408 AASHTO #67 or approved equal as per the PROFESSIONAL’S approval. CONTRACTOR may substitute coarse materials for bedding in unstable trench conditions at the direction of the ENGINEER'S field representative.

2.2 Catch Basins

A. All Catch Basins shall be pre-cast concrete and shall have a 2' x 4' bicycle- safe type grate top, unless otherwise noted. Unless otherwise noted, all Catch Basins shall be constructed with a minimum 3”/maximum 6” sump to allow solids to settle before entering the storm sewer piping system.

B. Pipes shall be grouted in the pre-cast inlet by the CONTRACTOR for a water tight installation. The influent and effluent pipes shall be set at elevations which will maintain a minimum uniform grade through the inlet, equal to the grade of the storm sewers upstream or downstream of the respective Catch Basins. Elevations and grades are to be set in the field by the CONTRACTOR.

C. All Catch Basins shall be installed in accordance with the details outlines herein and as may be directed in the field by the AUTHORITY’S representative. All Catch Basins are subject to final acceptance by the AUTHORITY'S representative.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Storm Sewer- Piped Utility Materials Modernization & Energy Conservation 02602 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 02750 - RIGID PAVEMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 Summary

A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete sidewalks. 2. Concrete curbs.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02105 – Grade and Alignment 2. Section 02220 – Excavating, Backfilling and compacting.

1.2 References

A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 304 - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete.

B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A497 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 4. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 5. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 6. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 7. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 8. ASTM C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 9. ASTM C1315 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. 10. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 11. ASTM D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.

1.3 Submittals

A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

1.4 Quality Assurance

A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301.

B. Obtain cementitious materials from same source throughout.

1.5 Pre-Installation Meetings

A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Pre-installation meeting.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Rigid Pavement Modernization & Energy Conservation 02750 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

1.6 Environmental Requirements

A. Do not place concrete when base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F, or surface is wet or frozen.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Form Materials

A. Form Materials: Conform to ACI 301.

B. Wood or Steel form material, profiled to suit conditions.

C. Joint Filler: ASTM D1751.

2.2 Reinforcement

A. Reinforcing Steel and Wire Fabric: Type specified in Section 03200.

2.3 Concrete Materials

A. Concrete Materials: As specified in Section 03300.

2.4 Accessories

A. Membrane Curing Compound: ASTM C1315 Type II, Class A.

B. Joint Sealers: Specified in Section 07920.

2.5 Concrete Mix - By Performance Criteria

A. Mix concrete in accordance with ACI 304. Deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94.

B. Select proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 301 Method 1.

C. Provide concrete to the following criteria: 1. Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi @ 7 days for walks 3750 for curbs. 2. Compressive Strength: 3,750 psi @ 28 days for walks 4500 for cubrs. 3. Slump: 1 to 3 inches. 4. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio: 0.47 5. Air Entrained: 6.5 percent.

D. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by the PROFESSIONAL in writing. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements.

E. Use calcium chloride only when approved by the PROFESSIONAL in writing.

F. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by the PROFESSIONAL in writing.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Rigid Pavement Modernization & Energy Conservation 02750 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

2.6 Source Quality Control And Tests

A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing and Inspection Services: Provide mix design.

B. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of Work.

C. Tests on cement, aggregates, and mixes will be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements.

D. Test samples in accordance with ACI 301.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Examination

A. Section 01330 - Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.

B. Verify compacted subbase is acceptable and ready to support paving and imposed loads.

C. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct.

3.2 Subbase

A. Aggregate Subbase: Install as specified in Section 02721.

3.3 Preparation

A. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete.

B. Coat surfaces of manhole and catch basin frames with oil to prevent bond with concrete pavement.

C. Notify Owner minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations.

3.4 Forming

A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, profile, and gradient.

B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete.

C. Place joint filler vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement.

3.5 Reinforcement

A. Place reinforcement at mid-height of slabs-on-grade where indicated.

B. Interrupt reinforcement at expansion joints.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Rigid Pavement Modernization & Energy Conservation 02750 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

3.6 Placing Concrete

A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and as specified in Section 03300.

B. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement.

C. Place concrete continuously over the full width of the panel and between predetermined construction joints. [Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur.]

D. Place concrete to pattern indicated.

3.7 Joints

A. Place expansion joints at 20 foot intervals. Align curb, gutter, and sidewalk joints.

B. Place joint filler between paving components and building or other appurtenances. [Recess top of filler 1/4 inch for sealant placement by Section 07900.

C. Provide scored joints as indicated.

D. Provide keyed joints as indicated.

3.8 Finishing

A. Sidewalk Paving: Light broom and trowel joint edges.

B. Curbs and Gutters: Light broom.

C. Direction of Texturing: Transverse to pavement direction.

D. Inclined Vehicular Ramps: Broomed perpendicular to slope.

E. Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing.

3.9 Joint Sealing

A. Place joint filler in pavement pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete.

B. Extend joint filler from bottom of pavement to within 1/4 inch of finished surface. Conform to Section 07920 for finish joint sealer requirements.

3.10 Tolerances

A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances.

B. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 1/4 inch in 10 ft.

C. Maximum Variation From True Position: 1/2 inch.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Rigid Pavement Modernization & Energy Conservation 02750 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

3.11 Field Quality Control

A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection services.

B. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 100 or less cu yds of each class of concrete placed each day.

C. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather and cured on site under same conditions as concrete it represents.

D. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.

E. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken.

3.12 Protection

A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury.

B. Do not permit vehicular traffic over pavement for 7 days minimum after finishing.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Rigid Pavement Modernization & Energy Conservation 02750 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 02775 - PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Related Documents

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 Summary

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Unitary synthetic seamless surface.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for [drainage course] [drainage/separation geotextiles] [and subbase courses]. 2. Division 33 Section "Subdrainage" for playground subdrainage system.

1.3 Definitions

A. Critical Height: Standard measure of shock attenuation. According to CPSC No. 325, this means "the fall height below which a life-threatening head injury would not be expected to occur."

B. SBR: Styrene-butadiene rubber.

1.4 Performance Requirements

A. Impact Attenuation: According to ASTM F 1292.

B. Accessibility of Surface Systems: According to ASTM F 1951.

C. Minimum Characteristics for Organic Loose-Fill Surfaces: According to ASTM F 2075.

D. ADA –ADAAG

E. ASTM F1487-01

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playground Surfacing Modernization & Energy Conservation 02775 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments 1.5 Submittals

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Show the following:

1. Installation details for curbs, ramps, and accessories. 2. Colors and pattern of surfaces. 3. Location of drainage accessories.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of playground surface system indicated.

1. Include similar Samples of playground surface system and accessories involving color selection.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type of playground surface system indicated.

1. Minimum 6-by-6-inch- (150-by-150-mm-) square Sample of unitary synthetic seamless surface.

E. Qualification Data: For Installer and testing agency.

F. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with requirements:

1. Unitary synthetic seamless surface.

G. Material Certificates: For each playground surface system product, signed by manufacturers.

H. Field quality-control test reports.

I. Maintenance Data: For playground surface system to include in maintenance manuals.

J. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

1.6 Quality Assurance

A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ANSI Z34.1 for testing indicated.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain playground surface system materials, including primers and binders, through one source from a single manufacturer.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playground Surfacing Modernization & Energy Conservation 02775 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments 1. Provide secondary materials including adhesives, primers, and repair materials of type and from source recommended by manufacturer of playground surface system materials.

1.7 Project Conditions

A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit playground surface system installation to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. Ambient air temperature should be 32 degrees or higher during installation.

1.8 Coordination

A. Coordinate installation of playground surface systems with installation of playground equipment specified in Division 11 Section "Playground Equipment."

1.9 Warranty

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of playground surface system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Reduction in impact attenuation. b. Deterioration of surface and other materials beyond normal weathering.

2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion.

1.10 Extra Materials

A. Furnish extra patching materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Manufacturers A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each product is based on the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playground Surfacing Modernization & Energy Conservation 02775 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments 2.2 Unitary Synthetic Seamless Surface

A. Seamless Surface: Dual-density, poured-in-place system with wearing course over cushion course. Provide manufacturer's standard thickness for each layer as required for overall thickness indicated, tested for impact attenuation according to ASTM F 1292[ and for accessibility according to ASTM F 1951].

1. Basis of Design: RTH Processing, Inc.

a. Sparton Enterprises. b. Vitruturf

2. Wearing Course: EPDM rubber particles and polyurethane. 3. Cushion Course: Formulation of SBR particles and polyurethane, site mixed and applied. 4. Binder: Weather-resistant, UV-stabilized, flexible, nonhardening, 100 percent solids polyurethane complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for nontoxic and low VOC content. 5. Critical Height: [3 feet (1 m)] [4 feet (1.2 m)] [5 feet (1.5 m)] [6 feet (1.8 m)] [7 feet (2.1 m)] [8 feet (2.4 m)] [9 feet (2.7 m)] [10 feet (3 m)] [12 feet (3.7 m)]. 6. Overall Thickness: Not less than as required for critical height indicated; 3-1/2 inches (89 mm). 7. Primer/Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard primer and weather-resistant, moisture-cured polyurethane adhesive suitable for unit, substrate, and location indicated. 8. Wearing Course Color(s): As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range

a. Color [Pattern] [Graphics]: As indicated on Drawings.

9. Filler/Sealant: Manufacturer's standard clear silicone or polyurethane filler/sealant suitable for exterior use.

B. Leveling and Patching Material: Portland cement-based grout or epoxy- or polyurethane-based formulation suitable for exterior use and approved by playground surface system manufacturer.

2.3 Geosynthetics

A. Drainage/Separation Geotextile: Nonwoven, needle-punched geotextile, manufactured for subsurface drainage applications and made from polyolefins or polyesters; complying with the following minimum properties determined according to ASTM D 4759 and referenced standard test methods:

1. Weight: [4 oz./sq. yd. (136 g/sq. m)] according to ASTM D 5261. 2. Water Flow Rate: [100 gpm/sq. ft. (68 L/s per sq. m)] [150 gpm/sq. ft. (102 L/s per sq. m)] according to ASTM D 4491.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playground Surfacing Modernization & Energy Conservation 02775 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Preparation

A. General: Prepare substrates to receive surfacing products according to playground surface system manufacturer's written instructions. Verify that substrates are sound and without high spots, ridges, holes, and depressions.

3.2 Installation, General

A. General: Comply with playground surface system manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install playground surface system over area and in thickness indicated.

3.3 Installation Of Seamless Playground Surface Systems

A. Seamless Surface: Mix and apply components of playground surface system according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Substrate Primer: Apply over prepared substrate at manufacturer's standard spreading rate for type of substrate. 2. Cushion Course: Spread evenly over primed substrate to form a uniform layer applied at manufacturer's standard spreading rate in one continuous operation, with a minimum of cold joints. 3. Intercoat Primer: Over cured cushion course, apply primer at manufacturer's standard spreading rate. 4. Wearing Course: Spread over primed base course to form a uniform layer applied at manufacturer's standard spreading rate in one continuous operation and, except where color changes, with [no] [a minimum of] cold joints. Finish surface to produce manufacturer's standard wearing-surface texture.

a. Where [colored pattern is] [graphics are] indicated, place adjacent colored material as soon as placed colored material is sufficiently cured, using primer or adhesive if required by manufacturer's written instructions.

5. Edge Treatment: As indicated.

3.4 Field Quality Control

A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of completed applications of playground surface system shall take place according to ASTM F 1292.

C. Remove and replace applications of playground surface system where test results indicate that it does not comply with requirements.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playground Surfacing Modernization & Energy Conservation 02775 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with requirements.

3.5 Protection

A. Seamless Systems: Prevent traffic over system for not less than 48 hours after installation.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playground Surfacing Modernization & Energy Conservation 02775 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 Stipulations

1.2 Summary

A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete for the following: 1. Footings, piers and frost walls. 2. Slabs on grade. 3. Pads for mechanical equipment.

1.3 References

A. Penndot Publication 408.

B. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete 2. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting 3. ACI 306.1 - Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting 4. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete

C. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 2. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete 3. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement 4. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 5. ASTM C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 6. ASTM C595 - Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements 7. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete 8. ASTM C1017 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete 9. ASTM C1107 - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non-shrink) 10. ASTM D994 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type) 11. ASTM D1190 - Standard Specification for Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Applied Elastic Type 12. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) 13. ASTM D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction 14. ASTM E1643 - Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs 15. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Cast-in-Place Concrete Modernization & Energy Conservation 03300 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments 1.4 Submittals

A. Product Data: Submit data on joint devices, attachment accessories and admixtures.

B. Design Data: 1. Submit concrete mix design for each concrete strength and type. Submit separate mix designs when admixtures are required for the following: a. Hot and cold weather concrete work. b. Air-entrained concrete work. 2. Identify mix ingredients and proportions, including admixtures.

C. Samples: Submit two 2x2 inch long samples of expansion/contraction joint and control joint material.

D. Manufacturer's installation instructions: Submit installation procedures and interface required with adjacent Work.

1.5 Quality Assurance

A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301.

B. Acquire cement and aggregate from one source for Work.

C. Conform to ACI 305 when concreting during hot weather.

D. Conform to ACI 306.1 when concreting during cold weather.

1.6 Coordination

A. Coordinate placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Concrete Materials

A. Cement: ASTM C150, Type IA - Air Entraining or Type IIA - Air Entraining, Portland type.

B. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, Portland type

C. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33

D. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete.

2.2 Admixtures

A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260.

B. Chemical: ASTM C494Plasticizing: ASTM C1017.

2.3 Accessories A. Non-Shrink Grout: ASTM C1107, premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water-reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Cast-in-Place Concrete Modernization & Energy Conservation 03300 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments 2.4 Reinforcing Steel

A Reinforcing Steel: All reinforcing steel unless noted on the plans, shall be Grade 60 as defined in the American Society for Testing and Materials; “Specifications for Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement” (A615, A616, A617). Welded wire fabric shall be electrically welded wire fabric or cold-drawn wire of gage and mesh size shown on the drawings and shall conform to “Specifications for Welded Steel Wire Fabric Concrete Reinforcement” (ASTM A185).

B. Deformed bar Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A497.

2.5 Joint Devices and Filler Materials

A. Joint Filler Type C, ASTM D1752; Pre-molded sponge rubber fully compressible with recovery rate of minimum 95 percent.

B. Construction Joint Devices: Integral extruded plastic; formed to tongue and groove profile, with removable top strip exposing sealant trough, knockout holes spaced at 6 inches, ribbed steel spikes with tongue to fit top screed edge. Expansion and Contraction Joint Devices: ASTM B221. Sealant: ASTM D1190.

2.6 Concrete Mix

A. Mix concrete in accordance with ACI 301. Deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94.

B. Select proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 301 trial mixtures.

C. Provide concrete to the following criteria: 1. Footings, piers and frost walls:

Minimum Compressive Strength (28 day) 3,000 psi Maximum Water/Cement Ratio 0.50 by weight Air Content 5% (+1%) Slump Limit - 4 inches (+1 inch)

2. Interior slabs-on-grade:

Minimum Compressive Strength (28 day) 5,000 psi Maximum Water/Cement Ratio 0.45 by weight Air Content 2% (+1%) Slump Limit - 4 inches (+1 inch)

3. Exterior pads for mechanical equipment:

Minimum Compressive Strength (28 day) 4,000 psi (except 5,000 psi for aprons at overhead doors) Maximum Water/Cement Ratio 0.40 by weight Air Content 5% (+1%) Slump Limit - 4 inches (+1 inch)

D. Admixtures: Include admixture types and quantities indicated in concrete mix designs approved through submittal process. 1. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. 2. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Cast-in-Place Concrete Modernization & Energy Conservation 03300 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments 3. Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to exterior elements and/or freeze/thaw cycles.

2.7 Vapor Barrier

Vapor Barrier shall be 15 mil and shall conform to the following: ASTM E1745, Class C and Permeance as tested after mandatory conditioning (ASTM E 1745 paragraphs 7.1.2-5): less than 0.01 perms (grain/ft2/hr/in-Hg).

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Examination

A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.

B. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely and will not interfere with placing concrete.

3.2 Preparation

A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent.

B. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, inject epoxy grout and insert steel dowels.

3.3 Placing Reinforcing Steel

A. As indicated on the Drawings.

3.4 Placing Concrete

A. The Contractor shall perform all necessary Quality Control tests and procedures for the performance of the work in accordance with Section 01400 and this section to produce end results specified. The Contractor shall maintain clear and orderly records of such tests and procedures and make them available for field review and approval of the Professional and the Department. The Contractor's bid shall include the cost of all Quality Control tests.

B. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.

C. Notify the Professional minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of operations.

D. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed expansion and contraction joints are not disturbed during concrete placement.

E. Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade in accordance with ASTM E1643. Lap joints minimum 6 inches and seal watertight by adhesive applied between overlapping edges and ends.

F. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of concrete reinforcing. Repair with vapor retarder material; lap over damaged areas minimum 6 inches and seal watertight.

G. Separate slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with joint filler.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Cast-in-Place Concrete Modernization & Energy Conservation 03300 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments H. Place joint filler in floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete.

I. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/4 inch of finished slab surface.

J. Install construction joint devices in coordination with floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete.

K. Install joint device anchors. Maintain correct position to allow joint cover to be flush with floor and wall finish.

L. Install joint covers in longest practical length, when adjacent construction activity is complete.

M. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature and test samples taken.

N. Place concrete continuously between pre-determined expansion, control and construction joints.

O. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to develop.

P. Sawcut joints within 12 hours after concrete placement. Use 3/16 inch thick blade, cut into 1/4 depth of slab thickness.

3.5 Concrete Finishing

A. Provide formed concrete surfaces to be left exposed with a broom finish.

B. Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with ACI 301.

C. Steel trowel surfaces that are indicated to be exposed.

3.6 Curing and Protection

A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures and mechanical injury.

B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.

C. Cure concrete surfaces in accordance with ACI 301.

3.7 Field Quality Control

A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301.

B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm.

C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of Work.

D. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements.

E. Five concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 or less cubic yards of each class of concrete placed. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Cast-in-Place Concrete Modernization & Energy Conservation 03300 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments F. One air content test shall be made for each set of test cylinders taken.

G. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record supplier, date, location, quantity, air temperature, concrete temperature, air content, slump, ready-mix design and test samples taken.

H. A slump test shall be made for each truck load of concrete.

3.8 Patching

A. Allow the Professional to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms.

B. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify the Professional upon discovery.

C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301.

3.9 Defective Concrete

A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements.

B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Department.

C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of the Department for each individual area.

3.10 Vapor Barrier

A. Install vapor barrier so not to puncture or tear membrane. B. Lap all joints and seal with tape to preserve the integrity of the system.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Cast-in-Place Concrete Modernization & Energy Conservation 03300 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 04810 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Stipulations A. The specifications sections “General Conditions”, “Special Requirements” and “General Requirements” form a part of this section by this reference thereto and shall have the same force and effect as if printed herewith in full.

1.2 Summary

A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following:

1. Concrete Masonry Units (Standard and Lightweight) 2. Face Brick (to match existing) 3. Cavity Wall Insulation

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 9 Section "Painting" for finishes.

C. Products installed, but not furnished, under this Section include the following:

1. Fiberglass frames in unit masonry openings, furnished under Division 8 Section 08220 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Doors and Frames.

1.3 Definitions

1.4 Performance Requirements

A. Provide unit masonry that develops the following net-area compressive strengths (f'm) at 28 days. Determine compressive strength of masonry by testing masonry prisms according to ASTM C1314.

1. For Concrete Unit Masonry: f'm = 1,500 psi.

1.5 Submittals

A. Submit each item in this article in accordance with the conditions of the contract and Division 1 Specification Section.

B. Product Data: For each different masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product specified.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following:

1. Unit masonry Samples in small-scale form showing the colors and textures available for each different exposed masonry unit required to match existing masonry. Submit concrete masonry samples to illustrate texture.

D. Samples for Verification: For the following:

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments 1. Full-size units for each different exposed masonry unit required, showing the full range of exposed colors, textures, and dimensions to be expected in the completed construction. 2. Accessories embedded in the masonry.

E. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.

F. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results of the following for compliance with requirements indicated:

1. Each type of masonry unit required. a. Include test results, measurements and calculations establishing net-area compressive strength of masonry units. 2. Mortar complying with property requirements of ASTM C270. 3. Grout mixes complying with compressive strength requirements of ASTM C476. Include description of type and proportions of grout ingredients.

G. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with requirements:

1. Each type of masonry unit required. a. Include test data, measurements, and calculations establishing net-area compressive strength of masonry units. 2. Each cement product required for mortar and grout, including name of manufacturer, brand, type, and weight slips at time of delivery. 3. Each combination of masonry unit type and mortar type. Include statement of net-area compressive strength of masonry units, mortar type and net-area compressive strength of masonry determined according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 4. Each material and grade indicated for reinforcing bars. 5. Each type and size of joint reinforcement. 6. Each type and size of anchor, tie and accessory.

1.6 Quality Assurance

A. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, through one source from a single manufacturer for each product required.

B. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate.

C. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies with fire-resistance ratings determined per ASTM E119 by a testing and inspecting agency, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by another means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments D. Sample Panels: Before installing unit masonry, build sample panels, using materials indicated for the completed Work, to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Build sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry assembly in sizes approximately 48 inches long by 48 inches high by full thickness.

1. Locate panels as directed by the Professional. 2. Clean exposed faces of panels with masonry cleaner. 3. Where masonry is to match existing, erect panels adjacent and parallel to existing surface. 4. Protect approved sample panels from the elements with weather-resistant membrane. 5. Maintain sample panels during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 6. Approval of sample panels is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units; relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; aesthetic qualities of workmanship; and other material and construction qualities specifically approved by the Professional in writing. a. Approval of sample panels does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in sample panels, unless such deviations are specifically approved by the Professional in writing. 7. Demolish and remove sample panels when directed.

1.7 Delivery, Storage, and Handling

A. Deliver masonry materials to project in undamaged condition.

B. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry.

1. Protect Type I concrete masonry units from moisture absorption so that, at the time of installation, the moisture content is not more than the maximum allowed at the time of delivery.

C. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp.

D. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided.

E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil.

1.8 Project Conditions

A. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments B. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry.

C. Protection of Work: During erection, cover top of walls with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed structures when work is not in progress.

D. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place.

E. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by means of coverings spread on ground and over wall surface.

F. Protect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar.

G. Cold Weather Protection:

1. Do not lay masonry units which are wet or frozen.

2. Remove any ice or snow formed on masonry bed by carefully applying heat until top surface is dry to the touch.

3. Remove masonry damaged by freezing conditions.

4. For clay masonry units with initial rates of absorption (suction) which require them to be wetted before laying, comply with the following requirements:

a. For units with surface temperatures above 32 deg. F (0 deg. C) wet with water heated to above 70 deg. F ( 21 deg. C)

b. For units with surface temperatures below 32 deg. F (0 deg. C), wet with water heated to above 130 deg. F (S4 deg. C).

5. Perform the following construction procedure while the work is progressing. Temperature ranges indicated below apply to air temperatures existing at time of installation except for grout. For grout, temperature ranges apply to anticipated minimum night mixing temperature selected within 10 deg. F (6 deg. C).

a. 40 deg. (4 deg. C) to 32 deg. F (0 deg. C):

1. Mortar: Heat mixing water and send to produce mortar temperature between 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) and 120 deg. F (49 deg. C).

2. Grout: Follow normal masonry procedures.

b. 32 deg. F (0 deg. C) to 25 deg. F (-4 deg. C):

1. Mortar: Heat mixing water and send to produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) and 120 deg. F (49 deg. C); maintain temperature

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments of mortar on boards above freezing.

2. Grout: Heat grout materials to 90 deg. F (32 deg. C) to produce in place grout temperature of 70 deg. F (21 deg. C) at end of work day.

c. 25 deg. F (-4 deg. C) to 20 deg. F (-7 deg. C):

1. Mortar: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) and 120 deg. F (49 deg. C); maintain temperature of mortar on boards above freezing.

2. Grout: Heat grout materials to 90 deg. F (32 deg. C) to produce in-place grout temperature of 70 deg. F (21 deg. C) at end of work day.

3. Heat both sides of walls under construction using salamanders or other heat sources.

4. Use windbreaks or enclosures when wind is in excess of 15 mph.

d. 20 deg. F (-7 deg. C) and below:

1. Mortar: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) & 120 deg. F (49 deg. C)

2. Grout: Heat grout materials to 90 deg. F (32 deg. C) to produce in-place grout temperature of 70 deg. F (21 deg. C) at the end of work day.

3. Masonry Units: Heat masonry units so that they are above 20 deg. F (-7 deg. C) at times of laying.

4. Provide enclosure and auxiliary heat to maintain an air temperature of at least 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) for 24 hours after laying units.

5. Do not heat water for mortar and grout to above 160 deg. F (71 deg. C)

6. Protect completed masonry and masonry not being worked on in the following manner. Temperature ranges indicated apply to mean daily air temperatures except for grouted masonry. For grouted masonry temperature ranges apply to anticipated minimum night temperatures.

e. 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) to 32 deg. F (0 deg. C):

1. Protect masonry from rain or snow for at least 24 hours by covering with weather-resistive membrane

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments f. 32 deg. F (0 deg. C) to 25 deg. F (-4 deg. C):

1. Completely cover masonry with weather-resistive insulating blankets or similar protection for at least 24 hours, 48 hours for grouted masonry.

g. 25 deg. F (-4 deg. C) to 20 deg. F (-7 deg. C):

1. Completely cover masonry with weather-resistive insulating blankets or similar protection for at least 24 hours, 48 hours for grouted masonry.

h. 20 deg. F (-7 deg. C) and below:

1. Except as otherwise indicated, maintain masonry temperature above 32 deg. F (0 deg. C) for 24 hours using enclosures and supplementary heat, electric heating blankets, infrared lamps or other methods proven to be satisfactory for grouted masonry maintain heated enclosure to 40 deg. F (4 deg. C) for 48 hours.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Concrete Masonry Units

A. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows:

1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide bullnose units for outside corners, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90 and as follows:

1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net- area compressive strength of 1,900 psi. 2. Weight Classification: a. Concrete < 135 pcf b. Lightweight < 120 pcf c. Ultra Light < 105 pcf 3. Provide Type I, moisture-controlled units. 4. Size (Width): Manufactured to the following dimensions: a. 4 inches nominal; 3-5/8 inches actual. b. 6 inches nominal; 5-5/8 inches actual. c. 8 inches nominal; 7-5/8 inches actual.

5. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless otherwise indicated. a. Where units are to be left exposed, provide color and texture matching the range of the existing CMU.

2.2 Face Brick

A. Face Brick: Facing brick complying with ASTM C 216

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, the following manufacturers are acceptable: a. Bowerston Shale Co. (Canyon R/T Light Flash Modular) b. Glen-Gery c. Beldon

C. Grade: SW. D. Type: FBS. E. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive strength of 4150 psi (28.61 MPa). D. initial Rate of Absorption: Less than 30 g/30 sq. in. (30 g/194 sq. cm) per minute when tested per ASTM C 67 E. Efflorescence: Provide brick that has been tested according to ASTM C 67 and is rated "not effloresced." H. Size: (Actual Dimensions): Match existing I. Color and Texture: match existing brick for color and texture as the Lake City Apartment Administration Building.

2.03 Mortar and Grout Materials

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color to match existing.

B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.

C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of Portland cement complying with ASTM C150, Type I or Type III, and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C207.

D. Mortar Cement: ASTM C1329.

E. Masonry Cement: ASTM C91.

F. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 sieve.

G. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C404.

H. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar.

I. Cold-Weather Admixture: Non-chloride, non-corrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C494, Type C, and recommended by the manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated.

J. Water-Repellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with concrete masonry units, containing integral water repellent by same manufacturer.

K. Water: Potable.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 7 Improvements at Various Developments L. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

M. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Mortar Cement: a. Magnolia Superbond Mortar Cement; Blue Circle Cement. b. Lafarge Mortar Cement; Lafarge Corporation. c. SGS Prepared Masonry Cements 2. Mortar Pigments: a. True Tone Mortar Colors; Davis Colors. b. Centurion Pigments; Lafarge Corporation. c. SGS Mortar Colors; Solomon Grind-Chem Services, Inc. 3. Cold-Weather Admixture: a. Accelguard 80; Euclid Chemical Co. b. Morseled; W. R. Grace & Co., Construction Products Division. c. Trimix-NCA; Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex, Inc. 5. Water-Repellent Admixture: a. Mortar Tite; Addiment Inc. b. Dry-Block Mortar Admixture; W. R. Grace & Co., Construction Products Division. c. Rheopel; Master Builders.

2.04 Reinforcing Steel

A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60.

2.05 Masonry Joint Reinforcement

A. General: ASTM A951 and as follows:

1. Hot-dip galvanized, carbon-steel wire for exterior walls. 2. Wire Size for Side Rods: W1.7 or 0.148-inch diameter. 3. Wire Size for Cross Rods: W1.7 or 0.148-inch diameter. 4. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units where indicated.

B. For single-wythe masonry, provide either truss-type with single pair of side rods and cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c.

C. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Multi-wythe Masonry:

1. Truss type with 1 side rod at each face shell of hollow masonry units, plus 1 side rod at each wythe of masonry 4 inches (100 mm) wide or less. 2. Adjustable (two-piece) type, truss design, with one side rod at each face shell of backing wythe and with separate adjustable ties with pintle-and- eye connections having a maximum adjustment of 1-1/4 inches (32 mm). Size ties to extend at least halfway through facing wythe but with at least 5/8-inch (16-mm) cover on outside face.

D. Approved Manufacturers

1. Hickman Building Products 2. Dur-O-Wal, Inc. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 8 Improvements at Various Developments 3. Hohmann and Barnard, Inc.

2.06 Ties and Anchors, General

A. General: Provide ties and anchors, specified in subsequent articles, made from materials that comply with this Article, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Mill Galvanized Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A82; with ASTM A641, Class 1 coating.

C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, G60, commercial-quality, steel sheet zinc coated by hot-dip process on continuous lines before fabrication.

D. Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A366 cold-rolled, carbon-steel sheet hot-dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A153.

E. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304 or 316.

F. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36.

2.07 Mortar and Grout Mixes

A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.

B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C270, Property Specification.

1. Extended-Life Mortar for Unit Masonry: Mortar complying with ASTM C1142 may be used instead of mortar specified above, at Contractor's option. 2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to Portland cement, mortar cement and lime. 3. Limit cementitious materials in mortar for masonry veneer construction to masonry cement only. 4. For interior non-load-bearing partitions, with 750 psi average 28-day compressive strength.

2.08 Embedded Flashing Materials

A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing where flashing is exposed or partly exposed and where indicated, complying with Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and as follows:

1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, 0.016 inch (0.4 mm) thick. 2. Copper: ASTM B 370, Temper H00 or H01, cold-rolled copper sheet, 10- oz./sq. ft. (3-kg/sq. m) weight or 0.0135 inch (0.34 mm) thick for fully concealed flashing; 16-oz./sq. ft. (5-kg/sq. m) weight or 0.0216 inch (0.55 mm) thick elsewhere.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 9 Improvements at Various Developments 3. Fabricate continuous flashings in sections 96 inches (2400 mm) long minimum, but not exceeding 12 feet (3.6 m). Provide splice plates at joints of formed, smooth metal flashing.

4. Fabricate through-wall metal flashing embedded in masonry from stainless steel, with ribs at 3-inch (75-mm) intervals along length of flashing to provide an integral mortar bond.

5. Fabricate through-wall flashing with snaplock receiver on exterior face where indicated to receive counterflashing.

6. Fabricate through-wall flashing with drip edge unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate by extending flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed.

7. Fabricate metal drip edges for ribbed metal flashing from plain metal flashing of same metal as ribbed flashing and extending at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall with hemmed inner edge to receive ribbed flashing and form a hooked seam. Form hem on upper surface of metal so that completed seam will shed water.

8. Metal Drip Edges: Fabricate from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and 1/2 inch (13 mm) out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed.

B. Flexible Flashing: For flashing not exposed to the exterior, use the following, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Asphalt-Coated Copper Flashing: 7-oz./sq. ft. copper sheet coated with flexible asphalt. Use only where flashing is fully concealed in masonry.

a. Available Products:

1. AFCO Products Inc.; Cop-A-Cote. 2. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; H & B C-Coat Flashing. 3. Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc.; Coated Copper Flashing. 4. York Manufacturing, Inc.; Copperseal.

C. Single-Wythe CMU Flashing System: System of CMU cell flashing pans and interlocking CMU web covers made from high-density polyethylene incorporating chemical stabilizers that prevent UV degradation. Cell flashing pans have integral weep spouts that are designed to be built into mortar bed joints and weep collected moisture to the exterior of CMU walls and that extend into the cell to prevent clogging with mortar.

1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Blok-Flash" by Advanced Building Products Inc.

D. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 10 Improvements at Various Developments E. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates.

2.09 Source Quality Control

A. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type of concrete masonry unit indicated, provide a Certificate of Compliance indicating the units have been tested in accordance with ASTM C140.

2.10 Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories

A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from urethane or PVC.

B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound, complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated.

C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt).

D. Weep/Vent Products: 1. Cellular Plastic Vent: One-piece, flexible extrusion made from UV- resistant polypropylene copolymer, full height and width of head joint and depth 1/8 inch (3 mm) less than depth of outer wythe, in color selected from manufacturer's standard.

a. Available Products:

1. Advanced Building Products Inc.; Mortar Maze weep vent. 2. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division; Cell Vents. 3. Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 85 Cell Vent. 4. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; Quadro-Vent. 5. Wire-Bond; Cell Vent.

E. Cavity Drainage Material: Free-draining mesh, made from polymer strands that will not degrade within the wall cavity.

1. Provide one of the following configurations:

a. Strips, full-depth of cavity and 10 inches (250 mm) wide, with dovetail shaped notches 7 inches (175 mm) deep that prevent mesh from being clogged with mortar droppings.

2. Available Products:

a. Advanced Building Products Inc.; Mortar Break. b. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division; Polytite MortarStop. c. Mortar Net USA, Ltd.; Mortar Net. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 11 Improvements at Various Developments F. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells and hold reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.148-inch (3.77-mm) steel wire, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units designed for number of bars indicated.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

a. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division; DA 811, DA 815 or DA 817. b. Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 376 Rebar Positioner. c. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; #RB Positioner. d. or equal approved by Professional.

2.11 CAVITY-WALL INSULATION

A. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation with Increased R-Value: ASTM C 578, Type IV, but with an aged thermal resistance (R-value) for 1-inch (25-mm) thickness of 5.6 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F (1.0 K x sq. m/W at 24 deg C) at 5 years; closed- cell product with a carbon-black filler and extruded with an integral skin.

B. Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation board manufacturer for application indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.

1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance. 2. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections.

3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this Section and in other Sections of the Specifications.

B. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to the opening.

C. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide a continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Where possible, use full-size units without cutting. Allow units cut with water-cooled

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 12 Improvements at Various Developments saws to dry before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed.

D. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures.

1. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed.

E. Matching Existing Masonry: Match coursing, bonding, color and texture of existing masonry.

F. All concrete masonry units installed over structural framing floor system shall be ultra lightweight concrete block (<105 PCF).

3.03 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES

A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 and the following:

B. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor 1/2 inch maximum.

C. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, nor 1/2 inch maximum.

D. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as exposed lintels, sills, parapets and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor 1/2 inch maximum.

E. For exposed bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch. Do not vary from bed- joint thickness of adjacent courses by more than 1/8 inch.

F. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. Do not vary from adjacent bed-joint and head-joint thicknesses by more than 1/8 inch.

3.04 LAYING MASONRY WALLS

A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs and, where possible, at other locations.

B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.

1. One-half running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses above and below.

C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 2 inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 13 Improvements at Various Developments not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.

D. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back one-half-unit length for one- half running bond or one-third-unit length for one-third running bond; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet clay masonry units lightly if required, and remove loose masonry units and mortar before laying fresh masonry.

E. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.

F. Fill space between hollow-metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated.

G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.

H. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated.

I. Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above. 2. At fire-rated partitions, install compressible firestopping in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above to comply with Division 7 Section "Firestopping."

3.05 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING

A. Lay hollow masonry units as follows:

1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells.

B. Lay solid brick-size masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints.

C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than the joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint), unless otherwise indicated.

3.06 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT

A. General: Provide continuous masonry joint reinforcement as indicated. Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches.

1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 14 Improvements at Various Developments 2. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 24 inches beyond openings. a. Reinforcement above is in addition to continuous reinforcement.

B. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures and other special conditions.

3.07 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

A. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces structural members to comply with the following:

1. Provide an open space not less than 1 inch in width between masonry and structural member, unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid materials. 2. Anchor masonry to structural members with flexible anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 32 inches o.c. vertically and 32 inches o.c. horizontally.

3.08 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS

A. General: Install control and expansion joints in unit masonry where indicated. Build-in related items as masonry progresses. Do not form a continuous span through movement joints unless provisions are made to prevent in-plane restraint of wall or partition movement.

B. Form control joints in concrete masonry as follows:

1. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of concrete masonry units on one side of control joint. Fill resultant core with grout and rake joints in exposed faces. 2. Install preformed control-joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block. 3. Install interlocking units designed for control joints. Install bond-breaker strips at joint. Keep head joints free and clear of mortar or rake joint. 4. Install temporary foam-plastic filler in head joints and remove filler when unit masonry is complete.

3.09 LINTELS

A. Install lintels where indicated.

3.10 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, CAVITY DRAINAGE AND VENTS

A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. Install vents at shelf angles, ledges and other obstructions to upward flow of air in cavities and where indicated. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 15 Improvements at Various Developments B. Install flashing as follows, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer.

2. At multi-wythe masonry walls, including cavity walls, extend flashing through outer wythe, turned up a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm), and through inner wythe to within 1/2 inch (13 mm) of the interior face of wall in exposed masonry. Where interior face of wall is to receive furring or framing, carry flashing completely through inner wythe and turn flashing up approximately 2 inches (50 mm) on interior face.

3. At multi-wythe masonry walls, including cavity walls, extend flashing through outer wythe, turned up a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) and 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into the inner wythe. Form 1/4-inch (6-mm) hook in edge of flashing embedded in inner wythe.

4. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 6 inches (150 mm) at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches (50 mm) to form end dams.

5. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge.

6. Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal flashing termination.

7. Cut flexible flashing off flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed.

C. Install single-wythe CMU flashing system in bed joints of CMU walls where indicated to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install CMU cell pans with upturned edges located below face shells and webs of CMUs above and with weep spouts aligned with face of wall. Install CMU web covers so that they cover upturned edges of CMU cell pans at CMU webs and extend from face shell to face shell.

D. Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related construction where they are shown to be built into masonry.

E. Install weep vents in head joints in exterior wythes of first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing and as follows:

1. Use specified weep/vent products to form weep holes.

F. Place cavity drainage material in cavities to comply with configuration requirements for cavity drainage material in Part 2 "Miscellaneous Masonry Products" Article.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 16 Improvements at Various Developments G. Install vents in head joints in exterior wythes at spacing indicated. Use specified weep/vent products to form vents.

1. Close cavities off vertically and horizontally with blocking in manner indicated. Install through-wall flashing and weep holes above horizontal blocking.

3.11 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION

A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry elements during construction.

1. Construct formwork to conform to shape, line, and dimensions shown. Make it sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction.

B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements of ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to resist grout pressure.

1. Comply with requirements of ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height.

3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

B. Contractor shall engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality- control testing indicated below.

1. Re-testing of materials failing to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense.

B. Testing Frequency: Tests and Evaluations listed in this Article will be performed during construction for each 5,000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof.

C. Mortar properties will be tested per ASTM C780.

D. Grout will be sampled and tested for compressive strength per ASTM C1019.

E. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type of concrete masonry unit indicated, provide a Certificate of Compliance indicating the units have been tested in accordance with ASTM C140.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 17 Improvements at Various Developments F. Prism-Test Method: For each type of wall construction indicated, masonry prisms will be tested per ASTM C1314, and as follows:

1. For each 5,000 sq. ft. of masonry wall construction, prepare 1 set of prisms for testing at 7 days and 1 set for testing at 28 days.

a. “Set” definition: A “set” consists of three (3) grouted prisms and three (3) ungrouted prisms.

2. Prior to construction of masonry walls, prepare 1 set of prisms for testing at 7 days.

3.14 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING

A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.

B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings and adjacent construction to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application.

C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints.

D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:

1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and non-metallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Professional’s approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and non-masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film or waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing the surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions.

I. Apply Masonry Water Repellant at a rate as indicated by the manufacturer for the respective substrate. Apply to all masonry veneer.

3.15 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL

A. Recycling: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 18 Improvements at Various Developments B. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess, clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Institution’s property.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Unit Masonry Assemblies Modernization & Energy Conservation 04810 - 19 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 Stipulations A. The specifications section “General Conditions”, “Special Requirements” and “General Requirements” form a part of this section by this reference thereto and shall have the same force and effect as if printed herewith in full.

1.02 Project Description

A. This Section includes the following: 1. Pipe Bollards 2. Loose Steel Lintels 3. Loose bearing and leveling plates 4. Miscellaneous framing and supports 5. Miscellaneous steel trim

1.03 Performance Requirements

A. Structural Performance: Engineer railing components to withstand design loads in accordance with ASCE 7-98.

B. Engineering Responsibility: Engage a fabricator who utilizes a qualified Professional Engineer to perform required design.

1.04 Submittals

A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Pipe bollards, lintels, plates, misc. trim and framing.

A. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.

1. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections.

B. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel.

1.05 Quality Assurance

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Metal Fabrications Modernization & Energy Conservation 05500 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

A.. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:

1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 2. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification.

1.06 Project Conditions

A. Field Measurements: Where metal fabrications are indicated to fit walls and other construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. Allow for trimming and fitting.

1.07 Coordination

A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCT

2.01 Metals, General

A. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness.

2.02 Ferrous Metals

A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

B. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666, Type 304.

C. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304.

D. Steel Tubing: Cold-formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500.

E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Metal Fabrications Modernization & Energy Conservation 05500 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

F. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal channels with flange edges returned toward web and with 9/16-inch- (14.3-mm-) wide slotted holes in webs at 2 inches (51 mm) o.c.

1. Width of Channels: 1-5/8 inches 2. Depth of Channels: 1-5/8 inches 3. Metal and Thickness: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural quality, Grade 33 (Grade 230), with G90 (Z275) coating; 0.064-inch (1.6-mm) nominal thickness. 4. Finish: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.

G. Malleable-Iron Castings: ASTM A 47, Grade 32510 (ASTM A 47M, Grade 22010).

H. Gray-Iron Castings: ASTM A 48, Class 30 (ASTM A 48M, Class 200), unless another class is indicated or required by structural loads.

I. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type indicated below, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials capable of sustaining, without failure, the load imposed within a safety factor of 4, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.

1. Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 (ASTM A 47M) malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M.

J. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded.

2.03 Paint

A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664; selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure.

B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20.

C Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12, except containing no asbestos fibers, or cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

2.04 Fasteners

A. General: Provide Type 304 or 316 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc- plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Metal Fabrications Modernization & Energy Conservation 05500 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

B. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with hex nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M); and, where indicated, flat washers.

C. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36.

D. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3 (ASME B18.6.7M).

E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1 (ASME B18.2.3.8M).

F. Wood Screws: Flat head, carbon steel, ASME B18.6.1.

G. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ASME B18.22.1 (ASME B18.22M).

H. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ASME B18.21.1 (ASME B18.21.2M).

I. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.

1. Material: Carbon-steel components zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5.

J. Toggle Bolts: FS FF-B-588, tumble-wing type, class and style as needed.

2.05 Fabrication, General

A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

B. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs.

C. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.

D. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Metal Fabrications Modernization & Energy Conservation 05500 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

E. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.

F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.

G. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

H. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges.

I. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces.

J. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous.

2.06 Miscellaneous Framing and Supports

A. General: Provide steel framing and supports that are not a part of structural-steel framework as necessary to complete the Work.

B. Fabricate units from structural-steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items.

1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) wide by 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick by 8 inches (200 mm) long at 24 inches (600 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 3. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed.

C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated.

2.07 Miscellaneous Steel Trim

A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from structural-steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints, and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible.

B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. Provide anchors, welded to trim, for embedding in concrete or masonry construction, spaced not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from each end, 6 inches (150 mm) from corners, and 24 inches (600 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated.

1. Galvanize miscellaneous steel trim in the following locations: Exterior. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Metal Fabrications Modernization & Energy Conservation 05500 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

D. Pipe Bollards: Anchor galvanized steel Pipe bollards in concrete with pipe sleeves and anchored into the concrete. After bollards have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between bollard and sleeve solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer directions. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding tip surface and paint with color as selected by Professional.

2.08 Finishes, General

A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.

2.09 Steel And Iron Finishes

A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below:

2. ASTM A 123, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 3. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware.

B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface-preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications:

1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."

C. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting.

1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 Installation, General

A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing metal fabrications to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors.

B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Metal Fabrications Modernization & Energy Conservation 05500 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments

C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.

D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.

E. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:

F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.

3.02 Installing Miscellaneous Framing and Supports

A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings, if any.

B. Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building structure.

3.03 Adjusting and Cleaning

A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.

1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil (0.05-mm) dry film thickness.

B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Metal Fabrications Modernization & Energy Conservation 05500 - 7 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 06100 – ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 Stipulations

A. The specifications sections “General Conditions”, “Special Requirements” and “General Requirements” form a part of this section by this reference thereto and shall have the same force and effect as if printed herewith in full.

1.02 Summary

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Wood furring, grounds, nailers, and blocking. 2. Plywood backing panels 3. Rough hardware and anchors 4. Miscellaneous Framing

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view and not specified in another Section. 2. Section 06175 – Shop Fabricated Wood Trusses

1.03 Definitions

A. Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed, unless otherwise specified.

1.04 Submittals

A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

1. Wood preservative lumber, plywood backing.

B. Wood treatment data as follows, including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated materials:

1. For each type of preservative-treated wood product, include certification by treating plant stating type of preservative solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained, and compliance with applicable standards. 2. For waterborne-treated products, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels indicated before shipment to Project site. 3. For fire-retardant-treated wood products, include certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with specified standard and other requirements as well as data relative to bending strength, stiffness, and fastener-holding capacities of treated materials.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Rough Carpentry Modernization & Energy Conservation 06100 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

C. Material test reports from a qualified independent testing agency indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance of fire-retardant-treated wood products with requirements indicated.

D. Warranty of chemical treatment manufacturer for each type of treatment.

1.05 Delivery, Storage, and Handling

A. Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings.

1. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals, place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 Manufacturers

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Wood-Preservative-Treated Materials: a. Chemical Specialties, Inc. – Pressure treated “Preserve” b. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. - Pyroguard c. Osmose Wood Preserving, Inc. “Nature Wood” 2. Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials, Interior Type A: a. Chemical Specialties, Inc. D-Blaze b. Hickson Corp. Fire X c. Osmose Wood Preserving Inc; ProFire 3. Metal Framing Anchors (as required for framing systems): a. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. b. Harlen Metal Products, Inc. c. Silver Metal Products, Inc. d. Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc. e. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc.

2.02 Lumber, General

A. Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard," and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review.

B. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following:

1. NELMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association. 2. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority (Canadian).

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Rough Carpentry Modernization & Energy Conservation 06100 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

C. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill.

1. For exposed lumber, furnish pieces with grade stamps applied to ends or back of each piece, or omit grade stamps and provide grade-compliance certificates issued by inspection agency.

D. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber.

1. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nominal thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated.

2.03 Wood-Preservative-Treated Materials

A. General: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as preservative treated or is specified to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood). Mark each treated item with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review.

1. Do not use chemicals containing chromium or arsenic.

B. Pressure treat aboveground items with waterborne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 lb/cu. ft.. After treatment, kiln-dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 15 percent, respectively. Treat indicated items and the following:

1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade.

C. Complete fabrication of treated items before treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces.

2.04 Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials

A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated wood is indicated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Identify fire-retardant- treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL; U.S. Testing; Timber Products Inspection, Inc.; or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide fire-retardant-treated wood acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which a current model code research or

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Rough Carpentry Modernization & Energy Conservation 06100 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

evaluation report exists that evidences compliance of fire-retardant-treated wood for application indicated.

B. Interior Type A: For interior locations, use chemical formulation that produces treated lumber and plywood with the following properties under conditions present after installation:

1. Bending strength, stiffness, and fastener-holding capacities are not reduced below values published by manufacturer of chemical formulation under elevated temperature and humidity conditions simulating installed conditions when tested by a qualified independent testing agency. 2. No form of degradation occurs due to acid hydrolysis or other causes related to treatment. 3. Contact with treated wood does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners.

C. Inspect each piece of treated lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces.

2.05 Dimension Lumber

A. General: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the ALSC National Grading Rule (NGR) provisions of the inspection agency indicated.

2.06 Boards

A. Concealed Boards: Where boards will be concealed by other work, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and of following species and grade:

1. Species and Grade: Eastern softwoods, No. 3 Common per NELMA rules. 2. Species and Grade: Northern species, No. 3 Common or Standard per NLGA rules. 3. Species and Grade: Any species above.

2.07 Miscellaneous Lumber

A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members.

B. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes shown.

C. Moisture Content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment.

D. Grade: For dimension lumber sizes, provide No. 3 or Standard grade lumber per ALSC's NGRs of any species. For board-size lumber, provide No. 3 Common grade per NELMA of any species.

E. Combination Subfloor-Underlayment: APA-rated Sturd-I-Floor.

1. Exposure Durability Classification: Exposure 1. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Rough Carpentry Modernization & Energy Conservation 06100 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

2. Span Rating: As required to suit joist spacing indicated. 3. Edge Detail: Tongue and groove.

F. Wall Sheathing: APA-rated sheathing.

2.08 Structural-Use Panels for Backing

A. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, provide fire- retardant-treated plywood panels with grade, C-D Plugged Exposure 1, not less than 15/32 inch thick.

2.09 Fasteners

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture.

1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of Type 304 stainless steel.

B. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples:

C. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.

D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.

E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1.

F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.

2.10 Metal Framing Anchors

1. General: Provide galvanized steel framing anchors of structural capacity, type, and size required for application.

2. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G60 coating designation; structural, commercial, or lock-forming quality, as standard with manufacturer for type of anchor indicated.

2.11 Miscellaneous Materials

A. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Closed-cell foam insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill sealer; 1/4-inch nominal thickness, compressible to 1/32 inch; selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated.

B. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG-01 that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel manufacturers.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Rough Carpentry Modernization & Energy Conservation 06100 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

C. Water-Repellent Preservative: NWWDA-tested and -accepted formulation containing 3- iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbonate (IPBC) as its active ingredient.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 Installation, General

A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.

B. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted.

C. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction.

D. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and plywood.

E. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following:

1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven staples, P-nails, and allied fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3. "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of referenced framing standard and with AFPA's "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction." 4. "Table 2305.2--Fastening Schedule" of the BOCA National Building Code.

F. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required.

G. Use hot-dip galvanized or stainless-steel nails where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity.

H. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler.

3.02 Wood Grounds, Nailers, Blocking, and Sleepers

A. Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes shown and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved.

B. Attach to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Rough Carpentry Modernization & Energy Conservation 06100 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 06175 – SHOP FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Stipulations

A. The specifications sections “General Conditions”, “Special Requirements”, and “General Requirements” form a part of this section by this reference thereto and shall have the same force and effect as if printed herewith in full.

1.2 Summary

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Wood roof trusses. 2. Wood truss bracing. 3. Truss accessories (metal).

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 06100 – Rough Carpentry

1.3 Definitions

A. Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Trusses: Planar structural units consisting of metal- plate-connected members fabricated from dimension lumber and cut and assembled before delivery to Project site.

B. TPI: Truss Plate Institute, Inc.

C. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following:

1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association. 2. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 4. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 5. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.

1.4 Performance Requirements

A. Structural Performance: Provide metal-plate-connected wood trusses capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. Comply with requirements in TPI 1 unless more stringent requirements are specified below.

1. Design Loads:

a. Dead Load: 25 PSF distributed appropriately between top and bottom chords. b. Roof Snow Load: 40 PSF (unreducible).

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Fabricated Wood Trusses Modernization & Energy Conservation 06175 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

2. Maximum Deflection Under Design Loads:

a. Roof Trusses: Vertical deflection of 1/360 of span.

1.5 Submittals

A. Product Data: For wood-preservative-treated lumber, metal-plate connectors, metal truss accessories and fasteners.

1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. 3. For fire-retardant treatments specified to be High-Temperature (HT) type, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D5664. 4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to truss fabricator. 5. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment.

B. Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified Professional Engineer. Show fabrication and installation details for trusses.

1. Show location, pitch, span, camber, configuration and spacing for each type of truss required. 2. Indicate sizes, stress grades and species of lumber. 3. Indicate locations of permanent bracing required to prevent buckling of individual truss members due to design loads. 4. Indicate type, size, material, finish, design values, orientation and location of metal connector plates. 5. Show splice details and bearing details. 6. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified Professional Engineer responsible for their preparation.

C. Product Certificates: For metal-plate-connected wood trusses, signed by officer of truss fabricating firm.

D. Qualification Data: For metal-plate manufacturer, Professional Engineer, fabricator and installer.

E. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the ALSC Board of Review.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Fabricated Wood Trusses Modernization & Energy Conservation 06175 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

1.6 Quality Assurance

A. Metal Connector-Plate Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer that is a member of TPI and that complies with quality-control procedures in TPI 1 for manufacture of connector plates.

1. Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. 2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings and comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified Professional Engineer, licensed in Pennsylvania. Shop drawings and calculations shall contain engineering seal.

B. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that participates in a recognized quality-assurance program that complies with quality-control procedures in TPI 1 and that involves third- party inspection by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Source Limitations for Connector Plates: Obtain metal connector plates from a single manufacturer.

D. Comply with applicable requirements and recommendations of the following publications:

1. TPI 1, "National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction" 2. TPI DSB, "Recommended Design Specification for Temporary Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses" 3. TPI HIB, "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling, Installing & Bracing Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses"

E. Wood Structural Design Standard: Comply with applicable requirements in AF&PA's "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction" and its "Supplement".

F. Forest Certification: Provide metal-plate-connected wood trusses produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria”.

1.7 Delivery, Storage, and Handling

A. Handle and store trusses to comply with recommendations of TPI HIB, "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling, Installing & Bracing Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses".

1. Store trusses flat, off of ground and adequately supported to prevent lateral bending. 2. Protect trusses from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. 3. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.

B. Inspect trusses showing discoloration, corrosion or other evidence of deterioration. Discard and replace trusses that are damaged or defective.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Fabricated Wood Trusses Modernization & Energy Conservation 06175 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

1.8 Coordination

A. Time delivery and erection of trusses to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying progress of other trades whose work must follow erection of trusses.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Dimension Lumber

A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.

1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S. 4. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing.

B. Grade and Species: For truss chord and web members, provide dimension lumber of any species, graded visually or mechanically, and capable of supporting required loads without exceeding allowable design values according to AF&PA's "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction" and its "Supplement”.

C. Minimum Chord Size For Roof Trusses: 2 by 6 inches nominal (38 by 140 mm actual) for both top and bottom chords.

D. Permanent Bracing: Provide wood bracing that complies with requirements for miscellaneous lumber in Section 06100 Rough Carpentry.

2.2 Wood-Preservative-Treated Lumber

A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2.

1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. 2. For exposed trusses indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes.

B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material.

C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Fabricated Wood Trusses Modernization & Energy Conservation 06175 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

1. For exposed trusses indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency.

D. Application: Treat trusses where indicated on Drawings.

2.3 Metal Connector Plates

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following:

1. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc. 2. MiTek Industries, Inc.; a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. 3. TEE-LOK Corporation; a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. 4. Truswal Systems Corporation.

B. General: Fabricate connector plates to comply with TPI 1.

C. Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M; Structural Steel (SS), high- strength low-alloy steel Type A (HSLAS Type A), or high-strength low-alloy steel Type B (HSLAS Type B); G60 (Z180) coating designation; and not less than 0.036 inch (0.9 mm) thick.

1. Use for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated.

D. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304, and not less than 0.035 inch (0.88 mm) thick.

1. Use for exterior locations and where indicated.

2.4 Fasteners

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture.

1. Where trusses are exposed to weather, in ground contact, made from pressure- preservative treated wood, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A153/A153M or provide Type 304 stainless steel.

B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F1667.

C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.

D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.

E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1 (ASME B18.2.3.8M).

F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A307, Grade A (ASTM F568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A563 (ASTM A563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Fabricated Wood Trusses Modernization & Energy Conservation 06175 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency.

1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Material: Where indicated on drawings, stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F593 and ASTM F594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F738M and ASTM F836M, Grade A1 or A4).

2.5 Metal Truss Accessories

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. 2. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc. 3. USP Structural Connectors.

B. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those of products of manufacturers listed. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency.

C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, G60 (Z180) coating designation.

1. Use for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated.

D. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304.

1. Use for exterior locations and where indicated.

E. Truss Tie-Downs (Hurricane/Seismic Ties): Bent strap tie for fastening roof trusses to wall studs below, 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide by 0.050 inch (1.3 mm) thick. Tie fastens to one side of truss, top plates and side of stud below.

F. Roof Truss Bracing/Spacers: U-shaped channels, 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide by 1 inch (25 mm) deep by 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick, made to fit between 2 adjacent trusses and accurately space them apart, and with tabs having metal teeth for fastening to trusses.

2.6 Miscellaneous Materials

A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by weight.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Fabricated Wood Trusses Modernization & Energy Conservation 06175 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments

2.7 Fabrication

A. Cut truss members to accurate lengths, angles and sizes to produce close-fitting joints.

B. Fabricate metal connector plates to sizes, configurations, thicknesses and anchorage details required to withstand design loads for types of joint designs indicated.

C. Assemble truss members in design configuration indicated; use jigs or other means to ensure uniformity and accuracy of assembly with joints closely fitted to comply with tolerances in TPI 1. Position members to produce design camber indicated.

1. Fabricate wood trusses within manufacturing tolerances in TPI 1.

D. Connect truss members by metal connector plates located and securely embedded simultaneously in both sides of wood members by air or hydraulic press.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Installation

A. Install wood trusses only after supporting construction is in place and is braced and secured.

B. If trusses are delivered to Project site in more than one piece, assemble trusses before installing.

C. Hoist trusses in place by lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of trusses required, exercising care not to damage truss members or joints by out-of-plane bending or other causes.

D. Install and brace trusses according to TPI recommendations and as indicated.

E. Install trusses plumb, square and true to line and securely fasten to supporting construction.

F. Space trusses as indicated; adjust and align trusses in location before permanently fastening.

G. Anchor trusses securely at bearing points; use metal truss tie-downs or floor truss hangers as applicable. Install fasteners through each fastener hole in truss accessories according to manufacturer's fastening schedules and written instructions.

H. Install and fasten permanent bracing during truss erection and before construction loads are applied. Anchor ends of permanent bracing where terminating at walls or beams.

1. Install bracing to comply with Section 06100 Rough Carpentry.

I. Install wood trusses within installation tolerances in TPI 1.

J. Do not cut or remove truss members.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Fabricated Wood Trusses Modernization & Energy Conservation 06175 - 7 Improvements at Various Developments

K. Replace wood trusses that are damaged or do not meet requirements.

1. Do not alter trusses in field.

3.2 Repairs and Protection

A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label.

B. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label.

C. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on exposed surfaces with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780 and coating manufacturer's written instructions.

D. Protective Coating: Clean and prepare exposed surfaces of metal connector plates. Brush apply primer, when part of coating system and one coat of protective coating.

1. Apply materials to provide minimum dry film thickness recommended by coating system manufacturer.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shop Fabricated Wood Trusses Modernization & Energy Conservation 06175 - 8 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 07140 - CLEAR PENETRATING CONCRETE SEALERS (SLABS ON GRADE)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Stipulations

1.2 Scope Of Work

A. Provide concrete penetrating sealer system on all new concrete slabs.

1.3 Quality Control

A. Codes and Standards:

1) Specified products shall comply with the provision of the following specification and standards, except as otherwise noted.

a) NCHRP 244 procedure - Series II & IV. b) Scaling Resistance of Concrete (ASTM C-672) - No Scaling. c) Alberta Department of Transportation and Utilities Penetrating Sealer for Traffic Bearing Surfaces Type 1B - Water Repellency after Abrasion (minimum) 86.0%. d) National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards For Architectural Coatings (40CFR Part 59) limiting VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) to no more than 600 grams/liter. It is possible that local regulations could be stricter (State of California).

B. Field Testing Acceptance:

1) Meet or exceed the following requirements for this project based on testing performed on a minimum of three, 3 inch diameter (or larger) core samples removed from the treated area.

a) Repellency Rating (Waterproofing Performance) - 80% or better, based on comparison of untreated versus treated samples. Test procedure for waterproofing performance shall be according to ASTM D 6489-99, “Standard Test Method for Determining the Water Absorption of Hardened Concrete Treated With a Water Repellent Coating”.

b) Penetration (1 application) 1/8 inch minimum (3 mm), based on the average of a series of measurements on the split face of core samples.

C. Sealer Coordination: Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Clear Penetrating Concrete Sealers Modernization & Energy Conservation 07140 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

1) Review other sections of these specifications in which curing compounds or paints, are to be provided on concrete surfaces to be sealed to ensure compatibility with the concrete sealer.

D. Warranty:

1) The system manufacturer shall furnish the Commission a written single- source performance warranty that the Concrete Penetrating Sealer System will be free of defects related to workmanship or material deficiency and meet or exceed the requirements of Part B for a ten (10) year period from the date of substantial completion of the work provided under this section of the specification.

2) Any required repairs under the warranty shall be made by the system manufacturer. The required written warranty shall be provided by the system manufacturer.

1.4 Submittals

A. Submit manufacturer's product, application and surface preparation specifications, testing data and warranty for approval prior to sealing concrete decks.

B. When payment for sealer application is based on square foot area of application, the area used in calculations shall be horizontal surfaces only.

C. As a condition for payment of the sealer application, the contractor must submit an invoice indicating the delivery and site receipt of the quantity of material calculated and designated for this project. In addition to the calculated quantity, the invoice shall also reflect the project address, or be designated for use on this project, if delivered to the contractor’s address. No leftover material from previous projects will be permitted for use on this project.

1.5 Job Conditions

A. Environmental Requirements:

1. Do not proceed with application of materials if ambient temperature is below 20 degrees F. or if ice or frost are covering the substrate. For Enviroseal 40, do not proceed with application of materials if ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F.

2. Do not proceed with application if ambient temperature of surface temperature exceeds 100 degrees F.

3. Do not proceed with application of materials in rainy conditions or if rain is anticipated within 8 hours after application. Materials shall not be applied to damp substrates. The surface should be sufficiently dry to observe the spray pattern during application.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Clear Penetrating Concrete Sealers Modernization & Energy Conservation 07140 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Sealer Material

A. Provide a clean liquid "silane" type sealing compound, minimum 40 percent solid content, which will penetrate the concrete to provide a surface which is resistant to salts, de-icer chemicals, moisture, gasoline, oil and acids. Sealer material shall not permanently alter the appearance or surface texture of concrete surfaces.

B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1) BASF - Hydrozo - Enviroseal 40. Apply at application rate of 125 sf/gal. 2) Degussa Construction Chemicals - Chem-Trete-BSM 40 VOC. Apply at application rate of 175 sf/gal. 2) LymTal International – ISO-FLEX 618-40. Apply at application rate of 175 sf/gal.

C. All penetrating sealers applied shall contain fugitive dye to demonstrate complete and thorough application to surface.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Preparation

A. Examine surfaces to receive sealer to assure that conditions are acceptable for application of materials. Concrete shall be cured a minimum of 28 days.

B. Remove dirt, dust and materials that will interfere with the proper and effective application of the water repellent coating.

C. All caulking, patching and joint sealants should be installed prior to application of this product.

3.2 Initial Test Application And Testing

A. Test Procedure:

1) Prior to full scale surface preparation and application of selected material, a trial application shall be conducted. The location shall be 11 feet by 11 feet in size for products applied at 125 square feet per gallon or 13 feet 3 inches by 13 feet 3 inches for products applied at 175 square feet per gallon, at a location determined by the Professional.

2) The trial area shall be cleaned according to manufacturer's recommendations in the same manner as planned for the entire project. This may include sweeping and cleaning with compressed air, water cleaning under pressure or shotblasting. For the purposes of this test only, sandblasting is an acceptable substitute for shotblasting.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Clear Penetrating Concrete Sealers Modernization & Energy Conservation 07140 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

3) Upon completion of surface preparation, a core will be removed from the cleaned surface and tested for water absorption. This is the Untreated Water Absorption value. The test area will then be treated with one gallon of the selected material. From the treated area, two core samples shall be removed. Both cores are to be tested for Treated Water Absorption and split with a chisel and dye tested for depth of sealer penetration. The repellency rating is calculated on the basis of untreated and treated water absorption values.

4) Once field test results are obtained, which meets or exceeds requirements of Section 1.03.B.1.a and 1.03.B.1.b., the contractor will be authorized to perform full scale surface preparation and application of the selected material. Do not proceed with application unless directed in writing by the Professional and Material Manufacturer.

5) Cost of trial area application and testing shall be included in the contractor's price for sealer installation. Additional quality control testing, if desired by the Professional in other areas or subsequent to the installation to determine warranty performance, shall be paid for by the Professional.

3.3 Application

A. Product shall be applied at a rate as specified above. Do not dilute or alter the material

B. Preferred method of application is with low pressure (15 PSI) airless spray equipment or with a heavily-saturated brush or roller. Spray equipment should be equipped with solvent resistant gaskets and hoses.

C. When applying by brush or roller, care will be taken to ensure that sufficient material is being applied to thoroughly saturate the treatment surfaces maintaining the appropriate square foot coverage rate required.

1) Product shall be applied to horizontal surfaces in a single saturating application.

2) Sufficient material shall be applied so that treated surfaces remain wet for a few minutes before penetration into the surface.

3) Surface residues, pools and puddles shall be broomed out thoroughly until they completely penetrate into the surface.

4) Treated surfaces shall be protected from rain and other surface water for a period of not less than eight (8) hours after application.

5) Treated surfaces shall be protected from excessive foot and vehicular traffic for a period of not less than eight (8) hours after application.

3.4 Clean-Up

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Clear Penetrating Concrete Sealers Modernization & Energy Conservation 07140 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

A. When the work of this Section is complete, and at such other times as directed, remove surplus and waste materials, debris, rubbish, equipment, and implements from the site, and leave the work in a clean, neat and acceptable condition, as approved by the Professional.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Clear Penetrating Concrete Sealers Modernization & Energy Conservation 07140 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 07190 – CLEAR PENETRATING SEALERS (BRICK MASONRY)

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 Stipulations

1.02 Summary

A. This Section includes clear water-repellent coatings for the following vertical and nontraffic horizontal surfaces:

1. All exterior masonry and mortar.

1.03 Submittals

A. Product Data: For each product indicated.

B. Product test reports.

1.04 Quality Assurance

A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer (applicator) who employs only persons trained and approved by manufacturer to apply manufacturer's products.

1.05 Warranty

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace water-repellent coatings that fail in materials and workmanship within five <5> years from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of coating due to unusual weather phenomena, failure of prepared and treated substrate, new substrate cracks in excess of 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) wide, fire, vandalism, or abuse by maintenance equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 Water Repellents

A. Siloxanes: Penetrating water repellent. Water based Alkylalkoxysiloxanes.

1. VOC Requirements: 203 grams / liter. 2. Solids 7% 3. Flash Point > 212° F 4. Apply 1 gallon per 150 square foot per coat 5. Low odor 6. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Professional Products of Kansas, Inc.; Extra Strength Professional Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Clear Penetrating Sealers (Brick Masonry) Modernization & Energy Conservation 07190 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

b. Sonneborn; Enviroseal Double 7 for Brick c. ProSoCo, Inc.; Weather Seal Siloxane PD.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 Application

A. Preparation: Clean substrate of substances that might interfere with penetration or performance of water repellents. Use Prosoco “Bio Cleaner” or equal. Scrub to remove deposits and rinse as required. Test for moisture content, according to water repellent manufacturer's written instructions, to ensure surface is sufficiently dry. 1. Clay Brick Masonry: Clean per ASTM D 5703.

B. Test for pH level, according to water repellent manufacturer's written instructions, to ensure chemical bond to silicate minerals.

C. Weather and Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with application of water repellent under any of the following conditions, except with written instruction of manufacturer:

1. Ambient temperature is less than 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). 2. Mortar that has cured for less than 28 days. 3. Rain or temperatures below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) are predicted within 24 hours. 4. Application is earlier than 24 hours after surfaces have been wet. 5. Substrate is frozen or surface temperature is less than 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). 6. Windy condition exists that may cause water repellent to be blown onto vegetation or surfaces not intended to be coated. 7. Any condition detrimental to installation.

D. Protect adjoining work, including sealant bond surfaces, from spillage or blow-over of water repellent. Cover adjoining and nearby surfaces of aluminum and glass if there is possibility of water repellent being deposited on surfaces. Cover live plants and grass.

E. Coordination with Sealants: Do not apply water repellent until sealants for joints adjacent to surfaces receiving water-repellent treatment have been installed and cured.

1. Water-repellent work may precede sealant application only if sealant adhesion and compatibility have been tested and verified using substrate, water repellent, and sealant materials identical to those used in the Work.

F. Test Application: Before performing water-repellent work, including bulk purchase and delivery of products, prepare small application in an unobtrusive location and in a manner approved by Architect to demonstrate final effect (visual, physical, and chemical) of planned application. Proceed with work only after Architect approves test application or as otherwise directed.

1. Revisions of planned application, if any, as requested by Architect, will be by Change Order if they constitute departure from requirements of the Contract Documents at time of contracting.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Clear Penetrating Sealers (Brick Masonry) Modernization & Energy Conservation 07190 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

G. Apply heavy-saturation spray coating of water repellent on surfaces indicated for treatment using low-pressure spray equipment. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for using airless spraying procedure, unless otherwise indicated.

H. Apply second saturation spray coating, repeating first application. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for limitations on drying time between coats and after rainstorm wetting of surfaces between coats. Consult manufacturer's technical representative if written instructions are not applicable to Project conditions.

I. Immediately clean water repellent from adjoining surfaces and surfaces soiled or damaged by water-repellent application as work progresses. Repair damage caused by water-repellent application. Comply with manufacturer's written cleaning instructions.

J. After application is complete, remove protective coverings from adjacent surfaces and other protected areas.

3.02 Field Quality Control

A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide services of a factory-authorized technical service representative to inspect and approve substrate before application and to instruct applicator on product and application method to be used.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Clear Penetrating Sealers (Brick Masonry) Modernization & Energy Conservation 07190 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 07210 – BUILDING INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Stipulations

1.2 Summary

A. This Section includes the following:

A. Insulation under slabs-on-grade. B. Foundation wall insulation (supporting backfill). C. Cavity wall insulation (see Section 04810 Unit Masonry) D. Blanket Insulation E. Loose Fill Fiberglass Insulation (In roof truss space)

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

A. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for insulation installed in cavity walls and masonry cells. B. Division 9 Section indicated below for insulation installed as part of metal-framed wall and partition assemblies: a. "Gypsum Board Assemblies."

1.3 Submittals

A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product Data for each type of insulation product specified.

C. Product test reports from and based on tests performed by a qualified independent testing agency evidencing compliance of insulation products with specified requirements including those for thermal resistance, fire-test-response characteristics, water-vapor transmission, water absorption, and other properties, based on comprehensive testing of current products.

1.4 Quality Assurance

A. Single-Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products complying with requirements indicated without delaying the Work.

B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated on Drawings or specified elsewhere in this

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Building Insulation

Modernization & Energy Conservation 07210 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

Section as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.

A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. C. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136.

1.5 Delivery, Storage, and Handling

A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

B. Protect plastic insulation as follows:

A. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. B. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time. C. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Manufacturers

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering insulation products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:

A. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: a. Amoco Foam Products Company. b. Dow Chemical Co. c. UC Industries, Inc.; Owens-Corning Co. B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: a. Celotex Corporation (The). b. NRG Barriers, Inc. C. Glass-Fiber Insulation & Loose Fill Fiberglass: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH. c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation. 4. Sound Batt Insulation: a. Certainteed: CertaPro Acousta-Therm Batts (Unforced) b. John Manville; Unforced batts c. Owens-Corning; Sound attenuating Batt Insulation

2.2 Insulating Materials

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Building Insulation

Modernization & Energy Conservation 07210 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards.

A. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths.

B. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: Rigid, cellular polystyrene thermal insulation formed from polystyrene base resin by an extrusion process using hydrochlorofluorocarbons as blowing agent to comply with ASTM C 578 for type and with other requirements indicated below:

A. Type IV, 1.60-lb/cu. ft. (26-kg/cu. m) minimum density, unless otherwise indicated. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 450, respectively.

C. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Rigid, cellular polyisocyanurate thermal insulation with core formed by using hydrochlorofluorocarbons as blowing agent and faced on both sides with aluminum foil to comply with referenced standards and with other requirements indicated below:

A. Federal Standard: FS HH-I-1972/1, Class 1 (nonreinforced core) or 2 (reinforced core). B. ASTM Standard: ASTM C 1289, Type I, Class 1 or 2. C. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 450, respectively, based on tests performed on unfaced core on thicknesses up to 4 inches (101 mm). D. Thermal Resistivity: 7.2 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F (50 K x m/W at 24 deg C).

D. Faced and Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation as shown on the drawings: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing).

A. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively.

E. Sound Batt Insulation: Mineral-fiber blanket insulation consisting fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool.

1. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket insulation: ASTM C665, Type1; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E136 for combustion characteristics.

2.3 Auxiliary Insulating Materials

A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates.

B. Protection Board: Premolded, semirigid asphalt/fiber composition board, 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, formed under heat and pressure, standard sizes.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Building Insulation

Modernization & Energy Conservation 07210 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Examination

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 Preparation

A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or that interfere with insulation attachment.

3.3 Installation, General

A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated.

B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, unsoiled, and has not been exposed at any time to ice and snow.

C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.

D. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated.

3.4 Installation of Perimeter Insulation

A. On vertical surfaces, set units in adhesive applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use adhesive recommended by insulation manufacturer.

B. Protect below-grade insulation on vertical surfaces from damage during backfilling by applying protection board. Set in adhesive according to written instructions of insulation manufacturer.

3.5 Installation of Cavity Wall and Masonry Cell Insulation

A. On units of plastic insulation, install small pads of adhesive spaced approximately 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. both ways on inside face, as recommended by manufacturer. Fit courses of insulation between wall ties and other confining obstructions in cavity, with edges butted tightly both ways. Press units firmly against inside wythe of masonry.

B. On units of cellular glass insulation, apply insulation with closely fitting joints using method indicated below:

A. Gob Method: Install 4 gobs of adhesive per unit and apply firmly against inside wythe of masonry or other construction as shown. Apply gobs at each corner; spread gobs to form pads 4 inches (101 mm) in diameter by 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Building Insulation

Modernization & Energy Conservation 07210 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

3.6 Installation of General Building Insulation

A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units.

B. Seal joints between closed-cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer.

C. Stuff glass-fiber loose-fill insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where shown. Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m).

D. Safing insulations: 4 lb/cu. Ft. mineral wool insulations slightly wider than opening, compress and tightly fit into openings.

E. Fire stopping sealant: firecode (2 hours) Intumescent acrylic firestop sealant type 1A.

3.7 Sound Batt Installation

A. General: Install insulation to comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Run insulation full height of partition from floor to deck above. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.

B. Installation of Sound Insulation: Apply insulation complying with manufacturer's written instructions. Do not let insulation sag.

a. Install mineral-fiber blankets by framing members according to the following requirements:

1) Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends.

2) Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.

3) Minimum insulation thickness – 3 ½”

b. Where cavity heights exceed 96 inches (2438 mm), support unfaced blankets mechanically.

3.8 Installation of Loose Fill Fiberglass Insulation

A. Installation to follow the Fiberglass Insulation Manufacturers Association technical bulletings: “Standard Practice for Installing Fiberglass Building Insulation”, #3 “Standard

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Building Insulation

Modernization & Energy Conservation 07210 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

Practice for the Installation of Sprayed Cellulostic Wall Cavity insulation” and “Standard Practice for Installation of Fiberglass Loose-Fill Thermal Insulation”.

3.9 Protection

A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Building Insulation

Modernization & Energy Conservation 07210 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 07310 SHINGLES, ETC.

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 Stipulations

A. The specifications section "General Conditions" and "Special Requirements" form a part of this section by this reference thereto and shall have the same force and effect as if printed herewith in full.

1.02 Related Sections

A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Framing, wood decking and roof sheathing.

B. Section 07600 - Flashing and Sheet Metal: Sheet metal flashing not associated with shingle roofing; gutters and downspouts.

1.03 References

A. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

B. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.

C. ASTM B 370 - Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction.

D. ASTM C 1549 - Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer.

E. ASTM D 3018 - Standard Specification for Class A Asphalt Shingles Surfaced with Mineral Granules.

F. ASTM D 3161 - Standard Test Method for Wind-Resistance of Asphalt Shingles (Fan- Induced Method).

G. ASTM D 3462 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Shingles Made from Glass Felt and Surfaced with Mineral Granules.

H. ASTM D 4586 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos-Free.

I. ASTM E 903 - Standard Test Method for Solar Absorption, Reflectance and Transmission of Materials Using Integrating Spheres.

J. UL 790 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Roof Covering Materials.

K. UL 997 - Wind Resistance of Prepared Roof Covering Materials.

1.04 Submittials

A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340.

B. Product Data : Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, showing compliance with requirements.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shingles, Etc. Modernization & Energy Conservation 07210 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments C. Selection Samples: Two complete sets of color cards representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns.

D. Manufacturer's installation instructions, showing required preparation and installation procedures.

1.05 Quality Assurance

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the roofing system products specified in this section, with minimum of 25 years experience.

B. Pre-Installation Meeting: Conduct a pre-installation meeting not more than 2 weeks after the start of the roofing project and before start of roofing installation. 1. Contractor shall schedule and arrange meeting and meeting place and notify attendees. 2. Mandatory Attendees: Roofing installer and manufacturer's steep slope technical representative (not sales agent). 3. Optional Attendees: Owner's representative, Architect's representative, prime Contractor's representative. 4. Review all pertinent requirements for achieving the warranty specified below and set schedule for final warranty inspection.

1.06 Delivery, Storage and Handling

A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened labeled packaging until ready for installation.

B. Store products in a covered, ventilated area, at temperature not more than 110 degrees F (43 degrees C); do not store near steam pipes, radiators, or in sunlight.

C. Store bundles on flat surface to maximum height recommended by manufacturer; store rolls on end.

D. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 Materials

A. Square tab strip shingles shall be UL Class A Fiberglass composition; self sealing 3-tab fiberglass based asphalt strip shingles complying with ASTM D3018, bearing UL Class A weighing not less than 240 lbs. per square.Color as selected by Architect. Shingles shall be GAF-Timberline ‘Prestique’ or approved equal color as selected from manufacturers standard colors.

B. Color: Match existing.

C. Roofing Felt shall be No. 30 (see rough carpentry section also), asphalt saturated unperforated organic roofing felt, complying with ASTM D226, 36" wide.

1. Install felt per the most recent Uniform Building Code Lap sheets @ 19” min.

D. Asphalt Plastic Cement shall be fibrated asphalt cement complying with ASTM C2822, designed for trowel application. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shingles, Etc. Modernization & Energy Conservation 07210 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

E. Nails shall be aluminum or hot dip galvanized 11 or 12 ga. sharp pointed conventional roofing nails with barbed shanks, minimum 3/8" diameter head, and of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 3/4" into solid decking or to penetrate through plywood sheathing.

F. Staples: Minimum 16 ga. zinc coated steel roofing staples with minimum crown width of 15/16" and of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4" into deck lumber or through plywood deck.

G. Metal Drip Edge: Minimum .024" mill finish aluminum sheet, brake formed to provide 3" roof deck flange, and 1-1/2" fascia flange with 3/8" drip at lower edge. Furnish in 8' or 10' lengths.

H. Metal Flashing: .024" mill finish sheet aluminum. Job cut to sizes and configurations required.

I. Ridge Vents: Provide where shown on drawings ridge vents as manufactured by Alcoa or equal, Rovar - Roof-Over-Vent-A-Ridge.

J. Roof Vents: Furnish and install roof vents as manufactured by Ampcor or equal, Model #RVA50 where indicated on drawings.

K. Starter Strip – “ICE GUARD”. Apply waterproofing shingle underlayment as manufactured by GRACE or approved equal.Apply underlayment over sub-fascia and up over roof sheathing as starter strip - typical., extend up roof a minimum of 5’-0”. Apply direct to deck sheathing.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 Examination

A. Do not begin installation until roof deck has been properly prepared.

B. Comply with published recommendations of shingle manufacturer details and recommendations of NRCA Steep Roofing Manual for installation of underlayment and shingles, using number of nails and coursing of shingles in accordance with manufacturers standards.

3.02 Preperation

A. Clean deck surfaces thoroughly prior to installation of leak barrier and underlayment.

B. At areas to receive leak barrier, fill knot holes and cracks with latex filler.

C. Chimneys: Install crickets on the upslope side of any chimney located in the north, on a roof steeper than 6:12, or wider than 24 inches (610 mm).

3.03 Underlayment Installation

A. Install using methods recommended by manufacturer in accordance with local building code.

B. Eaves: Place eave edge metal flashing tight with fascia boards; lap joints 2 inches (50 mm) and seal with plastic cement; nail at top of flange. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shingles, Etc. Modernization & Energy Conservation 07210 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments C. Valleys: 1. Install leak barrier at least 36 inches wide centered on valley; lap ends 6 inches (150 mm) and seal. 2. Where valleys are indicated to be "open valleys", install metal flashing over leak barrier before roof deck underlayment is installed; DO NOT NAIL THROUGH flashing; secure by nailing at 18 inches (457 mm) on center just beyond edge of flashing so that nail heads hold down edge.

D. Roof Deck: 1. Install one layer of roof deck underlayment over entire area not protected by eave or valley membrane; run sheets horizontally lapped so water sheds; nail in place. 2. Lap ends at least 4 inches (100 mm); stagger end laps of each layer at least 36 inches (915 mm). 3. Lap underlayment over valley protection at least 6 inches (150 mm).

E. Penetrations: 1. At vent pipes, install a 24 inch (610 mm) square piece of leak barrier lapping over roof deck protection; seal tightly to pipe. 2. At vertical walls, install leak barrier extending at least 6 inches (150 mm) up the wall and 12 inches (305 mm) on to the roof surface lapping over roof deck protection. 3. At skylights and roof hatches, install leak barrier up the sides of the frame and 12 inches (305 mm) on to the roof surface on all sides, lapping over roof deck underlayment. 4. At chimneys, install leak barrier around entire chimney extending at least 6 inches (150 mm) up the wall and 12 inches (305 mm) on to the roof surface lapping over roof deck protection.

3.04 Installation of Shingles

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of local building code. 1. Avoid breakage of shingles by avoiding dropping bundles on edge, by separating shingles carefully (not by "breaking" over ridge or bundles), and by taking extra precautions in temperatures below 40 degrees F (4 degrees C). 2. Handle carefully in hot weather to avoid damaging shingle edges. 3. Secure with 4 to 6 nails per shingle; use number of nails required by manufacturer or by code, whichever is greater. Nails must be long enough to penetrate through plywood or OSB, or 3/4 inch (19 mm) into dimensional lumber

B. Install hip and ridge shingles as required by the manufacturer. 1. At ridges, install hip and ridge shingles over ridge or ridge vent material;

3.05 Protection

A. Stage work progress so that traffic is minimized over completed roofing.

B. Protect installed products until completion of project. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shingles, Etc. Modernization & Energy Conservation 07210 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

C. Replace any damaged shingles and remove shingle installation debris from site.

D. Furnish 1 square extra stock for Owner repairs after warranty.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Shingles, Etc. Modernization & Energy Conservation 07210 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 07640 – FASCIA AND SOFFIT

PART 1 - MATERIALS

1.01 Stipulations

1.02 Aluminum Fascia and Soffit

A. Aluminum fascia to be color as selected by the Professional, smooth finish minimum thickness of .032.

B. Aluminum soffit to be color to match existing, minimum thickness .019 shall be continuous aerated soffit panels, unless otherwise indicated on drawings.

C. Manufacturer to be ALCOA, Alside, Alsco or Certainteed and installation to be per manufacturers recommendations and as per requirements of the governing authority.

1.03 Gutters and Downspouts

A. Gutters and downspouts shall be aluminum with a baked-on-enamel finish. Gutters shall be 5” wide, .032 ga. Downspouts shall be 2”x3”, .027 ga. Provide all accessories for a complete installation. Gutters shall be supported by a continuous free floating hanging system. Match existing profile, size and color.

B. Downspouts terminating into boots will be furnished with transition seal caps. Downspouts shall typically extend down to floor line. Contractor shall paint PVC boot and adapter to match downspout.

1.04 Expansion Joints

A. Install expansion joints at gutters exceeding 25' in length. Joints shall be in accordance with SMACNA Standards & recommendations.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Siding Fascia & Soffit Modernization & Energy Conservation 07640 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 07650 - CEDAR SIDING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 Stipulations

1.02 Summary

A. This Section includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Cedar Siding

2. Cedar Trim Pieces

3. Fastening devices

4. Wall Flashing

5. Building paper

1.03 Submittals

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

C. Samples: Submit (2) two samples each of trim and siding with the approved color of the stain already applied. Sample shall be 24” long.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 Cedar Siding:

A. Cedar siding shall be Grade A and better meeting grading rule NLGA 201b, WCLIB 106-a red cedar plain double siding ½” x 8” in size. Siding shall be kiln dried meeting the criteria and specifications of WRCLA western cedar siding.

B. Wood trim boards shall be grade C and better clear western Red Cedar, surfaced one (1) side and two (2) edges (S1S2E), sized as indicated on the drawings.

2.02 Accessories

A. Fasteners: Double hot dipped galvanized ring shank split less wood siding nails with textured head similar to Storm Guard nails as manufactured by Maze or equal. Size as required.

B. Building Paper: Tyvek Stucco Wrap. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Cedar Siding and Trim Modernization & Energy Conservation 07650 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

C. Flashing: 28 guage aluminum coil stock formed as required.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 Installation

A. Remove existing siding from the buildings where indicated on the drawings.

B. Install building paper horizontally around building, starting at the bottom and working up with horizontal joints overlapped3” and vertical joints overlapped 6”. Fastening shall be with galvanized nails as recommended by the building paper manufacturer and sized as required.

C. Install flashing where indicated on the drawings, above all openings and down the rake of intersecting roofs.

D. Install cedar furring strip to support the lower edge. Each succeeding coarse overlaps the upper edge of the previous coarse be a minimum of 1”. Siding should be face nailed to nailing surface with 1 ½” penetration into solid wood using one (1) nail per bearing spaced at a maximum of 24” o.c. Place nail just above the overlap. Take extreme care not to nail through the overlap two pieces. Butt joints between boards should be staggered and made on nailing surface. Fit ends snugly to other pieces and to trim and flashing. Ends should be caulked.

E. Minimum siding length shall be 2’-0”.

F. Exposure shall be 6” maximum.

G. Install 6” x 12” strip of 15 lb. felt paper behind each butt joint in siding. Felt shall be ½” from exposed surface and provide positive flashing behind joint.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Cedar Siding and Trim Modernization & Energy Conservation 07650 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 07900 - CAULKING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 Description

A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services to install new caulking where shown in conjunction with new masonry and where indicated on the drawings.

B. Work shall be performed in such a manner that a positive barrier against passage of air and a passage of moisture is provided.

1.02 Quality Assurance

A. Installers shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary skills and shall be thoroughly familiar with the specified requirements.

1.03 Submittals

A. Submit Manufacturers Specification Data Sheet.

B. Submit Manufacturers Standard Color Chart.

1.04 Product Handling

A. Deliver all products to the job site in the original unopened containers with the labels intact. Store only under the conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Do not use any materials which have exceeded their shelf life.

B. Use all means to protect the materials of this section before, during and after installation and to protect the existing finishes.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 Sealant

A. Sealant shall be a three component epoxidized polyurethane sealant conforming to ASTM C-920-86, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25 and US Federal Specification TT-S- 00227-E, Class A, Type II and shall be Dymeric 240FC as manufactured by Tremco, Inc. Color of sealant shall be selected by the Architect.

2.02 Primer

A. Primer shall be equal to Tremco Primer #1 to be used on porous substrates and Tremco Primer #6 to be used on metal substrates.

2.03 Back-Up Materials

A. Joints that are devoid of back-up materials, or joints where back-up materials have been damaged during removal of sealants, or joints containing deleterious or insufficient backup materials shall be properly prepared and new back-up materials shall be installed.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Caulking Modernization & Energy Conservation 07900 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

B. Joint filler - DOW Ethafoam as manufactured by H.B.R. Inc.

C. Bond Breaker - 3M 226, 3M 481, 3M 710 as manufactured by 3M Corporation or as recommended by Tremco.

D. Back-Up Materials shall be installed in a dimension to allow 20-25% compression, and to the proper depth in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Care should be taken to install the backer rod with a blunt instrument to avoid puncturing.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 Inspection

A. In addition to permitting inspection as required under paragraph 1.05 above, contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which the work will be performed and will correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work.

B. Should the conditions of the work indicate a required change of materials or methods, the contractor shall notify the Architect prior to proceeding with the work.

C. Remove any rust or oxidation from all metal surfaces by means of wire brushing or mechanical abrasion.

D. Remove all dust and foreign materials from the joints.

E. Inspect all joints to ensure that they are free of dust, foreign matter and are dry. Apply Tremco #200 cleaner per manufacturers recommendations.

F. Prime joint interfaces with Tremco Primer #1 if substrate is porous, Tremco Primer #6 if it is metal.

3.03 Installation of Back-Up Materials

A. Install backer rod with blunt instrument to avoid puncturing.

B. Backer rod shall be installed at a depth equal to 1/2 the width of the joint but may not be less than 1/4" or more than 1/2" deep. Joints over 1/2" wide shall be kept to a depth of 1/2"-5/8".

3.04 Application of Sealant

A. Multi component material shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.

B. Apply sealant with a gun with the proper size nozzles. Use sufficient pressure to fill all voids and joints solid to the backer rod material.

C. Surface of sealant shall be a full smooth bead, free of ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets and embedded impurities.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Caulking Modernization & Energy Conservation 07900 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

D. After all joints have been completely filled, they shall be neatly tooled to eliminate air pockets or voids, and to provide a smooth neat finish and intimate contact with the joint surfaces.

3.05 Cleaning

A. Clean adjacent surfaces free of sealant as the work progresses. Use solvents or cleaning agents only as directed by the sealant manufacturer.

B. Leave the work in a clean condition.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Caulking Modernization & Energy Conservation 07900 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 08220 - FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Work Includes: Fiberglass reinforced plastic doors and frames. B. Related Work: 1. General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Sections apply to this work. 2. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry 3. Section 08110 - Hollow Metal 4. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware 5. Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300. B. Indicate frame configuration, anchor types and spacing, location of cutouts for hardware, reinforcement and finish. C. Indicate door elevations and internal reinforcement. D. Submit manufacturer’s product literature, fabrication descriptions and installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300.

1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. Deliver, handle and store doors and frames at the job site in such a manner as to prevent damage. Doors shall not be received before the building is enclosed. Only remove cartons upon arrival of doors at job site if cartons are wet or damaged. Doors shall be stored out of weather and/or extreme temperatures. The doors shall be stored in a vertical position on blocking, clear of the floor and with blocking between the doors to permit air circulation between the doors. All damaged or otherwise unsuitable doors and frames, when so ascertained, shall be immediately removed from the job site.

1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-rated door and panel construction conforms to products tested under ASTM E152, UL10C & NFPA 252. B. Install door and panel assembly conforming to NFPA 80 for fire-rated class, ANSI A117.1 specifications for handicap accessibility, ADA requirements, ANSI A151.1 Mod. swing cycle test in excess of 1,000,000 cycles. C. Flame Spread: All FRP component parts, including the gelcoat finish, shall have a flame spread classification of 25 or less per ASTM E84 and shall be self extinguishing per ASTM D635 unless operating conditions dictate otherwise. D. Resins: Resins to meet with USDA and FDA standards for incidental food contact, if applicable to this project.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Doors & Frames Modernization & Energy Conservation 08220 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

A. Products manufactured by the following companies complying with these specifications will be acceptable: CORRIM Company, Oshkosh, Wisconsin 54901. Telephone (920) 231-2000. Fax (920) 231-2238. B. Products manufactured that have successfully completed ANSI A151.1 Mod. Swing Cycle test in excess of 1,000,000 cycles, with no failure of any design features of the door.

2.02 DOORS

A. Door Fabrication FRP (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic) Face Sheets

1. Face Sheets: Standard face sheets shall be manufactured using a corrosion resistant resin system with light stabilizing additives. The resin shall be reinforced with fiberglass, 40% by weight. 2. Face sheets shall be 0.070" to 0.125" in thickness. Standard being 0.120". Total door thickness to be a nominal 1-3/4". 3. Finish: a. Special gelcoat color to be selected by the architect b. 15 mils thick coverage, ±3 mils. c. Smooth, seamless finish

B. Internal Construction

1. Core: Option A: Balsa Core Option B: Polyurethane Foam Core Option C: Honeycomb Core Option D: Mineral Core - fire-rated (1/2 Hour, 3/4 Hour, 1 Hour, 1-1/2 Hour).

a. Core: Polyurethane core, a 1-1/2" thick rigid block of polyurethane shall be laminated to the interior of the panels. The "R" factor shall be 11-12. b. Core: Balsa core, of end grain construction, shall be laminated to the interior of the panels. The balsa shall have a density of 8.5 - 9.0 lbs./cu. ft. and shall be 1-1/2" thick. Compressive strength, perpendicular to the door panel surface shall be 1,400 psi. c. Core: Phenolic impregnated resin honeycomb. d. Core: Mineral core fire-rated as per schedule. (1/2 Hour, 3/4 Hour, 1 Hour, 1-1/2 Hour)

2. Stiles and Rails: Stiles and rails shall be 1-1/2" square pultruded fiberglass tubes. A polyester-based resin filled with 1/4" chopped glass strands and aerosil shall be used for reinforcements and corner blocks, etc. The bottom rail shall allow 1-1/4" inches of height alterability without loss of the panel’s integrity. No metal or wood lumber reinforcements will be allowed. 3. Fire-rated openings to be the "Polyfire Series" furnished in strict compliance with UL testing, and in accordance with ASTM-E-152/UL 10C.

C. Hardware Preparations

1. Reinforcement Blocking;

a. Lockset - non-swelling polymer blocking b. Surface mounted hardware - non-swelling polymer blocking c. Thru-bolted hardware - non-swelling polymer blocking

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Doors & Frames Modernization & Energy Conservation 08220 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

2. Mortise Hardware

a. Full mortise hinges - non-swelling polymer blocking b. Mortise locksets - to suit template provided c. Exit devices - to suit template provided

3. All doors shall be mortised and reinforced to allow application of hinges and locks, in accordance with hardware schedule and manufacturer’s templates. The hinges shall be attached by using stainless steel wood screws. Pilot holes shall be in strict accordance to manufacturer’s recommendations.

A. Door Accessories:

1. Glazing: Glass support structures shall ensure that the glass area is weathersealed as not to permit moisture to enter the core of the door. This is to be accomplished by utilizing pultruded FRP tubes to fabricate the window opening. Glazing must allow for ready access for repair, in the event of damage or replacement, without affecting the sealed integrity of the cutout in the door panel itself. Openings cut directly into the core material will not be allowed. 2. Louver: Louvers shall be fabricated of FRP material of an inverted "V" design, and shall be subject to the same performance guarantee as the door panel. The louver opening will be fabricated in the same method as for glazing above. 3. Fasteners: Provide stainless steel fasteners as required for glazing openings and louvers. 4. Transoms: All transom panels will be identical to the doors in construction, materials, thickness, color and reinforcement. 5. Astragals: Astragals for pairs of doors to be fabricated of FRP material of manufacturer’s standard flat design.

2.03 FRAMES

A. Frame Fabrication FRP (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic)

1. Jamb Depth: 5-3/4" standard. Widths over/under 5-3/4" available upon request, refer to frame schedule for exact sizes. (Galvanized HM at all fire-rated openings, gelcoated to match nonrated frames or stainless steel, #304 stainless with a #4 finish.) 2. Face Dimension: 2" standard. Headers available in 2" and 4". 3. Return: 7/16" 4. Rabbet: 1-15/16" 5. Corner Miter: Head and Jamb members shall be standard 45 degree miter, providing a neatly mitered corner connection, fabricated for Knocked Down (KD) field assembly. 6. Pultrusion: In compliance with pultrusion industry standards

B. Reinforcements and Braces/Supports

1. Corner Reinforcement: 4" x 4" x 5-3/8" x 1/4" thick pultruded fiberglass angle. Attached to head bar at factory using stainless steel screws or suitable polymer rivets. 2. Mortise Hinge Reinforcement: 1-1/2" x 7" x 1/4" thick polymer. Attached to frame by means of bonding and stainless steel countersunk screws. 3. Closer Reinforcement: Same as mortise hinge reinforcement, less screws. 4. Strike Reinforcement: 1-1/2" x 9" x 3/4" thick polymer material. Attached to frame by means of bonding and stainless steel countersunk screws or suitable polymer rivets.

C. Anchoring Systems

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Doors & Frames Modernization & Energy Conservation 08220 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

1. "T"-Strap or Wire Anchor for masonry construction 2. Concealed existing wall anchor if necessary

D. Finish

1. Special Gelcoat: 15 mils thick, ±3 mils on all exposed surfaces. Color to match door unless otherwise indicated.

2.04 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate FRP doors and frames as shown on the drawings and in accordance with best shop practices. Frames shall be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects. Field measurements shall be taken as required for coordination with adjoining work. B. Form exposed surfaces free from warp, wave and buckle, with all corners square, unless otherwise shown. Set each member in proper alignment and relationship to other members with all surfaces straight and in a true plane. C. Reinforce members and joints with plates, tubes or angles for rigidity and strength. D. Doors and frames shall be mortised and reinforced for hardware in accordance with the hardware manufacturer’s instructions and templates. The reinforcing shall be designed to receive hinges, locks, strikes, closures, etc. E. Mortar guard boxes shall be provided for hardware cutouts in frames. F. Furnish at least three (3) metal anchors or polymer spacers in each jamb of frames up to 84" high and one (1) additional anchor for each 24" in height above 84", in shapes, sizes and spacing shown or required for anchorage into adjoining wall construction. Fabricate joint anchor of stainless steel. G. Terminate bottom of frames at the indicated finished floor level. H. Provide clearance for doors of 1/8" at jambs and heads; 1/4" clearance above threshold.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

A. Installer shall examine the substrate and conditions under which fiberglass reinforced plastic work is to be installed and notify the General Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install FRP doors, frames and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, NFPA 80 standards at fire-rated openings, and as herein specified. Installation to be similar to that of hollow metal doors and frames, and in accordance with FRP manufacturer’s written instructions. B. Frame Installation

1. Place frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. Frame must not be drilled for brace supports as finish may be damaged. 2. In masonry construction, locate three (3) wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. Frames may be grouted full of mortar at jambs and anchors shall be built into the joints as Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Doors & Frames Modernization & Energy Conservation 08220 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

walls are laid up. A continuous bead of silicone sealant is to be applied between the head and jamb at the miter joint.

3. Door Installation a. Fit FRP doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in Paragraph 2.04H of this section.

3.03 TOLERANCES

A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/4" measured with a straight edge, corner to corner. Maximum measurable plane is 4'-0" x 7'-0".

3.04 ADJUSTING

A. At substantial completion, adjust all operable components to ensure proper installation and that they function smooth and freely.

3.05 CLEANING

A. Remove dirt and excess sealant from exposed surfaces. Follow the manufacturer’s recommended cleaning techniques and procedures for cleaning all surfaces. Use only cleaning products that will not scratch or damage the surfaces, and are recommended by the manufacturer. B. Remove debris from project site.

3.06 WARRANTY

A. To include ten (10) years free from defects in materials and workmanship from date of shipment, and lifetime from degradation or failure due to corrosion from date of shipment, provided that the structural integrity of the doors and frames have not been violated or compromised. (No unauthorized cuts, bores, or other structural alterations affecting the core of the door, or the structure of the frame.) B. Normal wear and tear, or physical abuse of a specific installation is not part of this warranty.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Doors & Frames Modernization & Energy Conservation 08220 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 08631 – OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Stipulations

A. The specifications section “General Conditions”, “Special Requirements” and “General Requirements” form a part of this section by this reference thereto and shall have the same force and effect as if printed herewith in full.

1.2 Summary

A. This Section includes electrically operated sectional overhead doors.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel supports. 2. Division 09 painting Sections for field-applied paint finish. 3. Division 16 Sections for electrical service and connections for powered operators.

1.3 Definitions

A. Operation Cycle: One cycle of a door is complete when it is moved from the closed position to the fully open position and returned to the closed position.

1.4 Performance Requirements

A. Structural Performance: Provide sectional overhead doors capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses without evidencing permanent deformation of door components:

1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on the following minimum design wind pressures:

a. ANSI/DASMA 102 standards and as required by code.

2. Air Infiltration: Maximum rate not more than indicated when tested according to ASTM E 283.

a. Maximum Rate: 0.08 cfm (0.038 L/s) at 15 mph (24 km/h).

3. Impact Test for Flying Debris: Comply with ASTM E 1996, tested according to ASTM E 1886.

a. Level of Protection: Basic Protection.

B. Operation-Cycle Requirements: Provide sectional overhead door components and operators capable of operating for not less than 25,000 cycles.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Overhead Sectional Doors Modernization & Energy Conservation 08361 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments 1.5 Submittals

A. Product Data: For each type and size of sectional overhead door and accessory. Include the following:

1. Summary of forces and loads on walls and jambs. 2. Motors: Show nameplate data and ratings, characteristics, and mounting arrangements.

B. Shop Drawings: For special components and installations not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's product data.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below.

1. Frame: 6 inches (150 mm) long. 2. Panel: 6 inches (150 mm) square.

E. Qualification Data: For Installer.

1.6 Quality Assurance

A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain sectional overhead doors through one source from a single manufacturer.

1. Obtain operators and controls from sectional overhead door manufacturer.

C. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of sectional overhead doors and accessories and are based on the specific system indicated. Other manufacturers' systems with equal performance and dimensional characteristics may be considered.

D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Manufacturers

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Steel Doors with Insulated Steel Panels: a. Overhead Door Corp. (Thermacore Series 495) b. Clopay Building Products Company; a Griffon Company. c. Raynor. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Overhead Sectional Doors Modernization & Energy Conservation 08361 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments d. Wayne-Dalton Corp.

2.2 Steel Door Sections

A. Construct door sections including face sheets and frames from zinc-coated (galvanized), cold-rolled, commercial steel (CS) sheet, complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation.

1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness for Section Faces 0.012”, hot-dipped galvanized. 2. Exterior-Section Face: Manufacturer's standard wood grain embossed steel.

B. Fabricate door panels from a single sheet to provide sections not more than 24 inches (600 mm) high and nominally 2” inches deep. Roll horizontal meeting edges to a continuous, shiplap, weathertight seal, with a reinforcing flange return.

1. For insulated doors, provide door sections with continuous thermal-break construction, separating faces of door.

C. Enclose open sections with channel end stiles formed from not less than 20 gauge thick galvanized steel sheet and weld end stiles to door section in place. Provide intermediate stiles formed from not less than 20 gauge thick galvanized steel sheet, cut to door section profile, and welded in place.

1. Stile Spacing: Not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) apart.

D. Reinforce bottom section with a continuous channel or angle complying with bottom- section profile and allowing installation of astragal.

E. Reinforce sections with continuous horizontal and diagonal reinforcement, as required to stiffen door and for wind loading. Provide galvanized steel bars, struts, trusses, or strip steel, formed to depth and bolted or welded in place.

F. Provide reinforcement for hardware attachment.

G. Thermal Insulation: Insulate inner core of steel sections with door manufacturer's standard CFC-free and HCFC-free polyurethane board insulation, fully encapsulated, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, according to ASTM E 84; Secure insulation to door section. Enclose insulation completely within steel sections. Thermal values: R-value of 16.23, U-value of 0.16.

H. Fabricate sections so finished door assembly is rigid and aligned, with tight hairline joints and free of warp, twist, and deformation.

I. Finish: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

1. Surface Preparation: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so surfaces are free of oil and other contaminants.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Overhead Sectional Doors Modernization & Energy Conservation 08361 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments a. Pretreat zinc-coated steel, after cleaning, with a conversion coating of type suited to organic coating applied over it. 2. Apply manufacturer's standard primer and powder-coat finish to interior- and exterior-door faces after forming, according to coating manufacturer's written instructions for application, thermosetting, and minimum dry film thickness.

a. Color and Gloss: Two coat baked on polyester with white exterior and white interior.

2.3 Tracks, Supports, And Accessories

A. Tracks: Manufacturer's standard, galvanized steel track system, sized for door size and weight, designed for lift type indicated and clearances shown, and complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M for minimum G60 (Z180) zinc coating. Provide complete track assembly including brackets, bracing, and reinforcement for rigid support of ball- bearing roller guides for required door type and size. Slot vertical sections of track spaced at 2 inches (51 mm) apart for door-drop safety device. Slope tracks at proper angle from vertical or design to ensure tight closure at jambs when door unit is closed. Weld or bolt to track supports.

B. Track Reinforcement and Supports: Galvanized steel track reinforcement and support members, complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M and ASTM A 123/A 123M. Secure, reinforce, and support tracks as required for door size and weight to provide strength and rigidity without sag, sway, and vibration during opening and closing of doors.

1. Support and attach tracks to opening jambs with continuous angle welded to tracks and attached to wall. Support horizontal (ceiling) tracks with continuous angle welded to track and supported by laterally braced attachments to overhead structural members at curve and end of tracks.

a. Repair galvanized coating on tracks according to ASTM A 780.

C. Weatherseals: Replaceable, adjustable, continuous, compressible weather-stripping gaskets of flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene fitted to bottom and top of overhead door.

1. Provide motor-operated doors with combination bottom weatherseal and sensor edge. 2. Provide continuous flexible seals at door jambs for a weathertight installation.

2.4 Hardware

A. General: Provide heavy-duty, corrosion-resistant hardware, with hot-dip galvanized fasteners to suit door type.

B. Hinges: Heavy-duty galvanized steel hinges of not less than 0.0747-inch- (1.9-mm-) thick, uncoated steel at each end stile and at each intermediate stile, according to manufacturer's written recommendations for door size. Attach hinges to door sections through stiles and rails with bolts and lock nuts or lock washers and nuts. Use rivets or self-tapping fasteners where access to nuts is not possible. Provide double-end hinges

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Overhead Sectional Doors Modernization & Energy Conservation 08361 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments where required, for doors exceeding 16 feet (4.87 m) in width, unless otherwise recommended by door manufacturer.

C. Rollers: Heavy-duty rollers with full floating steel ball bearings in case-hardened steel races, mounted with varying projections to suit slope of track. Extend roller shaft through both hinges where double hinges are required. Provide 2-inch- (51-mm-) diameter roller tires for 2-inch- (51-mm-) wide track.

1. Tire Material: Case-hardened steel.

D. Push/Pull Handles: Provide galvanized steel lifting handles on each side of door.

E. Slide Bolt: Fabricate with side-locking bolts to engage through slots in tracks for locking by padlock, located on single-jamb side, operable from inside only.

F. Fabricate locking device assembly with lock, spring-loaded dead bolt, operating handle, cam plate, and adjustable locking bar to engage through slots in tracks.

1. Locking Bars: Full-disc cremone type, both jamb sides operable from inside only.

G. If door unit is power operated, provide safety interlock switch to disengage power supply when door is locked.

2.5 Counterbalance Mechanism

A. Extension Spring: Counterbalance mechanism with aircraft-type steel cable over ball- bearing sheaves. Provide oil-tempered wired springs with internal safety rods. Combine operation with a spring bumper in each horizontal track to cushion door at end of opening operation.

B. Torsion Spring: Counterbalance mechanism consisting of adjustable-tension torsion springs fabricated from oil-tempered-steel wire complying with ASTM A 229/A 229M, Class II, mounted on a cross-header tube or steel shaft. Connect to door with galvanized aircraft-type lift cables with cable safety factor of at least 5 to 1. Provide springs calibrated for a minimum of 25,000 cycles. Provide cycle counter at each door.

C. Cable Drums: Cast-aluminum or gray-iron casting cable drums grooved to receive cable. Mount counterbalance mechanism with manufacturer's standard ball-bearing brackets at each end of shaft. Provide one additional midpoint bracket for shafts up to 16 feet (4.87 m) long and two additional brackets at one-third points to support shafts more than 16 feet (4.87 m) long unless closer spacing is recommended by door manufacturer.

D. Bracket: Provide anchor support bracket as required to connect stationary end of spring to the wall and to level shaft and prevent sag.

E. Provide a spring bumper at each horizontal track to cushion door at end of opening operation.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Overhead Sectional Doors Modernization & Energy Conservation 08361 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments 2.6 Electric Door Operators

A. General: Provide Overhead Door Corp. Odyssey 1000 with chain drive electric door operator assembly or equal suitable for the type and size of door specified with ¾ HP, 120 volt, 1 ph., 60 Hz. electric motor and factory-prewired motor controls, starter, gear- reduction unit, solenoid-operated brake, clutch, remote-control stations, control devices, integral gearing for locking door, and accessories required for proper operation.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

C. Disconnect Device: Hand-operated disconnect device or mechanism for automatically engaging chain-and-sprocket operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation while disconnecting motor without affecting timing of limit switch. Mount disconnect device and operator so they are accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating when emergency operator is engaged.

D. Design operator so motor may be removed without disturbing limit-switch adjustment and without affecting emergency auxiliary operator.

E. Provide control equipment complying with NEMA ICS 1, NEMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS 6, with NFPA 70, Class 2 control circuit, maximum 24-V, ac or dc.

F. Electric Motors: High-starting torque, reversible, continuous-duty, Class A insulated, electric motors complying with NEMA MG 1, with overload protection, sized to start, accelerate, and operate door in either direction from any position, at not less than 2/3 fps (0.2 m/s) and not more than 1 fps (0.3 m/s), without exceeding nameplate ratings or service factor.

1. Type: Polyphase, medium-induction type. 2. Service Factor: Comply with NEMA MG 1, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Coordinate wiring requirements and electrical characteristics of motors with building electrical system. 4. Provide open dripproof-type motor, and controller with NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure.

G. Remote-Control Station: Momentary-contact, three-button control station with push- button controls labeled "Open," "Close," and "Stop."

1. Provide full-guarded, surface-mounted, heavy-duty-type interior unit with general- purpose, NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure.

2. Provide (4) standard remote control portable units (with alkaline batteries).

H. Obstruction Detection Device: Provide each motorized door with indicated external automatic safety sensor capable of protecting full width of door opening. Activation of sensor immediately stops and reverses downward door travel.

1. Pressure-Sensor Edge: Provide each motorized door with an automatic safety sensor edge, located within astragal or weather stripping mounted to bottom bar.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Overhead Sectional Doors Modernization & Energy Conservation 08361 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments Contact with sensor immediately stops and reverses downward door travel. Connect to control circuit using manufacturer's standard take-up reel or self- coiling cable.

a. Provide electrically actuated automatic bottom bar.

1) Self-Monitoring Type: Four-wire configured device.

I. Limit Switches: Limit system shall be rotary type with venier adjustment, synchronized with door during release operation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Installation

A. General: Install door, track, and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb and head molding strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's written instructions, and as specified. Furnish and install additional bracing, steel channels and brackets required to support track, door, electric motor and all appurtenances.

B. Fasten vertical track assembly to framing, spaced not less than 24 inches (600 mm) apart. Hang horizontal track from structural overhead framing with angle or channel hangers fastened to framing by welding or bolting or both. Provide sway bracing, diagonal bracing, and reinforcement as required for rigid installation of track and door- operating equipment.

C. Furnish and install all control wiring and final connections of the remote-control station, pressure sensor edge and any other related accessory for the proper operation of the overhead doors. Final connection of the motor to main power supply by .4 contractor.

3.2 Startup Services

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup services.

1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

3.3 Adjusting

A. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts; adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist, or distortion and with weathertight fit around entire perimeter.

B. Adjust belt-driven motors as follows:

1. Use adjustable motor-mounting bases for belt-driven motors. 2. Align pulleys and install belts. 3. Tension belt according to manufacturer's written instructions.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Overhead Sectional Doors Modernization & Energy Conservation 08361 - 7 Improvements at Various Developments C. Touch-up Painting: Immediately after welding galvanized track to track supports, clean field welds and abraded galvanized surfaces and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.

3.4 Demonstration

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain sectional overhead doors. Refer to Division 01 Commissioning Requirements.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Overhead Sectional Doors Modernization & Energy Conservation 08361 - 8 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 08520 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS

PART 1- GENERAL

1.1 Section Includes

A. Aluminum windows. B. Installation

1.2 Related Sections

A. Section 07920 – Joint Sealants.

1.3 References A. ANSI/AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2-97 - Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors. B. AAMA 502-08 - Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Newly Installed Fenestration Products. C. AAMA 611 – Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. D. AAMA 701 - Voluntary Specification for Pile Weatherstripping. E. AAMA 902 - Voluntary Specification for Sash Balances. F. AAMA 1302.5 - Voluntary Specifications for Forced-Entry Resistant Aluminum Prime Windows. G. AAMA 1503 - Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections. H. AAMA 1504 - Voluntary Standard for Thermal Performance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections. I. AAMA 2603 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. J. AAMA 2604 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. K. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. L. AAMA CW-10 – Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum from Shop to Site. M. ASTM E 283 - Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. N. ASTM E 330 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. O. ASTM E 547 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential P. ASTM E 774 - Standard Specification for the Classification of the Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. Q. ASTM F 588 - Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Forced Entry Resistance of Window Assemblies, Excluding Glazing Impact. R. IGCC - Insulating Glass Certification Council. S. NFRC 100 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-Factors.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Aluminum Windows Modernization & Energy Conservation 08520 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

T. NFRC 200 – Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence.

1.4 Performance Requirements A. Hung Windows: 1. Windows shall conform to H-C55 specifications in AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2- 97 when tests are performed on a 54” x 90” test unit with the following results: a. Air Infiltration: Maximum 0.14 cfm/ft² when tested per ASTM E 283 at a static air pressure difference of 1.57 psf (25 mph). b. Water penetration: No uncontrolled water leakage when tested per ASTM E 547 at a static air pressure difference of 8.25 psf. c. Uniform Structural Load: No glass breakage or permanent damage to fasteners, and maximum 0.4 percent permanent deformation of the span of any frame member when tested per ASTM E 330 at a static air pressure difference of 82.5 psf. e. Forced Entry: No entry shall be achieved when tested to ASTM F 588 standard test methods for measuring the forced entry resistance of window assemblies, excluding glazing impact. Unit shall pass sequence of: Type A; Grade10; Lock manipulation test; Tests A1 through A7.

1.5 Submittals

A. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and test reports from an AAMA accredited laboratory on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. B. Shop Drawings: Window location chart; typical window elevations; details of assemblies, hardware and glazing details for factory-glazed units. C. Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, two complete sets of color chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. D. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size 6 inches (150 mm) square representing actual product, color, and patterns.

1.6 Quality Assurance

A. Installer Qualifications: Install windows in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and approved shop drawings with skilled craftspeople who have demonstrated a successful history of installing windows for (5) years.

1.7 Delivery, Storage, and Handling

A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent- based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Aluminum Windows Modernization & Energy Conservation 08520 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

1.8 Project Conditions

A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.

1.9 Warranty

A. Manufacturer shall provide a warranty against the following defects: 1. Windows: Warrant for (one) year against defects in material or workmanship under normal use. 2. Insulating Glass Units: Warrant seal for (five) years against visual obstruction from film formation or moisture collection between internal glass surfaces, excluding that caused by glass breakage or abuse. 3. Paint Finish: Warrant for (five) years against chipping, peeling or cracking.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Manufacturers

A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Keystone Industries; Toll Free Tel: 800-648-8341; Fax: 724-658-0589; Web: www.keystone-industries.com B. Approved Equals

2.2 Configuration

A. Double Hung aluminum window units manufactured by Keystone Industries. 1. AAMA Designation: HS-C55. 2. Windows: 3-3/8 inches (86 mm) frame depth; extruded aluminum with integral structural polyurethane thermal break; (equal-leg or integral panning flange) frame; finish factory-applied; frames and sash factory-assembled. 3. Weatherstrip: The frame shall have one row of pile center fin weatherstrip at head and sill. Each sash shall have one row of pile center fin weatherstrip and one rigid vinyl sash glide at verticals. Lower lift rail to have a vinyl bulb seal. Pile to meet AAMA 701.2-74. 4. Balances: Each sash shall have one pair of block and tackle balances conforming to AAMA 902 and of appropriate capacity to hold sash stationary and permit smooth operation. (Lower sash shall have one pair of Class 5 heavy duty spring balances, Upper sash shall have one pair of block and tackle balances conforming to AAMA 902 and of appropriate capacity to hold sash stationary and permit smooth operation). 5. Full Vandal Screens: Provide full vandal screens at all operable windows. Screen frames are to be double hollow 0.078” thick extruded aluminum sections with corners mitered and fastened with two mechanical fasteners per corner. Screening fabric shall be .023 (.028) diameter, 12x12 mesh stainless steel mesh powder coated black retained in screen frames with coped screen retainers fastened through screen mesh into the screen frame with hex head screws. Hardware: The locking mechanism shall be two (2) spring loaded, barrel bolt, slide bolt locks at the sill, held in place in an extruded screen track. Extruded hinge with no exposed fasteners to the exterior shall be factory installed at the head of the window. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Aluminum Windows Modernization & Energy Conservation 08520 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

6. Hardware: The meeting rail shall have a metal cast sweep lock; two will be provided if window width exceeds 42 inches. Top sash shall have an auto lock feature. 7. Insulating Glazing: a. Exterior Lite: 1/8” Clear Annealed; LowE Coating on the #2 Surface. b. Airspace: 5/8 inches 90 percent Argon filled. c. Interior Lite: 1/8” Clear Annealed. d. Spacer: Warm Edge Spacer.

2.3 Finish

A. Application: On clean extrusions free from serious surface blemishes; on exposed surfaces visible when installed product's operating sash are closed. B. High-Performance Coatings: 1. PPG DURACRON™ complying with AAMA 2603 including 1 year Florida exposure and 1500 hours humidity tests. 2. Pretreatment: Five-stage; zinc chromate conversion coating. 3. Application: Electrostatic spray and oven bake by approve applicator. 4. Coating quantity: One color coat. 5. Color: Chosen from Manufacturer's standard colors.

2.4 Materials

A. Aluminum Extrusions: Produced from commercial quality 6063-T5 alloy; free from defects impairing strength. B. Sheet Material: Extruded aluminum; nominal .062 inch (1.6 mm) wall; with exposed surfaces finished to match window color and finish performance; concealed fasteners; required weather seals; designed for unrestricted expansion and contraction. C. Exterior Trim: Provide (wrap around panning, preset panning; two-piece mullion cover; two-piece head and jamb receptor with thermal break; sub-sill with thermal break and end dams; sill cover; slip-on expanders) as indicated. D. Interior Trim: Provide (two-piece snap trim; stool cover as indicated. E. Mullions: Provide thermally broken stack; offset stack and three-piece) as indicated.

2.5 Fabrication

A. Window Construction: 1. Frame and sash members shall contain a structural polyurethane thermal break. 2. Frame, head and sill members shall be designed to run continuous on multiple window openings for water tightness. 3. All sash and frame joints shall be factory sealed with sealant conforming to 803.3-85. 4. Each sash shall: have a continuous integral lift rail; mechanically interlock; side load for sash removal. 5. All horizontal rails shall be hollow and be butt fastened to vertical stiles with two screws per corner.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Aluminum Windows Modernization & Energy Conservation 08520 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Examination

A. Verify openings are in tolerance, plumb, level and provide for secure anchorage in accordance with approved shop drawings. B. If opening preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

3.2 Preparation

A. Prepare openings using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.

3.3 Installation

A. Install windows in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and approved shop drawings with skilled craftspeople that have a successful history of installing windows in similar applications for a minimum of five years. B. Provide required support and securely fasten and set windows plumb, square, and level without twist or bow. C. Apply sealant per sealant manufacturer's recommendations at joints, wipe off excess, and leave exposed sealant surfaces clean and smooth.

3.4 Protection

A. Adjust windows as necessary for smooth and weather tight operation, and leave windows clean and free of construction debris. B. Protect installed products until completion of project. C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Aluminum Windows Modernization & Energy Conservation 08520 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 08625 TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 Stipulations A. The specifications sections “General Conditions”, “Special Requirements”, and “General Requirements” form a part of this section by this reference thereto and shall have the same force and effect as if printed herewith in full.

1.2 Section Includes

A. Tubular daylighting device, consisting of roof dome, reflective tube, and diffuser assembly; configuration as indicated on the drawings.

B. Accessories.

1.3 Related Sections

A. Section 07530 - Electrometric Membrane Roofing: Flashing of skylight base.

B. Section 07600 - Flashing: Metal flashings.

C. Section 08620 - Unit Skylights: Skylights without reflective tube.

D. Section 08630 - Metal Framed Skylights.

E. Section 15810 - Ducts: Fan vent duct and connections.

F. Section 16150 - Equipment Wiring: Electrical connections.

G. Section 16500 - Lighting Equipment and Controls: Light bulbs and lamps.

1.4 References

A. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2008a.

B. ASTM A 463/A 463M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum Coated, by the Hot Dip Process; 2006.

C. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized), by the Hot Dip Process; 2007.

D. ASTM E 283 - Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen; 2004.

E. ASTM E 308 - Standard Practice for Computing the Colors of Objects by Using the CIE System; 2006.

F. ASTM E 330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors; 2002.

G. ASTM E 547 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors and Curtain walls by Cyclic Air Pressure Difference; 2000.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Tubular Daylighting Device Modernization & Energy Conservation 08625 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

H. ASTM D 635 - Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent of Time of Burning of Self-Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position; 2006.

I. ASTM D-1929 - Test Method for Ignition Properties of Plastics; 1996 (2001).

J. UL 181 - Factory Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors

K. UL 790 - Standard for Tests for Fire Resistance of Roof Covering Materials; 2004.

L. ICBO/ICC AC-16 - Acceptance Criteria for Plastic Skylights; 2008.

1.5 Performance Requirements

A. Completed tubular daylighting device assemblies shall be capable of meeting the following performance requirements: 1. Air Infiltration Test: Air infiltration will not exceed 0.30 cfm/sf aperture with a pressure delta of 1.57 psf across the tube when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283. 2. Water Resistance Test: No uncontrolled water leakage at 10.5 psf pressure differential with water rate of 5 gallons/hour/sf when tested in accordance with ASTM E 547. 3. Uniform Load Test: a. No breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware parts, or damage to make daylighting system inoperable or cause excessive permanent deflection of any section when tested at a Positive Load of 150 psf (7.18 kPa) or Negative Load of 70 psf (3.35 kPa). b. All units shall be tested with a safety factor of (3) for positive pressure and (2) for negative pressure, acting normal to plane of roof in accordance with ASTM E 330. 4. Fire Testing: a. When used with the Dome Edge Protection Band, all domes meet fire rating requirements as described in the 2006 International Building Code. b. Self-Ignition Temperature - Greater than 650 degrees F Per: U.B.C. Standard 26-6. See ASTM D-1929. c. Smoke Density - Rating no greater than 450 Per U.B.C. 8-1 (See ASTM Standard E 84) in way intended for use. Classification C. d. Rate of Burn and/or Extent - Maximum Burning Rate: 2.5 inches/min (62 mm/min) Classification CC-2: U.B.C. Standard 26-7. See ASTM D 635. e. Rate of Burn and/or Extent - Maximum Burn Extent: 1 inch (25 mm) Classification CC-1: U.B.C. Standard 26-7. See ASTM D 635.

1.6 Submittals

A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods.

B. Shop Drawings. Submit shop drawings showing layout, profiles and product components, including anchorage, flashings and accessories.

C. Verification Samples: As requested by Architect.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Tubular Daylighting Device Modernization & Energy Conservation 08625 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

D. Test Reports: Independent testing agency or evaluation service reports verifying compliance with specified performance requirements.

1.7 Quality Assurance

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engaged in manufacture of tubular daylighting devices for minimum 15 years.

1.8 Delivery, Storage, And Handling

A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.

B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction.

1.9 Project Conditions

1.10 Warranty

A. Daylighting Device: Manufacturer's standard warranty for 10 years.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Manufacturers

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to the following:

1. Solatube International, Inc. Basis of Design 2. ODL Solarflair 3. Monodraught

2.2 Tubular Daylighting Devices

A. Tubular Daylighting Devices General : Transparent roof-mounted skylight dome and curbcap with curb by others, reflective tube, and ceiling level diffuser assembly, transferring sunlight to interior spaces; complying with ICBO/ICC AC-16.

B. SolaMaster Series: Solatube Model 750 DS-C Penetrating Ceiling, 21 inch (530 mm) Daylighting Systemcomplete with Top and Bottomangle adapters. Corrugated flexible connectors or flex tubes are specifically excluded and not permitted:

1. Roof Dome Assembly: Transparent, UV and impact resistant dome with curb cap supporting dome and top of tube. a. Outer Dome Glazing: Type DA, 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) minimum thickness injection molded acrylic classified as CC2 material; UV inhibited, impact modified acrylic blend.

b. Inner Dome Glazing: Type DAI, 0.115 inch (3 mm) minimum thickness Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Tubular Daylighting Device Modernization & Energy Conservation 08625 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

acrylic classified as CC2 material.

2. Raybender 3000: Variable prism optic molded into outer dome to capture low angle sunlight and limit high angle sunlight. 3. Roof Flashing Base: One piece, seamless, leak-proof flashing functioning as base support for dome and top of tube. a. Base Material: Sheet steel, corrosion resistant conforming to ASTM A 653/A 653M or ASTM A 463/A 463M, 0.028 inch (0.7 mm) thick.

b. Base Style: Type FCM, Curb cap, with inside dimensions of 27 inches by 27 inches (685 mm x 685 mm) to cover curb as specified in Section 07600.

4. Tube Ring: Attached to top of base section; 0.090 inch (2.3 mm) nominal thickness injection molded high impact PVC; to prevent thermal bridging between base flashing and tubing and channel condensed moisture out of tubing.

5. Dome Seal: Adhesive backed weatherstrip 0.63 inch (16 mm) tall by 0.28 inch (7 mm).

6. Reflective Tubes: Aluminum sheet, thickness 0.018 inch (0.5 mm). a. General: 1) Interior Finish: Spectralight Infinity high reflectance specular finish on exposed reflective surface. Specular reflectance for visible spectrum (400 nm to 760 nm) greater than 99 percent. Total solar spectrum reflectance (400 nm to 2500 nm) less than 93 percent.

2) Color: a* and b* (defined by CIE L*a*b* color model) shall not exceed plus 2 or be less than minus 2 as determined in accordance to ASTM E 308.

b. Top Tube Angle Adapter and Bottom Top Tube Angle Adapter Kit, Type AK: 1) Reflective 30 degree adjustable top and bottom angle adapters (one each), 16 inches (406 mm) long

c. Extension Tube: 1) Reflective extension tube, Type EXX, Notched for Open Ceiling diffuser attachment, 24 inches (610 mm) long providing a nominal 22” finished length.

7. Diffuser Assemblies for Tubes Penetrating Ceilings: Solatube Model 750 DS-C. Ceiling mounted box transitioning from round tube to square ceiling assembly, supporting light transmitting surface at bottom termination of tube; 23.8 inches by 23.8 inches (605 mm by 605 mm) square frame to fit standard suspended ceiling grids or hard ceilings.

a. Round to square transition box made of opaque polymeric material, classified as CC2, Class C, 0.110 inch (2.8 mm) thick.

b. Natural Effect Lens made of acrylic, classified as CC2, Class C, 0.060 inch (1.5 mm) thick, with open cell foam seal to minimize condensation and bug, Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Tubular Daylighting Device Modernization & Energy Conservation 08625 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

dirt, and air-infiltration per ASTM E283.

c. Lens: Type L1 OptiView Fresnel lens design to maximize light output and diffusion with extruded aluminum frame. Visible Light Transmission shall be greater than 90 percent at 0.022 inch (0.6 mm) thick. Classified as CC2.

8. Accessories: a. Wire Suspension Kit: Type E, Use the wire suspension kit when additional bracing to the structure is required.

b. Security Kit: Type SK Dome Security Kit, consists of six rivets with protective nylon spacers to replace dome screws.

c. Local Dimmer Control: Provided with dimmer switch, cable and butterfly baffle dimming system to provide minimal obstruction for light transmission in Offices only.

1) Daylight Dimmer: Type D Electro-mechanically actuated daylight valve; for universal input voltages ranging between 90 and 277 V at 50 or 60 Hz; maximum current draw of 50 ma per unit; controlled by low voltage, series Type T02: circuited, 4 conductor, size 22 cable; providing daylight output between 2 and 100 percent. Provided with dimmer switch and cable.

2) Switch: Type SW, Manufacturer-specific low voltage DC DP/DT switch (white) required to operate Daylight Dimmer. Provide one switch per Office and a single switch to operate all Corridor units where indicated on the drawing.

3) Cable: Type CA, Two conductor low voltage cable (500 ft.) for multiple unit DC connection.

9. Catalog Number: S750 DS-C-DA-DAI-SK-FC-FI-EXX-AK- E-L1-LN-D-I with CA- SW.

2.3 Accessories

A. Fasteners: Same material as metals being fastened, non-magnetic steel, non-corrosive metal of type recommended by manufacturer, or injection molded nylon.

B. Suspension Wire: Steel, annealed, galvanized finish, size and type for application and ceiling system requirement.

C. Sealant: Polyurethane or copolymer based elastomeric sealant as provided or recommended by manufacturer.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Examination

A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Tubular Daylighting Device Modernization & Energy Conservation 08625 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

3.2 Preparation

A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.

B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.

3.3 Installation

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.

B. After installation of first unit, field test to determine adequacy of installation. Conduct water test in presence of Owner, Architect, or Contractor, or their designated representative. Correct if needed before proceeding with installation of subsequent units.

3.4 Protection

A. Protect installed products until completion of project.

B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Tubular Daylighting Device Modernization & Energy Conservation 08625 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 Stipulations

A. The specifications sections “General Conditions”, “Special Requirements”, and “General Requirements” form a part if this section by this reference thereto and shall have the same force and effect as if printed herewith in full.

1.02 Summary

A. Extent of each type of gypsum drywall construction required is indicated on the Drawings.

B. This Section includes the following types of gypsum board construction:

1. Steel framing members to receive gypsum board. 2. Gypsum board screw-attached to steel framing and furring members. 3. Cement Board for substrate for synthetic finish (ceiling) and elsewhere as shown.

1.03 Definitions:

A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA 505 for definitions of terms for gypsum board construction not otherwise defined in this Section or other referenced standards.

1.04 Submittals:

A. Product data from manufacturers fore each type of product specified, and samples of gypsum board (each type), steel studs, all types of channels and furring members, hangers, ties and fasteners. Samples of each are required for Architects review.

1.05 Quality Assurance:

A. Fire-Resistance Rating: Where required, provide materials and construction which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire resistance rating has been determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Provide fire-resistance-rated assemblies identical to those indicated by reference to GA File No's. in GA-600"Fire Resistance Design Manual" or to design designations in U.L. "Fire Resistance Directory" or in listing of other testing and agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of gypsum board and related joint treatment materials from a single manufacturer

1.06 Delivery And Storage Of Materials:

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Gypsum Wallboard Modernization & Energy Conservation 09250- 1 Improvements at Various Developments

A. Deliver material in their original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer and supplier.

B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum boards flat to prevent sagging.

C. Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. do not bend or otherwise damage metal corner beads and trim.

1.07 Project Conditions:

A. Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for application and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and with gypsum board manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Minimum Room Temperature: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less the 40 deg F (4 deg C). For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board maintain not less than 50 degrees F (10 deg. C) for 48 hours prior to application and continuously thereafter until drying is complete.

C. Ventilate building spaces to remove water not required for drying joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during dry, hot weather to prevent materials from drying too rapidly.

D. Application of gypsum board may not proceed unless a constant temperature not lower than 55 degrees F has been maintained for a minimum of 48 hours.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 Manufacturers

A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:

1. Gypsum Boards and Related Products:

a. Bostwick Steel Framing Co. b. Dale Industries, Inc. c. Gold Bond Building Product Div. National Gypsum Co. d. Incor, Inc. e. Marino Industries Corp. f. United States Gypsum g. Centex American Gypsum Co. h. Domtar Gypsum Co. i. Georgia-Pacific Corp.

2.02 Steel Framing Components For Suspended And Furred Ceilings:

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Gypsum Wallboard Modernization & Energy Conservation 09250- 2 Improvements at Various Developments

A. General: If required provide components which comply with ASTM C 754 for materials and sizes, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Wire for Hangers and ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1, zinc coating, soft temper.

C. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.

D. Channels: Cold rolled steel, 0.0598 inch minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and 7/16 inch wide flanges, protected with rust-inhibitive paint.

E. Carrying Channels: 1-1/2 inch deep, 475 lbs. per 1000 ft., unless otherwise indicated.

F. Furring Channels: ¾” deep, 300 lbs per 1000 ft., unless otherwise indicated.

G. Steel Studs for Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, with flange edges bent uncoated) 90 degrees and doubled over to form 3/16” minimum lip (return), minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and minimum depth as follows:

H. Thickness: 20 gauge unless otherwise indicated.

I. Depth: 1-5/8’ Unless otherwise indicated.

J. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat-shaped, depth of 7/8” and minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal as follows:

1. Thickness: 20 gauge unless otherwise indicated.

2.03 Steel Framing For Walls And Partitions:

A. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 degrees and doubled over to form 3/16” minimum lip (return) and complying with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth.

B. Steel Studs for Load Bearing shall be 18 gauges (minimum).

C. Steel Studs for Non-Load Bearing shall be 25 gauge unless used at walls finished with ceramic tile – then use 20 gauge.

D. Thickness: 0.0329”

E. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of the gypsum drywall manufacturer and manufacturer of steel studs for applications indicated.

2.04 Gypsum Wallboard

A. General: Provide gypsum wallboard of types indicated in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end of joints.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Gypsum Wallboard Modernization & Energy Conservation 09250- 3 Improvements at Various Developments

B. Thickness: Provide gypsum board in thickness’ indicated, or if not otherwise indicated, in 5/8" thickness to comply with ASTM C 840 for application system and support spacing indicated.

C. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, and as follows:

1. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Type: Type X for fire-resistance-rated assemblies. 3. Edges: Tapered. 4. Thickness: 5/8" unless otherwise indicated.

D. Products: subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products where Type X gypsum wallboard is indicated:

1. "Gyprock Fireguard "C" Gypsum Board"; Domtar Gypsum Co. 2. "Fire-Shield G"; Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. 3. "SHEETROCK Brand FIRECODE "C" Gypsum Panels"; United States Gypsum Co. 4. DENS Glass Gold sheathing as manufactured by Georgia Pacific 5. DENS Shield Tile Backer board as manufactured by Georgia Pacific.

E. Drywall Ceiling Coating: Furnish & install (prior to painting) "SHEETROCK First Coat" coating material (1 coat) to all drywall ceilings. Material shall be applied as per manufacturers directions and application recommendations for smooth finish. "SHEETROCK First Coat: is manufactured by USG. Other products will be considered if approved as equal.

F. Synthetic Finish System - Provide synthetic finish system over GP DENS SHIELD TILE BAKER BD. FRAMING where indicated on the drawings. Synthetic finish system shall be as manufactured by Dryvit or approved equal. System shall be applied using Genesis DM Ready Mix base coat, mesh, primer and Sandblast PMR: Medium Texture finish coat.

2.05 Trim Accessories:

A. Cornerbead and Edge Trim for Interior Installation: Comply with ASTM C 940 and the following:

1. Cornerbead formed from zinc alloy, with flanges knurled and perforated or of fine-mesh expanded metal. 2. Treatment: If required, provide exterior gypsum board as manufactured by Gold Bond Building Products in 1/2" thickness. Provide and install 6 mil Vioqueen (Vapor Barrier) to prevent moisture migration into "finish" area. 3. Steel Edge Trim formed from galvanized steel, types per Fig. 1 of ASTM C 840 as follows:

a. "LC Bead" unless otherwise indicated. b. "LK" Bead with square nose for use with kerfed jambs.

4. Metal Cornerbead and Edge Trim for Exterior Ceilings: Comply with ASTM C 840 and the following:

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Gypsum Wallboard Modernization & Energy Conservation 09250- 4 Improvements at Various Developments

a. Zinc Edge Trim formed from zinc alloy, type "LC" Bead per Fig. 1 of ASTM C 840 unless otherwise indicated.

2.06 Gypsum Board Joint Treatment Materials:

A. General: Provide materials complying with ASTM C 475, ASTM C 840, and recommendations of manufacturer of both gypsum board and joint treatment materials for the application indicated.

B. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Joint Compounds: Factory-prepackaged, job-mixed, chemical hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated.

1. Where setting-type joint compounds are indicated for use as taping and topping compounds, use formulation for each which develops greatest bone strength and crack resistance and is compatible with other joint compounds applied over it. 2. For prefilling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. 3. For filling joints and treating fasteners of water-resistant gypsum backing board behind base for ceramic tile, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose.

D. Drying-Type Joint Compounds: Factory-prepackaged vinyl-based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use.

E. Ready-Mix Formulation: Factory-premixed product.

F. Job-Mixed Formulation: Powder product for mixing with water at Project site.

G. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and flanges of corner beads and edge trim.

H. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats.

I. All purpose compound formulated for use as both taping and topping compound.

2.07 Miscellaneous Materials:

A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall construction which comply with referenced standards and the recommendations of the manufacturer of the gypsum board.

B. Laminating Adhesive: Special adhesive or joint compound recommended for laminating gypsum boards.

C. Spot Grout: ASTM C 475, setting type joint compound of type recommended for spot grouting hollow metal door frames.

D. Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C !002

E. Gypsum Board Nails: ASTM C 514

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Gypsum Wallboard Modernization & Energy Conservation 09250- 5 Improvements at Various Developments

F. Asphalt Felt: ASTM D 226, type I (No. 15).

G. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Nondrying, nonhardening, non-skinning, nonstaining, nonbleeding, gunnable sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers".

H. Sound Attenuation Blankets: Unfaced mineral fiber blanket insulation produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I (blankets without membrane facing); and as follows:

I. Mineral Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass or slag.

J. Access Doors: Shall be provided and installed by the .1 where required by code or where "Service" may be required for only trades work (HVAC, Plumbing, Electrical, General).Respective contractors shall furnish access doors. Access doors shall be as manufactured by Milcor or approved equal. Rating of access doors shall be at least as great as assembly it is installed in.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 Examination:

A. Examine substrates to which drywall construction attaches or abuts, preset hollow metal frames, cast-in-anchors, and structural framing with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of drywall construction. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 Installation

A. GENERAL: Install the gypsum wallboard in accordance with the Drawings and with the separate boards in moderate contact but not forced into place. At internal and external corners conceal the cut edges of the boards by the overlapping covered edges of the abutting boards. Stagger the boards so that corners of any four boards will not meet at a common point except in vertical corners.

3.03 Preparation:

A. Ceiling Anchorage: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension system with installation of overhead structural systems to ensure that inserts and other structural anchorage provisions have been installed to receive ceiling anchors in a manner that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to support ceiling.

3.04 Installation Of Steel Framing, General:

A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation.

B. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing at terminations in the work and for support of fixtures, equipment, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories,

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Gypsum Wallboard Modernization & Energy Conservation 09250- 6 Improvements at Various Developments

furnishings, and similar construction to comply with details indicated and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, or if none available, with “Gypsum Construction Handbook” published by United States Gypsum Co.

C. Isolate steel framing: from building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement, at locations indicated below to comply with details shown on Drawings.

D. Where edges of suspended ceilings abut building structure horizontally at ceiling perimeters or penetration of structural elements.

E. Where partition and wall framing abuts overhead structure.

F. Provide slip or cushioned type joints to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading.

G. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with steel framing or furring members; frame both sides of joints independently with framing or furring members or as indicated.

3.05 Installation Of Steel Framing For Suspended And Furred Ceilings:

A. Screw furring members to framing.

B. Secure hangers to structural support by connecting directly to structure where possible, otherwise connect to cast-in concrete inserts or other anchorage devices or fasteners as indicated.

1. Do not attach hangers to metal deck tabs. 2. Do not attach hanger to metal roof deck. 3. Do not attach hangers to underside of concrete slabs with powder- actuated fasteners. 4. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes or conduit. 5. Keep hangers and braces 2” clear of ducts, pipes and conduits.

C. Sway-brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support.

D. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated but not less than that required by referenced steel framing installation standard.

E. Wire Hangers: 0.1620” diameter (8 gauge), 4 ft. o.c.

F. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 1-1/2”, 4 ft. o.c.

G. Rigid Furring Channels (Furring Members): 24” o.c.

H. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so that cross furring members or grid suspension members are level to within 1/8” in 12 ft. as measured both lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members.

I. Wire-tie: or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as indicated.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Gypsum Wallboard Modernization & Energy Conservation 09250- 7 Improvements at Various Developments

3.06 Installation Of Steel Framing For Walls And Partitions:

A. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns where gypsum drywall stud system abuts other construction.

B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips between studs and wall.

C. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring members so that fastening surface does not vary more than 1/8” from plane of faces of adjacent framing.

D. Extended partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetration partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board.

E. Terminate partition framing at suspended ceilings where indicated.

F. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated but not less than that required by referenced steel framing installation standard.

G. For single layer and double layer construction: 16” o.c.

H. Frame door openings to comply with details indicated, with GA-219 and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.

I. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated, or if none indicated, in same manner as required for door openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads.

3.07 Application And Finishing Of Gypsum Board, General:

A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840.

B. Install sound attenuation blankets where indicated, prior to gypsum board unless readily installed after board has been installed.

C. Locate exposed end-butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 24 inches in alternate courses of board.

D. Install ceiling boards in manner which minimized the number of end-butt joint or avoids them entirely where possible. At stairwells and similar high walls, install boards horizontally with end joint staggered over studs.

E. Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Gypsum Wallboard Modernization & Energy Conservation 09250- 8 Improvements at Various Developments

ends with not more than 1/16 inch open space between boards. Do not force into place.

F. Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill-cut or field-cut ends against mill-cut or field cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joint over different stud on opposite sides of partitions.

G. Attach gypsum board to steel studs so that leading edge or end of each board is attached to open (unsupported) edge of stud flange first.

H. Attach gypsum board to supplementary framing and blocking provided for additional support at openings and cutouts.

I. Spot Grout hollow metal door frames for solid core wood doors, hollow metal doors and doors over 32” wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip just before inserting board into frame.

J. Form control joints and expansion joints at locations indicated, with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories.

K. Cover both faces of wood stud partition framing with gypsum board in concealed spaces (above ceiling, etc), except in chase walls which are braced internally.

L. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. area, and may be limited to not less than 75 percent of full coverage.

M. Fit gypsum board around ducts, pipes, and conduits.

N. Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing drywall partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4" to 1/2" space and trim edge with "U" bead edge trim. Seal joints with acoustical sealant.

O. Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations.

3.08 Methods Of Gypsum Board Application:

A. Single Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard as follows:

1. On Ceilings: Apply gypsum board prior to wall/partition board application. 2. On partitions/walls apply gypsum board vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated, and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end joints. 3. On partitions/walls 8'-1" or less in height apply gypsum board horizontally (perpendicular to framing); use maximum length sheets to minimize end joints.

B. Double-Layer Application: Install gypsum backing board for base layer and gypsum wallboard for face layer.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Gypsum Wallboard Modernization & Energy Conservation 09250- 9 Improvements at Various Developments

C. On partitions/walls apply base layer and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layer over supports and face layer joints offset at least 10" with base layer joints.

D. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum boards to supports as follows:

1. Fasten with screws.

E. Double-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply base layer of gypsum board and face layer to base layer as follows:

1. Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. 2. Fasten base layers with screws and face layer with adhesive and supplementary fasteners.

3.09 Installation Of Drywall Trim Accessories:

A. General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges to comply with manufacturers recommendations.

B. Install corner beads at external corners.

C. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi-exposed, and except where plastic trim is indicated. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound.

D. Install "LC" bead where drywall construction is tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate.

E. Install "LK" bead where substrate is kerfed to receive long flange of trim.

F. Install "L" bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum board is installed.

G. Install U-type trim where edge is exposed, revealed, gasketed, or sealant-filled. (including expansion joints).

3.10 Finishing Of Drywall - Provide Level 4 Finish:

A. General: apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of corner bead, edge trim, and control joints; penetrations; fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration.

B. Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using setting-type joint compound.

C. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated.

D. Finish interior gypsum wallboard by applying the following joint compounds in 3 coats (not including prefill or openings in base), and sand between coats and after last coat:

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Gypsum Wallboard Modernization & Energy Conservation 09250- 10 Improvements at Various Developments

1. Embedding and First Coat: Setting-type joint compound.

2. Fill (second) Coat: Setting-type joint compound.

3. Finish (third) Coat: Ready-mix drying-type all-purpose or topping compound.

A. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840:

1. Level 1: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire- resistance-rated assemblies and sound-rated assemblies. 2. Level 2: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges where panels are substrate for tile. 3. Level 3: Embed tape and apply separate first and fill coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges. Use above ceilings & not exposed to view. 4. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Gypsum Wallboard Modernization & Energy Conservation 09250- 11 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 09900 - PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Related Documents

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Section apply to Work of this Section.

1.2 Summary:

A. Extent of painting work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and as herein specified.

B. Structural steel that is exposed to view shall be painted (ferrous and non ferrous).

C. Work includes painting and finishing of interior and exterior exposed items and surfaces throughout project, except as otherwise indicated. Work of this section includes painting of all exposed to view HVAC equipment, piping, etc., ductwork and appurtenances, electrical equipment, etc., conduit, accessories and appurtenances and plumbing equipment, etc., piping, valves, etc. Painting of electrical panel covers (frames & doors) is required in all locations except electrical, mechanical & utility rooms.

D. Surface preparation, priming and coats of paint specified are in addition to shop- priming and surface treatment specified under other sections of work.

E. Paint as used herein means all coating systems materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and filers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats.

F. Surfaces to be Painted: Except where natural finish of material is specifically noted as a surface not to be painted, paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in schedules. Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or areas. If color or finish is not designated, Architect will select these from standard colors or finishes available.

G. Paint contractor shall paint boot assemblies at downspout locations. Repaint all existing to remain, ferrous metal, including columns, angles, beams, railing, etc.

H. Following categories of work are not included as part of field-applied finish work:

1. Pre-Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory-finishing or installer-finishing is specified for such items as (but not limited to) metal toilet enclosures, elevator entrance doors and frames, and finished equipment, aluminum entrances & windows, pre- finished wood doors, pre-finished HM doors in exterior walls and SS frames and doors.

2. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Painting Modernization & Energy Conservation 09900 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

inaccessible areas, foundation spaces, furred areas, utility tunnels, pipe spaces, duct shafts and elevator shafts.

3. Finished Metal Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finish painting.

I. Following categories of work are included under other sections of these Specifications:

1. Shop Priming: Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under Sections for structural steel, metal fabrications, hollow metal work and similar items.

J. Do not paint over any code-required labels, such as Underwriters Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or nay equipment identification, performance rating, name or nomenclature plates.

1.3 Quality Assurance

A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide primers and other undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits.

B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. Upon request from other trades, furnish information or characteristics of finish materials provided for use, to endure compatible prime coats are used.

1.4 Submittals:

A. Produce Data: Submit manufacturers technical information including paint label analysis and application instructions for each material proposed for use.

B. Samples: Prior to beginning work, Contractor shall furnish full range of color chips for surfaces to be painted. Submit samples for Architect review of color and texture. Provide a listing of material and application for each coat of each finish sample.

C. On actual wood surfaces, provide two 4" X 8" samples of natural and stained wood finish. Label identify each as to locations and application.

D. On concrete masonry, provide two 4" square samples of masonry for each type of finish and color, defining filler, prime and finish coat.

E. On actual wall surfaces and other exterior and interior building components, duplicate painted finished of prepared samples. Provide full-coat finish samples on at least 100 sq. ft. of surface, as directed, until required sheen, color and texture is obtained; simulated finished lighting conditions for review of in-place work.

F. Final acceptance of colors will be from samples applied on the job. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Painting Modernization & Energy Conservation 09900 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

1.5 Deliver And Storage:

A. Deliver materials to the job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturers name and label, and following information:

1. Name or title of material. 2. Fed. Spec. number, if applicable. 3. Manufacturers stock number and date of manufacturer. 4. manufacturers name. 5. Content by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents. 6. Thinning instructions. 7. Application instructions. 8. Color name and number.

B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials, and residue.

C. Protect from freezing where necessary. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take all precautions to ensure that workmen and work areas are adequately protected from fire hazards and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing and application of paints.

1.6 Job Conditions:

A. Apply water-base paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F. (10 Deg. C) and 90 degrees F. (32 deg. C) unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturers printed instructions.

B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F. (7 deg. C) and 95 degrees F. (35 deg. C) unless otherwise permitted by paint manufactures printed instructions.

C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist, or when relative humidity exceeds 85% or to damp or wet surfaces, unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturers printed instruction.

1. Painting may be continued during inclement weather if areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by paint manufacturer during application and drying periods.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Acceptable Manufacturers:

A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements provide products of one of the following:

1. Sherwin Williams Co. Basis of Design or Architect approved equal from the following: Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Painting Modernization & Energy Conservation 09900 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

a. Glidden Coatings and Resins b. Benjamin Moore and Co. c. M.A. Bruder & Son, Inc. d. PPG Industries, Pittsburgh Paints. e. Pratt and Lambert.

2.2 Materials:

A. Material Quality: Provide best quality grade various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturers identification as a standard, best-grade product will not be acceptable.

B. Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply that products of named manufacturers are required to exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers.

C. Color Pigments: Pure, non-fading, applicable types to suit substrates and service indicated.

D. Lead content in pigment, is prohibited.

1. This limitation is extended to interior and exterior surfaces which are readily accessible to children.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Inspection

A. Applicator must examine areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Applicator.

B. Starting of painting work will be construed by Applicators acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area.

C. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.

3.2 Surface Preparation:

A. General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturers instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition.

B. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. Notify Architect in writing of any anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems with substrates primed by others.

C. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surface, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish painted, or provide Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Painting Modernization & Energy Conservation 09900 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. remove, if necessary, for complete painting of items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed items.

D. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program cleaning and painting so that contaminants from cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly- painted surfaces.

E. Cementitious Materials: Prepare cementitious surfaces of concrete, concrete block, cement plaster to be painted by removing efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and by roughening as required to remove glaze.

1. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be painted by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are found to be sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of finish paint, correct these condition before application of paint. Do not paint over surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturers printed directions.

F. Wood: Clean wood surfaces to be painted of dirt, oil, or other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sandpaper smooth those finished surfaces exposed to view, and dust off. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer, before application of priming coat. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood-filler. Sandpaper smooth when dried.

1. Prime or seal wood required to be job-painted immediately upon deliver to job. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of such wood.

2. When transparent finish is required, use varnish as specified for backpriming.

G. Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning.

H. Touch up shop-applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare.

I. Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer.

J. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with nonpetroleum based solvent.

1. All exterior metal lintels shall be galvanized and require painting.

3.3 Materials Preparation:

A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturers directions.

B. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Painting Modernization & Energy Conservation 09900 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

C. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using.

3.4 Application:

A. General: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturers directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.

1. Paint, surface treatments, and finishes, are indicated in "Schedules" of the Contract Documents. 2. Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used. 3. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final coat of paint, until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to insure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final installation of equipment. 5. Finish exterior doors, on tops, bottoms and side edges same as exterior faces, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. 7. Omit first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop-primed and touch up painted, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration.

1. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat.

C. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturers recommend spreading rate, to establish a total dry film thickness as indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by coating manufacturer.

D. Prime Coats: Apply prime coat of material which is required to be painted or finished, and which has not been prime coated by others.

1. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with no burn- through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.

E. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Painting Modernization & Energy Conservation 09900 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments

F. Transparent Clear Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce glass-smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surfaces imperfections.

1. Provide satin finish for final coats, unless otherwise indicated.

G. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements.

3.5 Clean-Up And Protection:

A. Clean- up: During progress of work, remove from the site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of each workday.

1. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces.

B. Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing and repainting as acceptable to Architect.

1. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly-painted finishes.

3.6 Scaffolding:

A. Furnish and maintain all scaffolding and similar temporary work necessary for the execution of the work covered by this Section of Specifications. Scaffolding shall interfere as little as possible with the work being performed by other trades; shall be shifted between coats, if necessary, to allow installation of other work, and shall be removed promptly upon completion of painting or finishing.

B. General: Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates, as indicated. Materials are based on products of Sherwin-Williams Co. Equivalent products of listed manufacturers are approved subject to compliance with specification requirements.

3.7 Exterior Paint Schedule:

A. New Red Cedar Siding: 2 finish coats

1. First and Second Coats: A-13 Wood Scapes solid color acrylic

B. Ferrous Metal: Full Gloss Alkyd Enamel, 2 finish coats over primer

1. Prime Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Primer B66-310 Series 2. First and Second Coats: S-W Industrial HS B54Z 400 Series

2-4 mils dry per coat.

C. Galvanized Metal: Primer and 2 finish coats

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Painting Modernization & Energy Conservation 09900 - 7 Improvements at Various Developments

1. Prime Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Primer B66-310 Series 2. First and Second Coats: S-W Pro Mar 200 ALKYO Semi-gloss B34 W200 Series.

4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry, per coat

3.8 Interior Paint Schedule:

A. Concrete Masonry Units: 2 coats over primer (semi-gloss finish)

1. Prime Coat: PrepRite Block Filler, B25W25 2. First and Second Finish Coats: S-W Pro Mar 200 ALKYD Semi-gloss B34 W200 Series.

4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry, per coat

B. Drywall walls 2 coats over primer (low odor, low vol.)

1. Primer: S-W Pro Green, 200 Latex Primer B28W600 Series 2. First and Second Coat: S-W Pro Green 200 Interior Latex EG-Shel B20W 651

4 mils wet, 1.6 mils dry per coat

C. Ferrous Metal: 2 coats over primer (semi-gloss finish)

1. Prime Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Primer B66-310 Series 2. First and Second Coats: S-W Industrial HS B54Z 400 Series

2-4 mils dry per coat.

D. Galvanized Metal: Primer and 2 finish coats

1. Prime Coat: S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Primer B66-310 Series 2. First and Second Coats: S-W Pro Mar 200 ALKYD Semi-gloss B34 W200 Series.

4 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry, per coat

E. Drywall Ceilings: 2 coats over Primer (flat finish)

1. Primer: SW ProMar 200 Latex Primer B28W8200 2. First & Second Coat: S-W ProMar 200 Latex Flat B30 W200 Series

4 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry per coat

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Painting Modernization & Energy Conservation 09900 - 8 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 10200 - MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 Stipulations A. The specifications sections “General Conditions”, “Special Requirements”, and “General Requirements” form a part of this section by this reference thereto and shall have the same force and effect as if printed herewith in full.

1.02 Description of Work

A. Extent of each type of specialty is shown on the drawings and herein specified.

1.03 Quality Assurance

A. Coordinate installation of Miscellaneous Specialties with related trades.

B. Products: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of specialty unit and for units exposed in same areas.

1.04 Submittals

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical data and installation instruction for each specialty.

B. Samples: Submit full size samples of units to professionals for review of design and operation. Acceptable samples will be returned and may be used in the work.

C. Setting Drawings: Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage devices in other work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 Attic Access Panels (1) required (garage at Lake City Apartments)

A. Furnish and install 1 hour fire rated access panel. Access panel shall fit between roof trusses which are at 24” oc. Access panel shall be approximately 22 ½” wide x 28”-30” long. Panels shall have either padlock of key lock capability. Access panel shall be manufactured by: 1. Bilco 2. Milcor 3. Approved equal

2.02 Insulated Panels (Schmid Towers)

A. Double sidied Bronze Texture Insulated Panels 2” thick. 1. Citadel Statuary Bronze WR Panel 2. Approved equal

2.03 Exterior Signage (2) required

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Miscellaneous Specialties Modernization & Energy Conservation 102000 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

A. One (1) at Harbor Homes B. One (1) at Eastbrook *See attached sketch following this section.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 Installation

A. The .1 Contractor shall install all the above miscellaneous items.

B. Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this section.

C. Install the work of this section in strict accordance with the original design, the approved shop drawings, pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and the manufacturers recommended installation producers as approved by the Professional, anchoring all components firmly into position for long life under hard use.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Miscellaneous Specialties Modernization & Energy Conservation 102000 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 10425 – SIGNS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.02 Summary A. This Section includes the following types of signs: 1. Panel signs. 2. Cast metal plaques. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" for labels, tags, and nameplates for mechanical equipment. 2. Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" for labels, tags, and nameplates for electrical equipment.

1.03 Submittals A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract. B. Product data for each type of sign specified, including details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, and finishes. C. Shop drawings showing fabrication and erection of signs. Include plans, elevations, and large-scale sections of typical members and other components. Show anchors, grounds, layout, reinforcement, accessories, and installation details. 1. Provide message list for each sign required, including large-scale details of wording and lettering layout. 2. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchors to be installed as a unit of Work in other Sections. 3. Furnish full-size rubbings for metal plaques. D. Samples: Provide the following samples of each sign component for initial selection of color, pattern and surface texture as required and for verification of compliance with requirements indicated. 1. Samples for initial selection of color, pattern, and texture:

a. Cast Acrylic Sheet and Plastic Laminate: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual sections of material including the full range of colors available for each material required. b. Aluminum: Samples of each finish type and color, on 6-inch-long sections of extrusions and not less than 4-inch squares of sheet or plate, showing the full range of colors available.

1.04 Quality Assurance A. Sign Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing signs similar to those indicated for this Project, with a record of successful in-service performance, and Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Signs Modernization & Energy Conservation 10425 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

sufficient production capacity to produce sign units required without causing delay in the Work. B. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide lighting fixtures and electrical components for illuminated signs that are labeled and listed by UL and comply with applicable NEMA standards. C. Single-Source Responsibility: For each separate sign type required, obtain signs from one source of a single manufacturer. D. Design Concept: The Drawings indicate sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements of signs and are based on the specific types and models indicated. Sign units by other manufacturers may be considered provided deviations in dimensions and profiles do not change the design concept as judged by the Architect. The burden of proof of equality is on the proposer.

1.05 Project Conditions A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 Manufacturers A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Manufacturers of Panel Signs: a. Mohawk Sign Systems; Series 200A – Sand Carved Format B b. Best Manufacturing Company; HC300SS Series. c. Benchmark Architectural; Series DSS-75

2. Manufacturers of Cast Plaques: a. A.R.K. Ramos Manufacturing Company, Inc. b. Best Manufacturing Company. c. Metallic Arts

2.02 Materials A. Cast Acrylic Sheet: Provide cast (not extruded or continuous cast) methyl methacrylate monomer plastic sheet, in sizes and thicknesses indicated, with a minimum flexural strength of 16,000 psi when tested according to ASTM D 790, with a minimum allowable continuous service temperature of 176 deg F (80 deg C), and of the following general types: 1. Opaque Sheet: Where sheet material is indicated as "opaque," provide colored opaque acrylic sheet in colors and finishes as selected from the manufacturer's standards. B. Fasteners: Use concealed fasteners fabricated from metals that are not corrosive to the sign material and mounting surface. C. Colored Coatings for Acrylic Plastic Sheet: Use colored coatings, including inks and paints for copy and background colors, that are recommended by acrylic manufacturers for optimum adherence to acrylic surface and are nonfading for the application intended.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Signs Modernization & Energy Conservation 10425 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

2.03 Panel Signs A. Panel Signs: Comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction. 1. Produce smooth, even, level sign panel surfaces, constructed to remain flat under installed conditions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally. B. Framed Panel Signs: Fabricate frames to profile indicated; comply with the following requirements for materials and corner conditions: 1. Material: Acrylic plastic. 2. Corner Condition: Square corners. C. Laminated Sign Panels: Permanently laminate face panels to backing sheets of material and thickness indicated using the manufacturer's standard process. D. Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy that complies with the requirements indicated for size, style, spacing, content, position, material, finishes, and colors of letters, numbers, and other graphic devices. E. Engraved Copy: Machine-engrave letters, numbers, symbols, and other graphic devices into sign panel on the face indicated to produce precisely formed copy, incised to uniform depth. Use high-speed cutters mechanically linked to master templates in a pantographic system or equivalent process capable of producing characters of the style indicated with sharply formed edges. 1. Engraved Opaque Acrylic Sheet: Fill engraved copy with enamel.

F. Room signs shall be 6” h x 6” w and shall be laid out for a room name and a room number. Restroom signs shall be 7” h x 7”w and shall have engraved pico-graphic and room name. All room signs shall comply with Americans With Disabilities Act. Provide one (1) sign for every room shown on the drawings. Names to be verified by the Professional prior to fabrication. Also provide 5 additional signs to be determined later.

G. Tactile and Braille Copy: Manufacturer's standard process for producing copy complying with ADA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. Text shall be accompanied by Grade 2 braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square cut edges free from burrs and cut marks.

2.04 Cast Metal Plaques A. Plaques: Castings shall be free from pits, scale, sand holes, or other defects. Comply with requirements specified for metal, border style, background texture, and finish and with requirements shown for thickness, size, shape, and copy. Hand-tool and buff borders and raised copy to produce the manufacturer's standard satin polished finish. Plaque shall be 24 x 36 with up to 600 letters. 1. Metal: Aluminum. 2. Border Style: Raised flat band. 3. Background Texture: Manufacturer's standard stipple finish. 4. Background Finish: Provide the manufacturer's standard baked-enamel finish.

2.05 Finishes A. Colors and Surface Textures: For exposed sign material that requires selection of materials with integral or applied colors, surface textures or other characteristics related to

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Signs Modernization & Energy Conservation 10425 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

appearance, provide color matches indicated, or if not indicated, as selected by the Professional from the manufacturer's standards. B. Metal Finishes: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and applications recommendations.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 Installation A. General: Locate sign units and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of the type described and in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, and at the height indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other defects in appearance. B. Wall-Mounted Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using the methods indicated below: 1. Vinyl-Tape Mounting: Use double-sided foam tape to mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces. Do not use this method for vinyl-covered or rough surfaces. C. Cast Metal Plaques: Mount plaques using the standard method recommended by the manufacturer for the type of wall surface indicated. 1. Concealed Mounting: Mount the plaques by inserting threaded studs into tapped lugs on the back of the plaque. Install solid wood blocking in stud wall for mounting.

3.02 Cleaning and Protection

A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to the manufacturer's instructions. Protect units from damage until acceptance by the Owner.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Signs Modernization & Energy Conservation 10425 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 10520 – FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 Stipulations

1.02 Summary

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Portable fire extinguishers. 2. Fire-protection cabinets for the following: a. Portable fire extinguishers. 3. Fire-protection accessories.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 10 Section "Signs" for directional signage to out-of-sight fire extinguishers and cabinets.

1.03 Submittals

A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire-protection specialties.

1. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification. 2. Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the standard range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of cabinet finish indicated.

1.04 Quality Assurance

A. Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers and cabinets through one source from a single manufacturer.

B. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers."

C. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Provide extinguishers listed and labeled by FM.

1.05 Coordination Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Fire Protection Specialties Modernization & Energy Conservation 10520 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments A. Coordinate size of cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated and provided by Department under separate Contract are accommodated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 Manufacturers

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following:

1. Portable Fire Extinguishers: a. J.L. Industries, Inc; Cosmic Series. b. Larsen's Manufacturing Company; MP Series. c. Potter Roamer; #3005. 2. Fire-Protection Cabinets: a. J.L. Industries, Inc; Clear-Vu #2517. b. Larsen's Manufacturing Company; Cameo Series C2409-6R. c. Potter Roamer; Loma Series 7308.

2.02 Materials

A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: Carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366/A 366M, commercial quality, stretcher leveled, temper rolled.

B. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated, and as follows:

1. Sheet: ASTM B 209. 2. Extruded Shapes: ASTM B 221.

C. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666/A 666M, Type 302 or Type 304 alloy.

2.03 Portable Fire Extinguishers

A. General: Provide fire extinguishers of type, size, and capacity for each cabinet and other locations indicated.

B. Dry-Chemical Type: UL-rated 2A:10:B:C, 10lbs nominal capacity, in enameled-steel container for Class ‘A’: Class ‘B’ & Class ‘C’ fires.

2.04 Fire-Protection Cabinets

A. Cabinet Construction: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub), with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld joints and grind smooth. Miter and weld perimeter door frames.

1. Fire-Rated Cabinets: Listed and labeled to meet requirements of ASTM E 814 for fire-resistance rating of wall where it is installed. a. Construct fire-rated cabinets with double walls fabricated from 0.0478-inch- thick, cold-rolled steel sheet lined with minimum 5/8-inch- thick, fire-barrier material. b. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Fire Protection Specialties Modernization & Energy Conservation 10520 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments 2. Cabinet Metal: Enameled-steel sheet. 3. Shelf: Same metal and finish as cabinet.

B. Cabinet Type: Suitable for the following:

1. Fire extinguisher.

C. Cabinet Mounting: Suitable for the following mounting conditions:

1. Semirecessed: Cabinet box partially recessed in walls of shallow depth to suit style of trim indicated.

D. Cabinet Trim Style: Fabricate trim for recessed and semirecessed cabinets in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth.

1. Exposed Trim: One-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge (backbend). a. Rolled-Edge Trim: 2-1/2-inch to 4-1/2 inch backbend depth to suit conditions for semirecessed cabinets. b. All corners of frame shall be closed (no open mitres).

E. Cabinet Trim Material: Manufacturer's standard, as follows:

1. Steel sheet.

F. Door Material: Manufacturer's standard, as follows:

1. Steel sheet.

G. Door Glazing: Manufacturer's standard, as follows:

1. Bubble: One-piece molded acrylic. a. Color: Clear.

H. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard design, as follows:

1. Full bubble with frame.

I. Door Construction: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, of materials indicated, and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected.

1. Provide minimum 1/2-inch- thick door frames, fabricated with tubular stiles and rails, and hollow-metal design.

J. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide either lever handle with cam-action latch, or exposed or concealed door pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous-type hinge permitting door to open 180 degrees.

2.05 Accessories

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Fire Protection Specialties Modernization & Energy Conservation 10520 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure extinguisher, of sizes required for types and capacities of extinguishers indicated, with baked-enamel finish.

1. Provide brackets for extinguishers not located in cabinets. 2. Provide brackets for extinguishers located in cabinets.

B. Identification: Provide lettering to comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, color, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Professional.

1. Identify bracket-mounted extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter decals applied to wall surface. 2. Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" applied to door. a. Application Process: Silk-screened or decals. b. Lettering Color: Red. c. Orientation: Horizontal.

2.06 Colors and Textures

A. Colors and Textures: As selected by Professional from manufacturer's standard range for these characteristics.

2.07 Finishes, General

A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

D. Cabinet and Door Finishes: Provide manufacturer's standard baked-enamel paint for the following:

1. Exterior of cabinets and doors, except for those surfaces indicated to receive another finish. 2. Interior of cabinets and doors.

2.08 Steel Finishes

A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, grease, mill scale, rust, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond using manufacturer's standard methods.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Fire Protection Specialties Modernization & Energy Conservation 10520 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments B. Baked-Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-enamel finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions for applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils. 1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Professional from manufacturer's standard range.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 Examination

A. Examine roughing-in for cabinets to verify actual locations before cabinet installation.

B. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where semirecessed cabinets are to be installed.

C. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging.

1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged units.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 Installation

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing fire-protection specialties.

B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. 2. Fasten mounting brackets to structure and cabinets, square and plumb.

3.03 Adjusting, Cleaning, and Protection

A. Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely.

B. Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation.

C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that cabinets and doors are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Fire Protection Specialties Modernization & Energy Conservation 10520 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 11680 - PLAY FIELD EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Freestanding playground equipment and structures. 2. Composite playground equipment and structures.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 03 Section "[Cast-in-Place Concrete] [Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete]"for concrete footings. 2. Division 2 Section "Playground Protective Surfacing" for protective surfacing under and around playground equipment.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Fall Height: According to ASTM F 1487, "the vertical distance between a designated play surface and the protective surfacing beneath it."

B. HDPE: High-density polyethylene.

C. IPEMA: International Play Equipment Manufacturers Association.

D. LLDPE: Linear low-density polyethylene.

E. MDPE: Medium-density polyethylene.

F. Use Zone: According to ASTM F 1487, "the area beneath and immediately adjacent to a play structure that is designated for unrestricted circulation around the equipment and on whose surface it is predicted that a user would land when falling from or exiting the equipment."

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for playground equipment and structures.

C. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved:

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playfield Equipment Modernization & Energy Conservation 11680- 1 Improvements at Various Developments

1. Extent of surface systems and use zones for equipment. 2. Critical heights for playground surface, or fall heights for equipment.

D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of playground equipment and structure indicated.

1. Manufacturer's color charts. 2. Include similar Samples of playground equipment and accessories involving color selection.

E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below.

1. Posts and Rails: Not less than 6 inches (150 mm) long. 2. Platforms: Not less than 6 inches (150 mm) square. 3. Molded Plastic: Not less than 3 inches (75 mm) square.

F. Product Certificates: For each type of playground equipment, signed by product manufacturer..

G. Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that installers comply with requirements.

H. Qualification Data: For Installer.

I. Material Certificates: For the following items, signed by manufacturers:

1. Shop finishes.

J. Field quality-control test reports.

K. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for playground equipment.

L. Maintenance Data: For playground equipment and finishes to include in maintenance manuals.

M. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm whose playground equipment components have been certified by IPEMA's third-party product certification service.

1. Provide playground equipment and play structure components bearing the IPEMA Certification Seal.

C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ANSI Z34.1 for testing indicated.

D. Safety Standards: Provide playground equipment complying with or exceeding requirements in the following:

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playfield Equipment Modernization & Energy Conservation 11680- 2 Improvements at Various Developments

1. ASTM F 1487. 2. CPSC No. 325.

E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to prior to installation of the equipment.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of playground equipment that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.

2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each piece of playground equipment is based on the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.

1. Extruded Bars, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M). 2. Cast Aluminum: ASTM B 179. 3. Flat Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M).

B. Steel: Comply with the following:

1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M[, hot-dip galvanized]. 2. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M or ASTM A 135, standard-weight[, hot-dip galvanized]. 3. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500 or ASTM A 513, cold formed[, hot-dip galvanized]. 4. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M[, hot-dip galvanized]. 5. Perforated Metal: Steel sheet not less than [0.0747-inch (1.9-mm)] uncoated thickness; [hot-dip galvanized, ]manufacturer's standard perforation pattern.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playfield Equipment Modernization & Energy Conservation 11680- 3 Improvements at Various Developments

6. Expanded Metal: ASTM F 1267, Type II (expanded and flattened), Class [1,] [2,] [3/4 No. 13] [manufacturer's standard] carbon-steel sheets, [hot-dip galvanized, ]deburred after expansion. 7. Woven Wire Mesh: Manufacturer's standard, with wire complying with ASTM A 510 (ASTM A 510M).

C. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666; Type 304.

D. Chain and Fittings: ASTM A 467/A 467M, Class CS, 4/0 or 5/0, welded-straight-link coil chain; [hot-dip galvanized] [zinc plated]. With commercial-quality, [hot-dip galvanized] [zinc-plated] steel connectors and swing or ring hangars.

E. Castings and Hangers: Malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M, Grade 32510, hot-dip galvanized.

F. Post Caps: Cast aluminum; color to match posts.

G. Platform Clamps and Hangers: Cast aluminum.

H. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard; commercial-quality; corrosion-resistant; hot-dip galvanized steel and iron, stainless steel, or aluminum; of a secure and vandal-resistant design.

I. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard; corrosion-resistant; hot-dip galvanized or plated steel and iron, or stainless steel; permanently capped, and theft resistant.

J. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, exterior.

K. Opaque Plastic: Color impregnated, UV stabilized, and mold resistant.

1. Polyethylene: Fabricated from 96 percent recycled, purified, fractional-melt plastic resin; rotationally molded HDPE, LLDPE, or MDPE with not less than 1/4-inch (6-mm) wall thickness.

2.3 PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT FABRICATION

A. Assemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.

B. Metal Frame: Fabricate main-frame upright support posts from metal pipe or tubing with cross- section profile and dimensions as indicated. Form metal to required shapes and sizes, true to line and level with true curves and accurate angles and surfaces. Finish exposed surfaces to smooth, sharp, well-defined lines and arris.

1. Fabricate secondary frame members, bracing, and connections from either steel or aluminum. Unless otherwise indicated, provide each pipe or tubing main-frame member with manufacturer's standard drainable bottom plate or support flange. 2. Form simple and compound curves in bars and extruded shapes by bending members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each configuration required; maintain cross section

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playfield Equipment Modernization & Energy Conservation 11680- 4 Improvements at Various Developments

of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces. 3. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. 4. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Cope or miter corner joints. Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. 5. Comply with AWS recommended practices for shop welding and brazing. Weld and braze behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed joints of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces. 6. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

C. Provide necessary rebates, lugs, and brackets to assemble units and to attach to other work. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Provide castings that are sound and free of warp, cracks, blowholes, or other defects that impair strength or appearance. Grind, wire brush, sandblast, and buff castings to remove seams, gate marks, casting flash, and other casting marks.

E. Composite Frame: Fabricate main-frame upright support posts from metal and plastic with profile and dimensions as indicated. Fabricate secondary frame members, bracing, and connections from either steel or aluminum.

F. Play Surfaces: Provide manufacturer's standard elevated drainable decks, platforms, landings, walkways, ramps, and similar transitional play surfaces, designed to withstand loads; fabricated from recycled polyethylene panel or plank made into floor units with slip-slip-resistant foot surfaces. Fabricate units in manufacturer's standard modular sizes and shapes to form assembled play surfaces indicated.

G. Elevated Play Surfaces: Guardrails or protective barriers completely surround elevated play surface except for access openings, if play-surface heights above protective surfacing exceed the following for use by age group indicated: 1. Elevated surface greater than 30 inches (760 mm) intended for use by children aged 5 through 12.

H. Protective Barriers and Guardrails: Fabricate according to ASTM F 1487 and as follows:

1. Welded metal pipe or tubing with vertical bars. 2. Steel sheet with openings for vision and ventilation. 3. Welded metal-pipe or -tubing frame with woven wire mesh infill panels. 4. [Opaque] [Transparent][, solid] plastic panels[ with openings]. 5. Vertical wood balusters with metal pipe or tubing or wood frame. 6.

I. Handrails: Welded metal pipe or tubing, OD 1.25 inches (32 mm). Provide handrails at height for use by age group indicated below:

1. Ages: Between 5 and 12 years. 2. Height of Top Surface: 38 inches (965 mm) intended for use by children aged 5 through 12. 3. Close exposed ends of handrails with returns with clearance of 1/4 inch (6 mm) or less.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playfield Equipment Modernization & Energy Conservation 11680- 5 Improvements at Various Developments

J. Roofs and Canopies: Manufacturer's standard plastic.

2.4 COMPOSITE PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES

A. Composite Structure: Fabricated from steel.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Playworld Systems, Inc. or a comparable product by one of the following:

a. GameTime b. Landscape Structures, Inc.

2. Frame: Galvanized steel pipe or tubing frame sections connected with bolts.

a. Pipe or Tubing: Not less than 3.5” OD legs. b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

3. Platforms: Perforated metal.

a. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

4. Roofs: Manufacturer's standard.

a. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

5. Equipment: Include the following play event components:

a. As indicated on the drawings b. Color: Two Colors As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

6. Arrangement: As indicated. 7. Age Appropriateness: 5 through 12 years.

2.5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

A. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in [Division 03 Section "Cast- in-Place Concrete"] [ACI 301] to produce normal-weight[, air-entrained] concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa), 3-inch (75-mm) slump, and 1- inch- (25-mm-) maximum-size aggregate.

B. Concrete Materials and Properties: Dry-packaged concrete mix complying with ASTM C 387 and mixed at site with potable water, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to produce normal-weight concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa), 3-inch (75-mm) slump, and 1-inch- (25-mm-) maximum-size aggregate.

2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playfield Equipment Modernization & Energy Conservation 11680- 6 Improvements at Various Developments

B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES

A. Baked-Enamel Finish: Prepare, treat, and coat metal to comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:

1. Thermosetting, modified-acrylic enamel primer/topcoat system complying with AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness not less than 3 to 5 mils (0.076 to 0.127 mm), medium gloss.

B. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.8 IRON AND STEEL FINISHES

A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize products made from rolled-, pressed-, and forged-steel shapes, castings, plates, bars, and strips indicated to be galvanized to comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M.

1. Hot-dip galvanize steel and iron hardware indicated to be galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M. 2. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Commercial steel sheet, hot-dip galvanized, complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M for not less than G60 (Z180) coating designation; mill phosphatized.

B. Powder-Coat Finish: Prepare, treat, and coat ferrous metal to comply with resin manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:

1. Apply thermosetting polyester or acrylic urethane powder coating with cured-film thickness not less than 1.5 mils (0.04 mm).

C. Baked-Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-enamel finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions for applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm).

D. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.9 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES

A. Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish.

B. Bright, Cold-Rolled, Unpolished Finish: No. 2B finish on exposed faces.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playfield Equipment Modernization & Energy Conservation 11680- 7 Improvements at Various Developments

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site clearing, earthwork, site surface and subgrade drainage, and other conditions affecting performance.

1. Do not begin installation before final grading required for placing protective surfacing is completed, unless otherwise permitted by Architect. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Verify locations of playground perimeter and pathways. Verify that playground layout and equipment locations comply with requirements for each type and component of equipment.

3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Anchor playground equipment securely, positioned at locations and elevations indicated.

1. Maximum Equipment Height: Coordinate installed heights of equipment and components with finished elevations of protective surfacing. Set equipment so fall heights and elevation requirements for age group use and accessibility are within required limits. Verify that playground equipment elevations comply with requirements for each type and component of equipment.

B. Post and Footing Excavation: Excavate holes for posts and footings as indicated in firm, undisturbed or compacted subgrade soil.

C. Post Set on Subgrade: Level bearing surfaces with drainage fill to required elevation.

D. Post Set with Concrete Footing: Comply with ACI 301 for measuring, batching, mixing, transporting, forming, and placing concrete.

1. Set equipment posts in concrete footing. Protect portion of posts above footing from concrete splatter. Verify that posts are set plumb or at the correct angle, alignment, height, and spacing.

a. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Hold posts in position during placement and finishing operations until concrete is sufficiently cured.

2. Embedded Items: Use setting drawings and manufacturer's written instructions to ensure correct installation of anchorages for equipment. 3. Concrete Footings: Smooth top, and shape to shed water.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playfield Equipment Modernization & Energy Conservation 11680- 8 Improvements at Various Developments

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

B. Arrange for playground equipment manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect playground and playground equipment and components during installation and at final completion and to certify compliance with the following:

1. ASTM F 1487. 2. CPSC No. 325.

C. Notify Architect 48 hours in advance of date and time of final inspection.

END OF SECTION 11680

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ Playfield Equipment Modernization & Energy Conservation 11680- 9 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 15010 – HVAC SCOPE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The work to be performed under these specifications and the accompanying drawings comprises the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, and other services and facilities necessary for the complete installation of, but not necessarily limited to the following:

1. Disconnect existing gas furnaces from the existing supply and return ductwork, electrical service/wiring, gas service/piping and flue pipe. Cap existing flue piping. Remove existing furnaces from the sites.

2. Furnish and install new gas fired furnaces with all accessories as specified. Reconnect furnaces to existing supply and return ductwork, electric service and gas piping. Provide duct transitions as required for a complete hook-up to the existing air system. Clean interior of all existing ductwork. Extend existing electrical service (wiring) and gas piping to the new furnaces as required for a complete and properly operating system.

3. Furnish and install a condensate pump with all furnaces. Connect pump to existing electric service to furnace. Condensate pump discharge shall be piped overhead (no tripping hazards) and terminate at nearest washer drain or slop sink. Start up and run furnace prior to hooking up condensate pump to burn off equipment oil.

4. Provide a 24” x 24” precast, 2” thick concrete pad for furnaces to mount furnaces on at the 13-7 and 13-8 sites. The 13-17 and 13-18 sites have existing concrete pads that will be reused.

5. Replace existing thermostat in living spaces and all thermostat wiring back to the furnaces with new. Thermostat shall be “Pro 5000” as manufactured by Honeywell.

8. New openings in existing exterior wall for concentric flue shall be by this Contractor.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 NOT APPLICABLE

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ HVAC SCOPE Modernization & Energy Conservation 15010 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 NOT APPLICABLE

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ HVAC SCOPE Modernization & Energy Conservation 15010 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 15011 – PLUMBING SCOPE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The work to be performed under these Specifications shall include providing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to furnish and install, complete, properly, and fully all plumbing work as shown on the Drawings or herein specified. It is the intent of these Specifications that a complete operating system be installed; this Contractor shall carefully examine the site, drawings, and Specifications, and shall include all items necessary to accomplish this purpose. The work, in general, shall include, but shall not be limited to the following:

1. Provide sanitary drainage systems as indicated. Extend sanitary sewers to the municipal sanitary sewer system as indicated.

2. Provide a natural gas service, arranged as detailed.

3. Provide interior sanitary and vent drainage system as indicated, including floor drains, cleanouts, traps, and vents.

4. Provide interior domestic hot and cold water distribution systems as indicated. Provide valves and backflow preventers.

5. Testing, adjusting and balancing all plumbing piping and equipment.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

This part is not applicable to this section.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

This part is not applicable to this section.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Plumbing Scope Modernization & Energy Conservation 15011 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 15050 - BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 HVAC WORK

A. The word "building" used throughout these specifications shall be interpreted to mean the entire Building Complex, including additions and all remodeled existing building areas at the site.

B. The actual runs and locations of all piping, ductwork, equipment, etc., shall be determined at the site and shall be installed to meet the various conditions at the building. It is, however, the HVAC Contractor's responsibility to predetermine the exact locations of ductwork, piping, and equipment. Any changes necessary to conceal pipes, ductwork or clear existing pipes and equipment shall be made without additional expense to the Owner.

C. All work shall be executed and all equipment constructed and installed in accordance with the requirements of the Department of Labor and Industry, ASME, Department of Environmental Resources, Department of Labor, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, OSHA, National Fire Protection Association, the National Electrical Code as amended to date of bidding, and all federal, state, county and local ordinances and regulations. Nothing contained in these specifications or shown on the drawings shall be construed to conflict with the aforesaid codes, ordinances, or regulations. Refer to the General Conditions of the Contract.

D. The Contractor shall carefully examine the general building drawings and all mechanical and electrical drawings, and carry on his work in an expedient manner. As the work in the building nears completion, all threading, cutting, etc., shall be done where directed by the Professional. The Contractor shall review the phasing schedule and meet all requirements of the schedule. The building must be kept in use at all times.

E. The terms "The Contractor" or "This Contractor" or "the HVAC Contractor" mentioned in these specifications refers to the Contractor responsible for the work and equipment included in these specifications. Non-named suppliers must be approved prior to bidding.

F. The HVAC Contractor will provide openings in walls, floors, ceilings, and partitions of new and existing construction to receive pipe lines, risers, ducts, wiring and other equipment. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing and installation of lintels in existing construction.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ BASIC HVAC MATERIALS & METHODS Modernization & Energy Conservation 15050 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

G. The HVAC Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary structural steel members (including all lintels for HVAC openings in existing walls) for the proper support of all piping, ductwork, and equipment furnished and installed under this Contract.

H. This Contractor shall do all cutting and patching required for the installation of his work.

I. Advance work as rapidly as possible to permit the heating systems to be used when they are required for all areas of the building. The installation of equipment shall follow the phasing schedule. Instruct the Operating Personnel as to the proper care and maintenance of all systems.

J. Equipment and materials of similar types shall be of the same manufacturer unless specifically indicated otherwise on the drawings or herein specified. All materials shall be strictly in accordance with the quality, style, and sizes as specified herein. Manufacturers' names and plate numbers are given in the specifications to denote a standard of quality, style, size, and type and shall not be construed to exclude material of other manufacturers. The Contractor shall make final connections between all equipment furnished under this Contract.

K. The materials used throughout shall be those of reputable manufacturers and shall be new and the best of their respective kinds. All equipment, components and materials shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with best trade practices, manufacturer's recommendations, and applicable codes and standards and by men skilled in each particular branch of the work assigned to them. All work shall be installed subject to the approval of the Professional.

L. A complete list of materials proposed for each installation shall be submitted to the Professional for approval before delivery to the site. The Contractor shall submit samples of materials for approval at the site as requested by the Professional. Refer to the General Conditions of the Contract.

M. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for all apparatus, equipment and appurtenances furnished by him or his Subcontractors in connection with the work, and special care shall be taken to protect all parts thereof in such manner as may be necessary or as may be directed. Protection shall include covers, crating, sheds, or other means to prevent dirt, grit, plaster, or other foreign substances from entering the working parts of machinery or equipment. Special care shall be taken to keep all open ends of pipes, etc., closed while in storage and during installation. Where equipment must be stored outside the building, it shall be totally covered and secured with heavy waterproof tarps and kept dry at all times. Where equipment has been subjected to moisture, it shall be suitably dried out before placed in service. Materials and equipment shall be stored in areas designated by the Professional.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ BASIC HVAC MATERIALS & METHODS Modernization & Energy Conservation 15050 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

N. Grades, elevations and locations shown on the drawings are approximately correct; however, the Contractor shall field check and otherwise verify all such data at the site before proceeding with the work.

O. The Contractor shall visit the site and thoroughly acquaint himself with conditions existing at the site before submitting his proposal as he will be held responsible for the installation of the work complete in every detail. The Contractor shall especially review the phasing schedule and ensure compliance with this schedule.

P. All work shown on the drawings and not specifically included in the specifications shall be considered a part of the Contract work. All work included in the specifications and not specifically included on the drawings shall also be considered a part of the Contract work.

Q. Carefully examine all drawings included under this Contract and report any discrepancies noticed to the Professional as this contractor shall be responsible for the HVAC system installation in its entirety.

R. Due to the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, valves, dampers, access panels, and similar parts that may be required. The drawings are diagrammatic and generally indicative of the work to be installed. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting the work and arrange all work accordingly, furnishing necessary parts and equipment as may be required to meet the various conditions.

S. Contractor shall layout his work from dimensions of equipment being installed. Layouts in congested areas should not be scaled from Mechanical and Electrical Drawings. Clearances shall be provided on all sides of equipment as required for proper maintenance purposes and as required by the Department of Labor and Industry.

T. The Contractor shall furnish the services of manufacturers' representatives for all equipment furnished under these Contract Documents. The amount of factory service provided by the Contractor shall be as normally recommended and furnished by the various equipment manufacturers unless specified otherwise. Testing of such systems and equipment shall be made under the direct supervision of competent authorized service representatives. Any and all expenses incurred by the equipment manufacturers' representatives shall be borne by the Contractor.

U. All equipment and materials shall be manufactured in accordance with national standards established by manufacturer's associations, engineering and testing societies, such as NBMA, NEMA, ASTM, AMCA, ASME, ANSI, ACI, etc., where such standards have been established.

V. When the installation is reported in writing by the Contractor to be complete and ready for acceptance, tests and inspection shall be made by the Contractor in the

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ BASIC HVAC MATERIALS & METHODS Modernization & Energy Conservation 15050 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

presence of the Professional to ascertain whether it complies with the specifications and Contract, and upon its failure to do so, the Contractor shall at once remedy all defects and shortcomings and any additional tests that may be required shall be entirely at the Contractor's expense. All of the testing work shall be done when and as directed by the Professional before the system is accepted.

W. The Professional/Engineer reserve the right to revise locations of piping, ductwork, locations of equipment, etc., within the building as long as sizes remain the same.

X. In all cases where equipment and materials are specified in the singular or plural number, it is intended that such reference shall apply to as many such items as are required to complete the installation.

Y. All moving parts of equipment and appurtenances installed under this Contract shall be properly lubricated by the Contractor.

1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall submit to the Professional for review, a minimum of five (5) sets of shop drawings and/or product data. All brochures and formats must be approved by the Professional. Submit the following for each system.

1. Equipment warranties.

2. Contractors' warranties.

3. Parts lists and manuals for all equipment.

4. Operating instructions (in writing).

5. Written instructions on maintenance and care of the systems.

6. Lubrication and recommended spare parts.

B. Submit shop drawings and manufacturer's data for the following items in accordance with the Contract Documents:

1. Gas fired Furnace and accessories (filter kit, concentric vent kit, condensate neutralizer kit).

2. Condensate pumps.

3. Thermostats.

C. The submissions are the Contractor's documents, and the Professional's and Engineer's approval constitutes an acknowledgment that the documents have

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ BASIC HVAC MATERIALS & METHODS Modernization & Energy Conservation 15050 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments

been submitted and nothing more. It is the Contractor's responsibility to check his own submissions for compliance with the Contract Documents and job conditions.

D. Any deviations from the design documents must be clearly identified so that the Engineer may properly review such items. It shall not be the Engineer’s responsibility to search out these discrepancies. If such changes are not properly flagged for the Engineer’s review, the Contractor shall be completely responsible for all consequences said changes may result in on the project.

1.4 MECHANICAL PLANS

A. The mechanical plans are intended to be diagrammatic and are based on one (1) manufacturer's equipment. They are not intended to show every item in its exact location, the exact dimensions or all the details of the equipment. The Contractor shall verify the actual dimensions of any specified or substituted materials and equipment to ensure that they will fit in the available space. All apparatus shall be located as closely as conditions will permit and deviations there from shall be made only with the consent of the Engineer and without additional charge. The right is reserved by the Engineer to make any reasonable changes in the location of the equipment prior to rough-in without invoking additional expense.

1.5 SCHEDULE OF WORK

A. The Contractor shall arrange his work to comply with the Professional’s schedule and the published or revised phasing schedule. The Contractor shall submit a complete schedule of work to the Professional for approval at the beginning of the Contract in accordance with the phasing schedule. The schedule shall clearly indicate the proposed order in which the various parts of the work will be undertaken and the estimated time required for the completion of each particular part of the work. All work shall be coordinated with work being performed by contractors of other trades, with the Owner and phasing schedule.

B. The schedule of work may be revised periodically during the course of construction, but each revised schedule must be approved by the Professional.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Applicable

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CLEANING

A. For cleaning, refer to the General Conditions of the Contract.

B. Any stoppage or any discoloration or other damage to any part of the building, its finish or furnishings due to the Contractor's failure to properly clean, shall be repaired by the Contractor without cost to the Owner.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ BASIC HVAC MATERIALS & METHODS Modernization & Energy Conservation 15050 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments

C. All equipment installed under this Contract, and furnishings and finishes soiled or damaged due to the work included under this Contract shall be thoroughly cleaned as required to remove plaster, dust, paint splashes, labels and debris.

3.2 INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATING PERSONNEL

A. The Contractor and his subcontractors shall satisfactorily complete the systems so that they are functional and operating to the satisfaction of the Professional. All systems, their controls and their sequencing must be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Professional.

B. The Contractor shall furnish the services of qualified personnel, approved by the Professional and thoroughly familiar with the completed installation to instruct the permanent operating personnel in the proper operation of all systems included under this Contract and the proper care of all equipment and apparatus.

C. When instructions are provided under this Contract, the Contractor shall have in his possession three copies of an identifying letter which shall list the names of the Contractor's qualified instruction personnel including manufacturers' representatives and subcontractors that will be giving instructions. Likewise on the same letter, spaces shall be provided for the Owner's personnel who will receive the instructions. After instructions have been given and received for each system, the Contractor's representatives and subcontractors shall sign and date the letter, and the Owner's personnel shall sign and date the letter acknowledging that they have received adequate instructions for operating and maintaining the systems and equipment. One signed copy shall be delivered to the Owner, one copy to the Professional, and one copy shall be retained by the Contractor.

D. In addition to the verbal instructions outlined above, the Contractor and his manufacturers' representatives and subcontractors shall furnish written basic instructions indicating the proper operation of each system and associated equipment. Each manufacturer shall also submit a brochure on his equipment including instructions on operation, lubrication, recommended spare parts, and instructions on preventative, routine, and breakdown maintenance. All brochures and formats must be approved by the Professional.

E. The Contractor shall combine the written instructions and the manufacturers' equipment brochures in complete volumes with hard back binders which shall be turned over to the Owner before final acceptance of the Contract work. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with three (3) complete sets of the manuals indexed by equipment and by manufacturer. The Contractor shall obtain two copies of a signed receipt from the Owner for the written instructions and equipment brochures. One copy of the receipt shall be delivered to the Professional and one copy retained by the Contractor.

F. It is the intent that this entire system with its complement of equipment and auxiliary equipment operate properly in accordance with the design concept and

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ BASIC HVAC MATERIALS & METHODS Modernization & Energy Conservation 15050 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments

functional intent. It is also the intent that the Owner be given complete instructions for the proper operation and maintenance of the entire system.

3.3 RECORD DRAWINGS

The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of blue-line prints at the site and shall record all deviations in his work (in RED ink or pencil) from that indicated on the Contract Drawings. Dimensions must be recorded using permanent reference points such as columns, building walls and like items. These record drawings must be turned over to the Owner prior to final acceptance.

3.4 WARRANTY

A. Warranties for HVAC work shall be one (1) year from date of final payment. Refer to the General Conditions of the Contract for more details.

B. Certain equipment shall be warranted or guaranteed for longer than one (1) year from date of final payment where specifically mentioned in these specifications.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ BASIC HVAC MATERIALS & METHODS Modernization & Energy Conservation 15050 - 7 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 15051 – BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 PLUMBING WORK

A. These Specifications are issued to cover all work in connection with the complete installation of the plumbing work. Plumbing work is hereby defined to include work as herein specified and as shown on the Drawings issued in connection with this project. Any reference in these Specifications to the Contractor shall hereby be considered a reference to the Plumbing Contractor. Any reference or letting of work to subcontractors or manufacturers in these Specifications does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the work, materials, and equipment under this Contract. The Plumbing Contractor is responsible for the work and performance of his subcontractors.

B. The word “building” used throughout these Specifications shall be interpreted to mean the entire Building Complex.

C. The actual runs and locations of all piping, equipment, and materials shall be determined at the site and shall be installed to meet the various conditions at the building. It is, however, the Contractor's responsibility to predetermine the exact locations of piping and equipment, and to notify the other contractors accordingly and prior to any installation to avoid confliction with other piping and equipment. Any changes necessary to conceal pipes or clear pipes and equipment of other trades shall be made without additional expense to the Owner.

D. All work shall be executed and all equipment constructed and installed in accordance with the requirements of the Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry, applicable IBC Codes, the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection, ASME, the Department of Labor, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, OSHA, the National Fire Protection Association, the National Electrical Code as amended to date of bidding, and all applicable federal, state, county and local ordinances and regulations. Nothing contained in these Specifications or shown on the Drawings shall be construed to conflict with the aforesaid codes, ordinances, or regulations. Certificates of approval shall be obtained from any department issuing same, and shall be turned over to the Owner at the completion of the work. All fees and permits required shall be satisfied and obtained by the Contractor and the cost shall be included in the Contract price.

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

E. The Contractor shall carefully examine the general building drawings, all mechanical and electrical drawings, and carry on his work so as not to delay or interfere with the work of other trades. The Contractor shall obtain in writing from the other contractors such data as is necessary to coordinate his work with other branches. This coordination must take place prior to any piping or equipment installation. As the work in the building nears completion, all threading, cutting, and similar work shall be done where directed by the Architect. Upon completion of the work, all remaining waste materials and rubbish resulting from the Contract work shall be removed from the building and premises.

F. Where the phrase "or approved equivalent," "or equivalent," or "approved" appears in these Specifications, it shall refer to the prior to bidding approval of the Architect/Engineer on the material or equipment involved. Substitutions of non-named suppliers after bidding shall be summarily rejected.

G. The term "Provide" means to furnish and install. The term "Furnish", used separately, means to obtain and deliver on the job for installation by other trades.

H. The General Contractor will provide chases and openings in walls, floors, ceilings, and partitions of new construction to receive pipe piping, risers, and other equipment insofar as it is possible to predetermine the exact location, but the Contractor shall install his work sufficiently in advance of the building construction to permit his work to be built into place. The Contractor shall advise the General Contractor of the exact size and location of all chases and openings required for the installation of his work, and shall check size and location of all such chases and openings provided by the General Contractor.

I. The Contractor shall furnish and place all sleeves required for pipes passing through new floors, walls and ceilings before such general construction work is built into place. The Contractor shall place all inserts required for hangers and supports, as the construction work progresses, so that unnecessary cutting of construction work will be eliminated.

J. Equipment and materials of similar types shall be of the same manufacturer unless specifically indicated otherwise on the Drawings or herein specified. The Contractor shall make final connections between all equipment furnished under this Contract and equipment furnished under other contracts, except as otherwise specified herein.

K. The materials used throughout shall be those of reputable manufacturers and shall be the best of their respective kinds. All equipment, components and materials shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with best trade practices, manufacturer’s recommendations, and applicable codes and standards and by persons skilled in each particular branch of the work assigned to them. All work shall be installed subject to the approval of the Architect.

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

L. A complete list of materials proposed for each installation shall be submitted to the Architect for approval before delivery to the site. The Contractor shall submit samples of materials for approval at the site as requested by the Architect. Such materials may be incorporated into the structures after serving their purpose as samples.

M. Where the Contractor elects to substitute approved materials or equipment for materials or equipment specified, the Contractor will be held responsible for all architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical changes required for their installation at no additional cost to the Owner. If additional engineering design is required, the Contractor shall reimburse the design engineer all costs.

N. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for all apparatus, equipment and appurtenances furnished by him or his Subcontractors in connection with the work, and special care shall be taken to protect all parts thereof in such manner as may be necessary or as may be directed. Protection shall include covers, crating, sheds, or other means to prevent dirt, grit, plaster, or other foreign substances from entering the working parts of machinery or equipment. Special care shall be taken to keep all open ends of pipes, etc., closed while in storage and during installation. Where equipment must be stored outside the building, it shall be totally covered and secured with heavy waterproof tarps and kept dry at all times. Where equipment has been subject to moisture, it shall be suitably dried out before placed in service. Rusted piping, interior or exterior of piping, will not be permitted for installation. Equipment with rusted finishes will not be permitted before or after installation. Materials and equipment shall be stored in areas designated by the Architect.

O. The Contractor or his subcontractors will not be permitted to use corridors as storage areas for their piping, materials, or equipment. Piping, materials, and equipment shall be stored in areas as coordinated with the Architect.

P. Grades, elevations and locations shown on the Drawings are approximately correct; however, the Contractor shall field check and otherwise verify all such data at the site before proceeding with the work. The Contractor shall make necessary survey equipment available at all times and shall make use of such equipment wherever necessary to properly install his piping or equipment.

Q. The Contractor shall visit the site and thoroughly acquaint himself with conditions existing at the site before submitting his proposal as will be held responsible for the installation of the work complete in every detail. The Contractor shall especially review the Architect’s phasing schedule and ensure compliance with this schedule.

R. All work shown on the Drawings and not specifically included in the Specifications shall be considered a part of the Contract work. All work included in the Specifications and not specifically included on the Drawings shall also be considered a part of the Contract work.

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

S. Carefully examine all Drawings and Specifications included under this Contract and Drawings and Specifications included under other contracts and report any discrepancies noticed to the Architect.

T. Due to the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, valves, access panels, adapters, and similar parts which may be required. The Drawings are diagrammatic generally indicative of the work to be installed. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting the work and arrange all work accordingly, furnishing necessary parts and equipment as may be required to meet the various conditions.

U. The Contractor shall layout his work from dimensions of Architectural and Structural Drawings and actual dimensions of equipment being installed. Layouts in congested areas should not be scaled from Plumbing, Fire Protection, HVAC and Electrical Drawings. Clearances shall be provided on all sides of equipment as required for proper maintenance purposes and as required by the Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry.

V. The Contractor shall furnish the services of manufacturers' representatives for all equipment furnished under these Contract Documents. The amount of factory service provided by the Contractor shall be as normally recommended and furnished by the various equipment manufacturers unless specified otherwise. Testing of such systems and equipment shall be made under the direct supervision of competent authorized service representatives. Any and all expenses incurred by the equipment manufacturers' representatives shall be borne by the Contractor.

W. All equipment and materials shall be manufactured in accordance with national standards established by manufacturer's associations, engineering and testing societies, such as NBMA, NEMA, ASTM, AMCA, ASME, ANSI, ACI, FM, U.L., where such standards have been established. The standards shall be construed to mean their correct specifications and designations as amended, as of the date of bid opening.

X. When the installation is reported in writing by the Contractor to be complete and ready for acceptance, tests and inspection shall be made by the Contractor in the presence of the Architect to ascertain whether it complies with the Specifications and Contract, and upon its failure to do so, the Contractor shall at once remedy all defects and shortcomings and any additional tests that may be required shall be entirely at the Contractor's expense. All of the testing work shall be done when and as directed by the Architect before the system is accepted.

Y. Include any excavation and backfill as required for work included under this Contract, as herein specified. Work shall conform to all applicable federal, state, county, and local regulations governing safety provisions at excavation sites.

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Z. The General Contractor will install insulation with vapor barrier in certain areas of the building. Where the building insulation or vapor barrier is broken due to the installation of piping and equipment, the Contractor shall properly repair all insulation and seal all openings with vapor barrier covering and vapor barrier adhesive, of types installed with the insulation.

AA. The Architect reserves the right to revise locations of piping and equipment within the building, as long as sizes remain the same. The Contractor should include suitable allowance in his bid price for the above.

BB. In all cases where equipment and materials are specified in the singular or plural number, it is intended that such reference shall apply to as many such items as are required to complete the installation.

CC. Where piping or other equipment passes through fire or smoke barrier stops, walls, floors, or ceilings, this Contractor shall furnish and install sleeves and shall thoroughly seal openings around sleeves, pipes, and equipment with fire and smoke resistant materials. Materials shall be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor as required to maintain the fire rating of the walls, partitions, ceilings and floors in accordance with the requirements of NFPA, the Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry, and other applicable codes.

DD. All moving parts of equipment and appurtenances installed shall be properly lubricated by the Contractor.

EE. The Contractor will be responsible for the completion of all work included under this Contract and shall employ skilled and qualified tradespeople as necessary to satisfy all work and trades.

FF. All capped or plugged connections shall be suitable for permanent, gastight installations.

1.3 CODE COMPLIANCE

A. All plumbing work and materials shall comply with all applicable codes. Energy conservation shall be provided for plumbing systems as described in The International Energy Conservation Code.

1.4 ROUGH-IN

A. This Contractor shall verify roughing-in dimensions for all fixtures and equipment prior to roughing-in for such fixtures and equipment.

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Shop drawings submittals shall not be regarded as installation manuals. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain installation recommendations from the manufacturer of each item of the equipment.

B. This Contractor shall submit prints of shop drawings and manufacturers’ data for approval in the manner prescribed. Refer to this section for “Required Submittals”.

1.6 RESPONSIBILITIES OF BIDDERS

A. Before ordering any material or doing any work, this Contractor shall verify all measurements at the site and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. Any differences encountered between the site measurements and those shown on the Drawings shall be submitted to the Architect for consideration before proceeding with the work.

B. This Contractor is assumed to be skilled in the trade and is solely responsible for compliance with health and safety regulations, performing the work in a safe and competent manner, and installation procedures required for the work as outlined in these documents.

C. This Contract is all-inclusive of the work indicated on the Drawings and herein specified, and no separate Contract work, supplementary labor or service will be provided by the Owner, except as otherwise noted on the Drawings or herein specified.

D. If any part of the installation specified or shown on the Drawings to be executed under this Contract requires a trade or classification of mechanics other than is normally directly employed by this Contractor, it shall be expressly understood that this Contractor shall sublet or engage mechanics experienced in each explicit trade involved to execute the work for the Contractor.

1.7 SCAFFOLDING AND RIGGING

A. This Contractor shall provide all the scaffolding required to do the work included in this Contract. All necessary precautions must be taken in high risk areas. Provide temporary rigging, as required, to install work.

1.8 DRAWINGS

A. The drawings are intended to be diagrammatic and are based on one (1) manufacturer's equipment. They are not intended to show every item in its exact location, the exact dimensions, or all the details of the equipment. The Contractor shall verify the actual dimensions of any substituted materials and equipment to ensure that they will fit in the available space. All apparatus shall be located and all pipes run in the manner and locations shown thereon as

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

closely as conditions will permit, and deviations therefrom shall be made only with the consent of the Architect, and without additional charge to the Owner.

1.9 TEN-DAY PRIOR APPROVAL

A. Any equipment or components proposed for this project, other than model numbers named in the bid documents, shall have pertinent submittal data and descriptive cover sheet submitted to the Architect ten (10) days prior to the bid date for inclusion in an addendum, if and when, reviewed and accepted for bidding.

B. This is for prebid review and is not to be regarded as submittals required for construction.

C. Bidder shall base the bid on items of equipment actually named in bid documents or addendums issued prior to bidding. Verbal acceptance will not be recognized unless verified in writing. It is the Bidders' responsibility to ascertain that all equipment has been accepted by requiring copies of the Architect’s written acceptance from the Equipment Suppliers.

1.10 WARRANTIES

A. The Contractor shall warrant that the materials and workmanship used in the erection of this installation are as herein specified, and he shall provide all labor and materials required to make good any defects in same which become apparent within one year from date of acceptance of beneficial, permanent use of completed work in writing, providing such defects are due to faulty materials or workmanship and not to misuse of apparatus by the Owner, its employees, or tenants. Certain equipment shall be warranted or guaranteed for longer than one year from date of final acceptance where specifically mentioned in these specifications. This warranty shall be in writing and shall include written copies of factory warranties and expiration dates on items of equipment where the warranty date might differ from the acceptance date. No warranty shall start before the acceptance date. The acceptance will be for complete sections. No partial acceptance will be approved.

B. The equipment and materials manufacturers are expected to recognize that they are responsible for the failure of their products to perform in accordance with data furnished by them or their authorized representatives as well as misrepresentations of such data. When the products have been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's published or written instructions and recommendations and such products fail, then the Contractor and the manufacturers are responsible for replacement of the products and all associated work and materials without additional cost to the Owner. This warranty applies to all items supplied on the equipment and not just those that are the product of the manufacturer.

C. The Contractors' warranty shall include at least two (2) inspections of the system to repair and replace any items found to be defective during this period. The first Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 7 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

shall be approximately six (6) months after the acceptance of the system and the second at the end of the first year.

1.11 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS

A. Shop drawing submittals shall be clearly marked to show the intended item with identification as to unit number or other marking to show location, service, and function. Submittals not marked to identify the equipment and application will be rejected.

B. Prior acceptance of equipment, per the shop drawing procedure as specified in these documents, is required before installing equipment. Any equipment installed without prior acceptance shall be subject to rejection, whether specified or not. All costs for the removal of rejected equipment and materials, and all costs for the replacement of such equipment and materials with approved equipment and materials shall be incurred by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner.

C. The Equipment Supplier, by submitting, certifies that the materials or equipment proposed is satisfactory for the application intended, including adverse conditions that may prevail at the job site, and that the materials and equipment are in current production with no known plans to cease production.

D. The Contractor agrees that submittals processed by the Architect are not change orders; that the purpose of submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the Architect that the Contractor understands the design concept; and that this understanding is demonstrated by indicating which equipment and materials the Contractor intends to furnish and install and the fabrication and installation method that the Contractor intends to use.

E. The Contractor further agrees that if deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between submittals, and Contract documents are discovered either prior to or after submittals are processed by the Architect; the Contract documents shall control and shall be followed.

F. At the close of the job, prior to final review, five (5) bound indexed copies with hard back binders of the following for each system and associated equipment shall be submitted by transmittal to the Architect for review and acceptance. All brochures and formats must be approved by the Architect.

G. Approved cut sheets for all installed job specific equipment, such as fixtures, fixture trim, drains of all types, water heating equipment,fire protection equipment, piping specialties, pumps, and other items. Generic type cut sheets will be rejected without review and must be resubmitted for approval.

H. Manufacturers’ names, addresses, and telephone numbers of each installed job specific fixture and equipment. Also included shall be the manufacturers’ representatives names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 8 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

I. Fully completed test reports as required by job conditions and specifications.

J. Equipment warranties.

K. Contractors' warranties.

L. Parts lists and operating and maintenance manuals for all fixtures and equipment; not generic, but for each specific piece of equipment or fixture installed.

M. Operating instructions (in writing).

N. Written instructions on operating, preventative, routine, and breakdown maintenance, and care of the systems.

O. Lubrication and recommended spare parts.

P. The Contractor shall obtain two copies of a signed receipt from the Owner for the written instructions, equipment brochures, cut sheets, operating and maintenance manuals, manufacturers’ and representatives’ data, warranties, and test reports. One copy of the receipt shall be delivered to the Architect, one copy to the Owner, and one copy shall be retained by the Contractor.

Q. Submit shop drawings and manufacturer's data for the following items in accordance with the Contract Documents. Additional items may be required at the Architect's discretion.

1. Piping for all types of systems.

2. Hangers, supports, flexible connectors, inserts and pipe sleeves.

3. Valves of all types, including mixing, check, ball, etc.

4. Backflow preventers of all types.

5. Gas regulators; gas meters.

1.12 UTILITIES AND PROTECTION OF SERVICES

A. Do not interrupt any utility or service without adequate previous notice and schedule.

B. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, repair, replace and maintain in service any utilities, facilities or services (underground, overground, interior or exterior) damaged, broken or otherwise rendered inoperative during the course of construction. The material used by the Contractor shall be approved by the Architect.

C. Refer to “Excavation and Backfill” for site underground utility marking strips. Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 9 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

1.13 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of blue-line prints at the site and shall record all deviations in his work (in red) from that indicated on the Contract Drawings. Dimensions must be recorded using permanent reference points such as columns, building walls and like items. These record drawings must be turned over to the Owner prior to final acceptance.

1.14 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER’S OPERATING PERSONNEL

A. The Contractor and his subcontractors shall satisfactorily complete the systems so that they are functional and operating to the satisfaction of the Architect. All systems, their controls and their sequencing must be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Architect.

B. The Contractor shall furnish the services of qualified personnel, approved by the Architect and thoroughly familiar with the completed installation, to instruct the Owner’s permanent operating personnel in the proper operation of all systems included under this Contract and the proper care of all equipment and apparatus. These services shall be furnished for a period of two (2) 8- hour days after the operation of the building has been taken over by the Owner.

C. When instructions are provided under this Contract, the Contractor shall have in his possession three copies of an identifying letter which shall list the names of the Contractor’s qualified instruction personnel, including manufacturer’s representatives and subcontractors that will be giving instructions. Likewise on the same letter, spaces shall be provided for the Owner’s personnel who will receive the instructions. After instructions have been given and received for each system, the Contractor’s representatives and subcontractors shall sign and date the letter, and the Owner’s personnel shall sign and date the letter acknowledging that they have received adequate instructions for operating and maintaining the systems and equipment. One signed copy shall be delivered to the Owner, one copy to the Architect, and one copy shall be retained by the Contractor.

D. It is the intent that the entire systems with their complement of equipment and auxiliary equipment operate properly in accordance with the design concept and functional intent. It is also the intent that the Owner be given complete instructions for the proper operation and maintenance of all systems.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. All products shall be first-line quality, of grade and type shown on the Drawings, and specified or equivalents accepted by the Architect in writing.

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 10 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

B. All products shall be in current production with no notice having been given that this product is to be drastically changed, modified or discontinued from production.

C. The Supplier, by submitting, certifies that the equipment being proposed is proper for the application intended and that it has the capacity called for on the Drawings or in the Specifications.

2.2 COMPLETE SYSTEM

A. All products, materials, and accessories shall be furnished, and installed as required, for a complete system ready for the Owner’s beneficial use.

2.3 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DEVIATIONS

A. When any material or equipment is identified on the drawings or in the Specifications by reference to a manufacturer's name or model number; it is intended to establish a required standard of design and quality; and it is not intended to limit competition.

B. When the Drawings and/or Specifications indicate one or more manufacturers' names for materials or equipment, the Bidder may submit a bid based on materials or equipment of manufacturers not named but considered by the Bidder to be equivalent to the standard of design and quality specified; however, such substitutions must be accepted by the Architect as equivalent. If the Bidder elects to bid on a substitution without securing written consent of the Architect prior to receipt of the bids, then it will be understood that proof of compliance with the specified requirements is the direct responsibility of the Bidder, and no such materials or equipment may be purchased or installed without written acceptance.

C. Bidders are advised to ascertain such acceptance from their Suppliers by requesting copies of acceptance in writing signed by the Architect from their Suppliers.

2.4 TAMPERPROOF SCREWS

A. All screws exposed to view on plumbing equipment installed under this Contract, such as on wall access panels, fixtures and trim, floor drains, cleanouts, water coolers, and similar equipment, shall be tamperproof type. Screws shall be vandalproof slot type, Holt head, Allen head, or similar types. Phillips head screws are not regarded as tamperproof.

B. Finish of screws shall match the finish of equipment in which they are being installed.

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 11 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

2.5 ACCESS PANELS

A. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish factory-fabricated access panels for access to all concealed valves, shock absorbers, air vents, traps, trap primers, strainers, cleanouts, plumbing equipment, fire protection equipment, and other items where no other means of access is available. Access panels shall be of appropriate size but not less than 18", except as otherwise noted on the drawings, flush type, hinged to drop down and out, concealed hinge and vandalproof operated spanner head cam lock, stainless steel in tile work and prime coated sheet steel in plaster or acoustical tile of all types. The Plumbing Contractor shall deliver access panels to the General Contractor for installation. Exact locations of panels shall be determined by the Plumbing Contractor, but panels shall be located for a symmetrical appearance. Access panels are not required at lift-out removable tile ceilings.

B. At locations where indirect waste access is required, access panel doors shall be louvered. Louvered panel doors shall be as manufactured by Cierra Products, or approved equivalent.

C. At locations where access panels are installed in fire-rated construction, access panels shall contain the 1-1/2 hour fire-rated "B" label; and in addition, shall also be provided with layers of gypsum wall board in thicknesses which will supply additional fire ratings equal to the fire ratings of adjacent construction.

D. Coordinate with the General Contractor on fire ratings of construction.

E. Access panels shall be Cierra Products, Acudor, Zurn, or approved equivalent.

2.6 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS

A. The Contractor shall provide sleeves for all piping and equipment passing through walls, floors and foundations. Sleeves, in general, shall be constructed of Schedule 40 steel pipe. Space between pipe and sleeve shall be sealed with a fire stopping material. Sleeves are not required for core- drilled holes; however, openings shall be filled with firestopping. Sleeves for large sewer piping which may pass through grade beams shall be Schedule 40 PVC. Provide openings through grade beams in accordance with Architect’s requirements.

B. All sleeves shall be of sufficient size to allow continuous passage of insulation where required.

C. Where pipe motion, due to expansion and contraction will occur, make sleeves of sufficient diameter to permit free movement of pipe.

D. Sleeve installations in exterior and designated interior walls, foundations and slab on grade floors shall consist of steel sleeves with the annular space between the carrier pipe and sleeve continuously filled with modular, mechanical type, interlocking synthetic rubber links. Sleeves shall be Model WS and links, Model LS,

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 12 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

all as manufactured by LINK-SEAL Division, Thunderline Corporation, Advance Products & Systems, Inc., or Metraflex.

E. Sleeves through fire rated construction shall be sealed as specified under the "Fire Stopping" section of this Specification.

F. Escutcheons, including at fixtures, floor, wall, and ceiling plates, shall be chrome, cast brass, setscrew type. Provide “deep type” escutcheons where required to conceal connections; use split ring backup escutcheons beneath deep escutcheons for extra depth where necessary. For insulated pipes, the escutcheon shall surround the outside of the insulation.

2.7 FIRE STOPPING

A. Seal openings of fire rated construction with a material or product that has been tested at an independent testing laboratory, such as UL, FM, etc. Fire stopping shall conform to ASTM E-814, UL 1479, or UL 2079, with fire ratings equal to or exceeding the fire rating of the construction involved (Refer to General Construction Documents). Fire stopping shall be UL classified, and shall be similar to RectorSeal Metacaulk, 3M brand Fire Barrier Penetration Sealing Systems, Hilti, or approved equivalent. Fire stopping of this type shall also be utilized for openings through smoke/fire rated construction. Refer also to applicable International Building Code Standards.

B. If desired by the Contractor and approved by local codes, the “Hydro Flame” pipe sleeving system will be acceptable, by Presealed Systems, 3M, Hilti, or approved equivalent. Penetration system shall be UL certified, a water/fire stop system, tested to ASTM E814. Flame Through/F-Rating: up to 3 hours. System shall be secure, waterproof, fire rated, smokeproof, protects against gases, prevents mold intrusion, and shall allow for pipe expansion and contraction.

C. If desired by the Contractor and approved by local codes, the "Pro Set" water/fire stop piping penetration systems also may be utilized. Penetration systems shall be UL certified and shall be the "Pro Set" System A, System B, or System C, 3M, Hilti, or approved equivalent.

D. Surfaces to which firestop materials will be applied shall be free of dirt, grease, oil, rust, release agencts, water repellents, and any other substances that may affect proper adhesion.

E. Comply with manufacturer’s recommendations for temperature and humidity conditions before, during, and after installation of firestopping.

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 13 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WORKMANSHIP

A. All work shall be performed by competent mechanics using proper tools and equipment to produce first-quality work. All work shall be neatly installed, accessible for maintenance, and complete with all accessories required.

3.2 ACCESSIBILITY

A. All equipment shall be installed in such away that all components requiring access (control operators, motors, drives, belts, valves, etc.) are so located and installed that they may be serviced, reset, replaced or recalibrated, etc. by service people with normal service tools and equipment. If any equipment or components are shown in such a position that this Contractor cannot comply with the above, the Contractor shall notify the Architect.

3.3 CODES, STANDARDS, AND REGULATIONS

A. All materials and workmanship shall comply with all applicable codes, federal and state laws, Specifications, local and county codes and ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations, NFPA, and NEC. In case of a difference between codes, Specifications, federal and state laws, local and county codes and ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations, NFPA, and NEC, and the Contract documents, the most stringent shall govern. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect in writing of any such difference.

B. Reference to the following codes shall mean:

REFERENCE DEFINITION

ASTM American Society for Testing Materials NFPA National Fire Protection Association UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. NEMA National Electric Manufacturers Association ANSI American National Standards Institute IBC International Building Code IPC International Plumbing Code NEC National Electrical Code

C. Should the Contractor perform any work that does not comply within the requirements of the applicable building codes, state laws and federal laws, local and county codes and ordinances, industry standards, utility company regulations, NFPA, and NEC, the Contractor shall bear all costs arising in correcting the deficiencies.

D. This Contractor is assumed to be skilled in the trade and is solely responsible for compliance with OSHA regulations, performing the work in a safe and competent Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 14 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

manner, and in installation procedures required for this work. All supervision assigned to this project shall be experienced in this type of work. This Contractor’s superintendent shall be designated as Safety Inspector, unless the Contractor designates another person and notifies the Architect of this change.

3.4 PERMITS, FEES, TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. The Contractor shall give all requisite notices, obtain and pay all deposits, permits, and fees, including connection fees, necessary for the installation, tests, and inspections of all work provided under this Specification, and included under this Contract. All tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Architect.

3.5 REVIEW BY ARCHITECT

A. This Contractor shall notify the Architect at the following stages of construction so that the Architect may visit the site for review and consultation:

1. When equipment installation starts.

2. When ceiling installation will cover any work not reviewed.

3. When any piping is to be permanently concealed by construction.

4. When any piping is to be permanently concealed by backfilling of trenches.

5. When testing is started.

B. Should the Contractor fail to notify the Architect at the times prescribed above, it shall then be the Contractor’s responsibility and cost to expose any concealed piping or demonstrate the acceptability of any part of the system. Any extra cost, caused by the removal of work by other trades, shall be borne by this Contractor, at no cost to the Owner.

3.6 EARLY START-UP

A. This Contractor shall do all possible to see that the plumbing and fire protection equipment is connected with electrical power as early as possible, so that final testing can be started. Should this Contractor be ready for operation and power is not available, the Electrical Contractor and the Architect shall be notified.

3.7 CLEANING AND PAINTING

A. Periodically remove from the building site all rubbish and accumulated materials.

B. At the completion of the project, thoroughly clean all equipment and remove all trash, cartons, and similar debris from the area. Make any necessary corrections or repair/replace any damaged materials or equipment. Leave the entire

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 15 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

systems in a thoroughly clean and orderly manner. Also, refer to “Cleaning and Treating of Pipe Systems”, Section 15106 (220520).

C. Where welding of pipe destroys factory pipe coating, piping shall be repainted. Any finished surfaces that have been scratched or discolored shall be touched up or repainted with paint to match the original color, to the satisfaction of the Architect. If any part has been bent, broken or otherwise damaged, it shall be replaced new prior to final review.

D. The following items of equipment and piping being furnished under this Contract shall be prime coated and finish painted by the Plumbing Contractor. Painting shall be in strict accordance with the requirements and recommendations of OSHA.

1. All equipment and piping installed outside the building exposed to weather. Colors shall be as selected by the Architect.

2. All non-galvanized and unpainted support steel, brackets, hangers, and other miscellaneous metals.

E. Color code and/or label all natural gas piping per Gas Company’s requirements.

F. Paint shall be of colors selected by the Architect.

G. Finish paint color samples shall be submitted to the Architect for approval.

H. Paint shall be as manufactured by Glidden, PPG, Rust-Oleum, Sherwin-Williams, or approved equivalent.

I. All painting shall be done in a careful, neat and workmanlike manner with particular care being exercised to protect building equipment and finishes. All surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, scale, dirt, grease, dust, and like items, and sanded so as to provide bond for new paint. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for cleaning all surfaces and should evidence appear to the Architect that the surface was not properly prepared, the Contractor shall remove paint, prepare surface and repaint as required at no additional cost.

J. The Contractor shall be responsible for painting his piping and equipment installed in finished areas after these areas have received finish painting by the General Contractor or in areas where the General Contractor is not painting.

3.8 PLUMBING SYSTEM LEAD BAN AND NOTIFICATION ACT

A. The Contractor shall install his work in accordance with the Pennsylvania Plumbing System Lead Ban and Notification Act. The Contractor shall certify that all materials used in the construction of the plumbing systems are lead free. This certification shall apply to all plumbing used for drinking water. The certification form shall be obtained from the Water Authority serving the building by the Contractor. Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 16 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

B. To be considered "lead free", solder and flux must not contain more than 0.2% lead. Pipe, fittings, and fixtures must not contain more than 8% lead.

C. Water service will not be provided by the Water Authority for building use until the plumbing system has been certified in compliance with these regulations.

3.10 MAINTENANCE

A. Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance of all equipment and apparatus included under this Contract until final project completion.

3.11 PLUMBING PLANS

A. The plumbing plans are intended to be diagrammatic and are based on one (1) manufacturer’s equipment. They are not intended to show every item in its exact location, the exact dimensions, or all the details of the equipment. The Contractor shall verify the actual dimensions of any specified or substituted materials and equipment to ensure that they will fit in the available space. All apparatus shall be located as closely as conditions will permit and deviations therefrom shall be made only with the consent of the Architect and without additional charge to the Owner. The right is reserved by the Architect to make any reasonable changes in the location of the equipment prior to rough-in without invoking additional expense to the Owner.

3.12 QUESTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF BID DOCUMENTS

A. Bidders shall not rely on any verbal clarification of the drawings and specifications. Any questions or clarifications shall be referred to Engineer at least seven (7) working days prior to bidding to allow for issuance of an addendum.

3.13 CHANGE ORDERS

A. If change orders are not justified or rejected repeatedly by the Architect and the Owner, the Contractor shall be required to reimburse the Architect and the Engineer for time spent in excess of eight (8) hours to review change orders that are not justified.

3.14 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Throughout the Specifications, types of materials may be specified by manufacturer's name and catalog number in order to establish standards of quality and performance and not for the purpose of limiting competition. Unless specifically stated otherwise, the bidder may assume the phrase "or approved equivalent," except that the burden is upon the bidder to prove such equality. If the bidder elects to prove such equality, he must request the Architect's approval in writing to substitute such item for the specified item, and shall submit supporting data, and samples if required, to permit a fair evaluation of the Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 17 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

proposed substitution with respect to quality, serviceability and warranty. All data pertinent to the proposed substitution shall be submitted to the Architect at least 10 days prior to the bid date for evaluation and review purposes. If the Architect accepts the proposed substitution, an addendum will be issued to all bidders advising all bidders that this substitution will be acceptable from all bidders.

B. Substitutions of equipment other than that specified must be very carefully checked to assure that no problems will occur due to dimensional differences, code requirements, connection points, weights, etc. Where the Contractor elects to substitute materials or equipment approved by the Architect for those specified, the Contractor will be held responsible for all architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical changes required for the installation of the substituted materials at no additional cost to the Owner. All tests required to substantiate the equivalence of the material will be the obligation of the Contractor.

C. When this Contractor desires to furnish equipment of a manufacturer other than that specified or intended, he shall include a complete specification of the substituted item, along with each submission copy of shop drawings, indicating the necessary modifications to the substituted product to satisfy the requirements of the Contract Specifications. Manufacturer's specifications shall be written as close as possible over the Contract Specifications and each paragraph shall bear the same paragraph number as the Contract Specifications so that close comparison can be made. All submissions will be rejected should they not include the comparison specification. Comparison specification shall be submitted for approval 10 days prior to the Bid Date. If prior approval is not obtained, no substitutions will be considered and the Engineer reimbursed for time spent to reject and return such submission.

D. The verification specification shall include the exact wording of the Contract Specification and the revised wording identified properly indicating all the deviations proposed. If no deviations are noted, the Contractor must furnish the material or equipment in accordance with the Contract Specifications.

E. Should the Contractor elect to propose a substitution after the project has been awarded, the Contractor will be billed for the time spent by the Architect and his consultants in evaluating the proposed substitution. This billing shall occur whether the proposed substitution is accepted or rejected and shall be at the rate of the direct cost to the Architect times a 2.5 multiplier.

F. The submissions are the Contractor's documents, and the Architect's and Engineer's approval constitutes an acknowledgment that the documents have been submitted and nothing more. It is the Contractor's responsibility to check his own submissions for compliance with the Contract Documents and job conditions.

3.15 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

A. The Contractor shall do all necessary excavation and backfill required for the proper installation of work under the Contract. Excavation and backfill shall be Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 18 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

for work included under the Plumbing Contract, and such items as seeding, detectable strips in trenches, piping terminal ends, paving, and similar items described herein shall be directly coordinated with the Site Contractor prior to ordering or installation. Determine exact start/stop construction points and final connections before proceeding with the work.

B. The excavation shall be unclassified. All excavation shall mean the removal of all materials necessary to obtain proper grade for all piping and work installed under the Contract.

C. Unless noted otherwise in these Specifications, trenching shall be excavated 6" below pipe invert and backfilled with thoroughly mechanically tamped crushed stone having a maximum size of 1/2". After the work has been inspected and/or tested, the excavation shall be backfilled around and up to 12" over the pipes with the same material as pipe bedding. The balance of the excavation/trenching shall be backfilled as follows:

1. Exterior seeded areas - Backfill shall be clean, unfrozen earth free of stones larger than 2". Backfill shall be up to the top soil level on seeded area excavation.

2. Exterior paved areas - Backfill shall be 2RC stone up to the level of the pavement stone base.

3. In all cases, backfill shall be thoroughly mechanically tamped and placed in layers not exceeding 6" in depth. Compact each lift until a dry density is obtained, which is equal to or exceeds 95% "Proctor" for pavement areas and building slab on grade areas; 90% "Proctor" elsewhere. Maximum dry density shall be obtained by testing a representative sample of fill in accordance with ASTM D-1557. Submit laboratory test reports which shall indicate compliance with these Specifications. Tests shall be performed at the following locations and frequencies, or as otherwise directed by the Architect:

a. Paved and building slab on grade areas: In no case fewer than three (3) tests- at subgrade and at two (2) selected compacted fill and backfill layers.

b. Foundation wall backfill: In no case fewer than two (2) tests – at compacted initial and final backfill layers.

c. Trench backfill: In no case fewer than two (2) tests-at compacted initial and final backfill layers, at least one test for each 150 feet or less of trench length.

4. For underground gas service piping, included under this Contract, interior, exterior, furnish and install 6" of fine, clean, unfrozen, natural river sand all around piping- under, along side of, and on top of piping. Backfill to grade as specified herein. Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 19 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

5. Provide a 6” wide detectable metallic caution type foil marking strip for each exterior underground utility line installed under this Contract, continuously, all locations. Marking strip shall be a minimum of 12” below finished grade, except 6” below subgrade under pavements and slabs; color coded, with appropriate applicable wording. Marking strip shall be as manufactured by Seton Name Plate Company, Brady Co., or MSI Services. Marking strip shall be placed before finished grading procedures and shall be directly coordinated with site utility marking strips provided by others.

D. The excavation shall be kept free of water. No piping, equipment or concrete shall be installed in water. The Contractor shall provide necessary pumping and drainage for the protection of the installation.

E. All excavation or trenching which occurs under wall foundations shall be backfilled up to the level of the wall foundation using concrete as herein specified.

F. Where ground is found to be unsuitable to support pipe, provide concrete cradles. When laying pipe in concrete cradles, deposit concrete full width of cradle continuously to bottom of pipe, before concrete is set, embed pipe evenly, deposit remainder of concrete and tamp in a manner to avoid disturbing pipe. Provide concrete bridging in trenches in roadways in strict accordance with utility company or sewer authority requirements.

G. Any information on utilities, surface or sub-surface structures, roadways, piping or conditions presented on the contract drawings does not guarantee that these utilities, surface or sub-surface structures, roadways, piping or conditions shall be exactly as illustrated and described. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain and/or verify such information prior to construction in order that he may provide an installation in complete conformity with design intent of the project.

H. The Contractor shall maintain the work safe to human life and property in conformance with all Local, County, State and Federal Safety Regulations.

I. Any structures and existing services damaged in the course of the work shall be repaired by the Contractor in kind equal to or surpassing the existing installation.

J. For all exterior plumbing site work in public highway, street, or right-of-way, it is the Plumbing Contractor’s responsibility. The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements with appropriate governing or municipal agency, make repairs, provide concrete, obtain and pay for all permits, inspection fees, tapping fees, obtain approvals and all other incidental costs of work, relative to work under this Contract. Include the use of flagpersons for continuous movement of traffic in roadways.

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 20 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

K. All excess excavation material shall be removed from the site, properly and legally disposed of, at an approved land fill area, unless arrangements are made with the Owner for on-site disposal.

L. For all exterior plumbing site work included under this Contract, the Plumbing Contractor shall restore and/or replace all paving, sod, turf, sidewalks, roadways, driveways, road base courses to match existing, shrubs, gutters or other disturbed surfaces to a condition equal to, or surpassing that before the work began and to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Owner and shall furnish all labor and material incidental thereto. Include all necessary raking, seeding, and fertilizing.

3.16 SPECIAL ENGINEERING SERVICES

A. In the instance of Mechanical and Control systems, such as all major and special equipment, controls, or similar miscellaneous systems and equipment, the installations, final connections and testing of such systems shall be made under the direct supervision of competent authorized service engineers who shall be employed by the respective equipment manufacturer and/or an authorized representative. Any and all expenses incurred by these equipment manufacturers' representatives shall be borne by the Contractor.

3.17 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, and equipment necessary for performance of all tests required by any of the agencies having jurisdiction. Testing procedures shall be outlined hereinafter under the respective sections of these specifications.

B. All tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Architect. No piping shall be concealed until the system has been approved.

C. At the completion of the work, all equipment, valves, fixtures, fixture trim, mixing valves, regulators, hose bibbs, wall hydrants, sprinkler heads, etc., shall be adjusted for proper operation.

D. The Contractor shall obtain certificates of approval, acceptance and compliance with regulations of all agencies having jurisdiction. Work shall not be deemed complete until such certificates have been delivered to the Architect.

3.18 EQUIPMENT GUARDS

A. Equipment guards shall be provided for protection at all belts, chains, gears, or other moving parts of equipment and machinery installed under this Contract. Guards shall be made up of suitable structural shapes and heavy gauge steel welded together and attached to equipment by removable clips and bolts. Guards shall be neat and substantial and shall be securely attached to equipment. After fabrication, guards shall be cleaned of rust and scale and painted with one coat of metal primer followed by one coat of enamel to match Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 21 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

the equipment. Guards shall be easily removable for maintenance and service of equipment. All equipment guards shall conform with ANSI/OSHA requirements.

3.19 MISCELLANEOUS IRON WORK

A. Furnish and install all miscellaneous iron work including, but not limited to, piping hangers, piping anchors and guides, and all other equipment supports. All additional structural members shall be furnished and installed to support equipment without excessive stress or strain on the building construction. Structural beams and other structural members shall be furnished and installed under this Contract where the building steel is not available or capable of supporting or anchoring pipe piping and equipment.

B. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this Contract which are not mounted on bases or floors shall be securely attached and supported from the main supporting structure of the building by metal hangers, clamps and/or brackets. Metal hangers, clamps and/or brackets shall be of suitable design and of sufficient strength to properly and safely support the materials and equipment involved. Lag screws and bolts shall be used where required at wood construction.

C. Materials - Structural steel members for the support of equipment installed under this Contract shall conform to ASTM Specifications A-36 and shall comply with the latest requirements of the American Institute of Steel Construction. Structural steel shall be of standard sections as given in the structural steel manufacturers' handbooks.

D. Priming - All steel and iron work shall be primed with Rust-Oleum red primer, Glidden, PPG, Sherwin-Williams, or approved equivalent. Before priming, all metal shall be thoroughly cleaned free from scale, rust, and dirt.

E. Anchors - The Contractor shall provide all anchors, bolts, screws, dowels, and connecting members and do all cutting and fitting necessary to secure the work to adjoining construction. Build in connecting members to masonry, concrete, and structural steel as the work progresses.

F. Supports and Brackets - Supports and brackets shall be neatly constructed of structural shapes to adequately support the equipment intended. All supports must be approved prior to installation. Field conditions will regulate the type of support.

3.20 MERCURY PROHIBITION

A. The use of mercury as a component of any equipment installed as part of this work is strictly prohibited. Mercury substitutes shall be used in thermometers, switches, and other equipment, which might commonly contain mercury.

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 22 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

3.21 ACOUSTIC SEALING

A. Seal openings of acoustic-rated ceilings, walls, floors, or other construction, or acoustic area separation requirements with a material or product specially made for these types of applications. Acoustical sealants shall be as manufactured by Arcat, Inc., Acoustical Surfaces, Inc., or American Acoustical Products. Refer to Architectural Drawings for acoustic sealing locations required.

3.22 CLEARANCE REQUIREMENT

A. Ceiling areas directly below heating equipment must be kept clear of all piping, conduit, and other utilities, including fire protection components, to allow for unit access for servicing and/or removal. Refer to “Contractor’s Specific Note” shown on the drawings. END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Modernization & Energy Conservation 15051 - 23 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 15070 – SOUND AND VIBRATION CONTROL - HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SCOPE

A. The sound and vibration control for the various HVAC systems shall be as hereinafter described in this section.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL

A. All equipment shall operate without objectionable noise or vibrations within Noise Criteria Curves listed in Sound and Vibration Control of the latest edition of the ASHRAE Handbook of HVAC Applications. Sound and vibration measurements shall conform with the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals. If such objectionable noise or vibration shall be produced and transmitted to occupied portions of the building by apparatus, piping, ducts or other parts of this work, any necessary changes, as approved, shall be made without cost to the Owner. Noise levels shall conform with the requirements of OSHA.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install vibration isolators, flexible connectors, etc per manufacturers recommendations.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ SOUND & VIBRATION CONTROL - HVAC Modernization & Energy Conservation 15070 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 15090 – RESTORATION AND RETROFIT - HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 WORK IN PRESENT BUILDING

A. All work shall be performed in accordance with the Schedule and as required by the Professional and the Owner. The Contractor shall review the phasing schedule and comply with sections of this schedule.

B. The HVAC Contractor shall disconnect and remove existing equipment no longer required and furnish and install new equipment as shown, herein specified and as required to form complete new systems.

C. The Contractor shall visit the site to determine exact locations, sizes and quantities of present equipment and ductwork that must be removed. The HVAC Contractor will be held responsible for the disconnection and removal of existing heating and ventilating systems as noted and the installation of all new piping, ductwork and equipment complete in every detail and in accordance with the phasing schedule. The Contractor shall provide Demolition/Renovation Notification" as required by the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources, Bureau of Air Quality Control.

D. The Contractor shall clean up the areas as the work progresses and remove all waste and debris daily or when directed.

E. The Contractor shall perform all cutting and patching required for the installation of new piping, ductwork, and equipment, and for the removal of present equipment as herein specified. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the structural integrity of the Existing Building where areas such as load bearing walls, and floor construction are patched and repaired under this Contract. All patching shall be done subject to the approval of the Professional. The HVAC Contractor will be responsible for entrance of all new equipment into the building, and for the removal of existing equipment from the building, and for the cutting, patching and repairing of existing construction.

F. Equipment not desired by the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site.

G. Removed insulation and other nonessential miscellaneous materials and equipment no longer required, or desired by the Owner shall not be reused as a part of the new installation, but shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be immediately removed from the site. The HVAC Contractor shall give due consideration and credit in his proposal for present materials and equipment Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ RESTORATION & RETROFIT - HVAC Modernization & Energy Conservation 15090 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

which will become his property . Existing removed equipment remaining the property of the Contractor shall be dismantled and cut in sections as required for removal from building.

1.3 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF HEALTH HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

A. All asbestos removal work shall be performed by a contractor prior to the start of this construction.

B. This Contractor shall immediately report the presence of any asbestos to the Professional. No asbestos removal is to be included under this Contract.

1.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. The Contractor shall do all cutting and patching for the removal of existing piping, ductwork and equipment and the installation of new piping, ductwork and equipment in the Existing Building.

B. New openings in walls, floors, and partitions for pipe lines, ducts, hangers, supports, and other equipment in the Existing Building shall be provided by this Contractor for the new and remodeled installation. New openings in existing construction and the repair of such openings for the entrance of new heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment into the building or for the removal of existing heating and ventilating equipment from the building shall be included in the HVAC Contract. Openings in existing exterior walls shall be cut by the HVAC Contractor.

C. Wherever it becomes necessary to cut out any portions of walls, floors, ceilings, or other portions of the building as may be required to perform the work under this Contract, the Contractor shall do all necessary cutting and fitting, shall install lintels, shall remove all excess material, and shall replace all damaged work so as to leave the premises in a finished condition. No cutting shall be done which may in any way affect the building structurally or architecturally without first securing the consent and approval of the Professional. Any damage incident to cutting or other causes in the performance of this Contract shall be made good by replacement or repairs in a manner satisfactory to the Professional. The Contractor must use extra precaution so as not to disturb the bearing quality of existing walls or other construction.

D. Where present equipment is removed and unused openings remain in walls, floors, partitions, etc., the HVAC Contractor shall properly patch all such openings to match their immediate surroundings.

E. All patching and repairing shall be done by workmen skilled in this type of work and shall match present or new finishes.

F. All cutting performed under this Contract shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. The size of each new opening shall be kept to minimum size.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ RESTORATION & RETROFIT - HVAC Modernization & Energy Conservation 15090 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

1.5 DUST, DIRT, AND NOISE

A. The Contractor shall do all cutting and patching and shall make all changes, relocations, and installations with a minimum of noise.

B. All present and new equipment, floors, walls, etc., shall be adequately protected from dust and dirt caused by the work. Protection shall include suitable temporary barriers or coverings. The exterior and interior premises of the building shall be kept as clean as possible during construction. At no time shall the Contractor interfere with the normal operation of the School by allowing debris, etc., to remain on the premises. Contractor shall use industrial type vacuum cleaners for removal of plaster, dust, etc. in the Present Building.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not applicable to this section.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

Not applicable to this section.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ RESTORATION & RETROFIT - HVAC Modernization & Energy Conservation 15090 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 15091 – PLUMBING RESTORATION AND RETROFIT

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 WORK IN PRESENT BUILDING AND AT THE SITE

A. All work shall be coordinated with the work of other trades and shall be performed in accordance with the Schedule of Work of the General Contractor and as required by the Architect and the Owner.

B. The Plumbing Contractor is responsible for all cutting, patching, and final finishes. The Plumbing Contractor shall disconnect and remove existing plumbing no longer required and furnish and install new plumbing as shown, herein specified and as required to form complete new water systems. Plumbing removal shall include existing water piping, supports, hangers, and structural supports.

C. The Contractor shall visit the site to determine exact locations, sizes and quantities of present equipment and piping which must be removed or connected thereto. The Plumbing Contractor will be held responsible for the complete disconnection and removal of all existing water systems and the installation of all new piping and equipment complete in every detail. The Contractor shall provide “Demolition/Renovation Notification” as required by the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection, Bureau of Air Quality Control.

D. The Contractor shall arrange the new hangers and supports so that new piping and other equipment are not suspended from the same joists and structural members as present piping and equipment. Hangers and supports shall be arranged to distribute the weight of the new piping and equipment uniformly on the present structure. Additional new structural members shall be furnished and installed as necessary to safely support the new piping and equipment. After equipment or piping is removed, existing remaining equipment or piping shall be properly supported.

E. The Contractor shall clean up the areas as the work progresses and remove all waste and debris daily or when directed. Immediately remove water present in the area resulting from the work.

F. The Contractor shall perform all cutting and patching required for installation of new piping and equipment, and for the removal of present piping and equipment as herein specified. Cutting of concrete work shall be completed by the “saw-cut” method, or shall be core drilled. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the structural integrity of the Existing Building where areas such Project ‘G’ Plumbing Restoration and Retrofit Modernization & Energy Conservation 15091 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

as load bearing walls, roofs, and floor construction are patched and repaired under this Contract. All patching shall be done subject to the approval of the Architect. The Plumbing Contractor will be responsible for entrance of all new equipment into the building, and for the removal of existing equipment from the building, and for the related cutting, patching and repairing of existing construction.

G. Existing removed copper piping and tubing, and other similar useful equipment and materials tagged by the Owner shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be loaded, handled, unloaded, and stored at the site by the Contractor where directed by the Owner and Architect.

H. Removed other piping, fittings, hangers, insulation, traps, structural supports, and other miscellaneous materials and equipment no longer required, or desired by the Owner, shall not be reused as part of the new installation, but shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be immediately removed from the site. The Plumbing Contractor shall give due consideration and credit in his proposal for present materials and equipment which will become his property. Existing removed equipment remaining the property of the Contractor shall be dismantled and cut in sections as required for removal from building.

1.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING – EXISTING CONSTRUCTION

A. The Contractor shall do all cutting and patching for the removal of existing piping and equipment and the installation of new piping and equipment in the Existing Building. Certain cutting and patching will be performed under the General Contract as specified under “Work Not Included”. Also, coordinate all work with “Cutting and Patching” as outlined in Architectural Sections.

B. New openings in interior and exterior walls, floors, ceilings, and partitions for pipe piping, hangers, supports, and other equipment in the Existing Building shall be provided by this Contractor for the new and remodeled installation. New openings in the existing construction and repair of such openings for the entrance of new plumbing equipment into the building or for the removal of plumbing equipment from the building shall be included in the Plumbing Contract. All cutting and patching required for existing roof work shall conform to the Roof Bonding Agency’s requirements. Contact the Agency for provisions regarding the work. Openings in existing roof shall be the responsibility of this Contractor.

C. Wherever it becomes necessary to cut out any portions of roof, interior and exterior walls, floors, ceilings, or other portions of the building as may be required to perform the work under this Contract, the Contractor shall do all necessary cutting and fitting, shall remove all excess material, and shall replace all damaged work, so as to leave the premises in a finished condition. No cutting shall be done which may in any way affect the building structurally or architecturally without first securing the consent and approval of the Architect. Any damage incident to cutting or other causes in the performance of this Contract shall be made good by replacement or repairs in a manner satisfactory to the Architect. The Contractor must use extra precaution so as not to disturb Project ‘G’ Plumbing Restoration and Retrofit Modernization & Energy Conservation 15091 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

the bearing quality of existing walls or other construction. Core-drill openings at existing exterior brick construction, such as for wall hydrant installations, or other penetrations.

D. Where present equipment is removed and unused openings remain in roof, walls, floors, ceilings, partitions, etc., the Plumbing Contractor shall properly patch all such openings to match their immediate surroundings. Openings remaining in exterior brick construction shall be patched with matching brick, not just masonry concrete or cement, as directed by the Architect.

E. All patching and repairing shall be done by workers skilled in this type of work and shall identically match present or new finishes. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used for existing construction, use substitute materials that match existing materials to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect and performance.

F. All cutting performed under this Contract shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. The size of each new opening shall be kept to minimum size. The location of each new opening must be approved by the Architect before the opening is drilled or cut.

G. Where existing ceilings and walls and similar construction are penetrated for the installation of new hangers, supports, and other equipment, the Contractor shall repair the openings with fireproof materials to maintain the fire rating of the ceiling or wall construction, or similar construction.

H. Patching and repairing shall be done to match present construction and finishes in materials, color, and texture. Painting shall be as herein specified. All cutting, patching, repairing, and painting shall be performed by workers skilled in that type of work. All patching shall be completed to a neat, finished condition. Where the General Contractor applies new finishes, except painting, on existing walls, floors, ceilings, and similar locations, it will not be necessary for the Plumbing Contractor to apply finished patching and painting to the remodeled surfaces; however, the Contractor shall rough patch the areas for the final finish. Where the existing areas are to be repainted by the General Contractor, the Plumbing Contractor must repair his openings and provide a prime coat and one finish coat of paint to be ready for the General Contractor’s final coat of paint. The Contractor’s attention is directed to the General Construction Drawings to determine exact locations where new finishes on walls, floors, ceilings, and similar locations will be provided under the General Contract. There will be many areas where the General Contractor is not performing any work. The Plumbing Contractor shall repair and finish all openings where the General Contractor is not providing new finishes. When providing final painting of patching areas, entire wall or ceiling shall be painted corner to corner and top to bottom so that the entire wall or ceiling is painted. Paint shall be good quality type, as manufactured by Glidden, Sherwin-Williams, PPG, or approved equivalent.

Project ‘G’ Plumbing Restoration and Retrofit Modernization & Energy Conservation 15091 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

1.4 DUST, DIRT, AND NOISE

A. The Contractor shall do all cutting and patching and shall make all changes, relocations, and installations with a minimum of noise.

B. All present and new equipment, floors, walls, etc., shall be adequately protected from dust and dirt caused by the work. Protection shall include suitable temporary barriers or coverings. The exterior and interior premises of the building shall be kept as clean as possible during construction. At no time shall the Contractor interfere with the normal operation of the building by allowing debris, etc., to remain on the premises. The Contractor shall use industrial type vacuum cleaners for removal of plaster, dust, etc. in the Building.

1.5 SCHEDULE OF WORK AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICE

A. It is the Owner’s desire to maintain the operation of the existing building with a minimum of disruption; therefore, the Contractor shall closely coordinate the scheduling of his work as well as equipment deliveries with the Schedule of Work prepared by the Architect. The schedule of work may be revised periodically during the course of construction, but each revised schedule must be approved by the Architect.

B. When it becomes necessary to interrupt any part of the operation of the plumbing system the Contractor shall notify the Architect and Owner five (5) working days in advance of the proposed interruption. The plumbing system shall only be interrupted when absolutely necessary and at a time to conform to the Owner’s schedule.

C. Long interruptions of the plumbing system or fire protection system, due to faulty workmanship or improper scheduling of work will not be tolerated.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

This part is not applicable to this section.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

This part is not applicable to this section.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Plumbing Restoration and Retrofit Modernization & Energy Conservation 15091 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 15100 - EXISTING DUCTWORK CLEANING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SCOPE

A. The cleaning of existing HVAC duct systems that are to be re-used shall be as hereinafter described in this section. This includes all supply and return ductwork.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 The existing ductwork shall be cleaned as hereinafter described in this Section. The Contractor shall obtain existing drawings from HACE to quantify the amount of ductwork in each housing unit.

A. Furnish and install new access openings as required to perform the direct contact interior cleaning. Access openings shall be fitted with air-tight cover as specified in section 15810.

B. Rust, deterioration, or other special conditions encountered during performance of cleaning shall be reported to the Engineer.

C. All cleaning compounds used for the interior cleaning of the ductwork shall be nontoxic.

D. The Contractor shall completely remove by pneumatic process (Industrial Vacuum Cleaning), or other processes, all dirt, lint, dust, grease, oily residue or other accumulation from the interior of duct systems.

1. All grease, lint, dirt, soot, oily residue and other accumulations, removed from all areas shall be gathered, contained and removed from each site by the Contractor and disposed of in accordance with local regulations governing such removal and disposal.

2. The use of outdoor truck mounted vacuum equipment will not be allowed.

3. HEPA vacuum equipment shall be used where advisable and in critical areas.

E. The Contractor shall install access doors as required to perform work under this Contract.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ EXISTING DUCTWORK CLEANING Modernization & Energy Conservation 15100 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

F. Install and/or repair insulation removed or damaged during work performed under this Contract.

G. Safety Requirements:

1. The Contractor will perform his work in strict accord with accredited standards and codes in order to alleviate possibility of damage to installed District machinery and equipment. Every effort will be made to safeguard human life and property.

2. In all explosion hazard areas, the Contractor shall use only explosion proof electrical equipment and appliances conforming to the National Code. All Industrial Vacuum Machines, Pneumatic Exhausters and Blower Compressors, and other Equipment will be of sufficient capacity to ensure maximum results and safety.

H. Protection of Equipment

1. While on or near installed equipment, the Contractor will use drop cloths, shields and other protective devices to prevent damage to mechanical equipment and/or areas adjacent to units being cleaned and decontaminated.

2. Contractor shall move all furniture and fixtures that may interfere with performance of the work specified and shall reposition same upon completion of the work in each area and clean the area in which the work has been performed. All bracings, rafters and adjacent structural members and equipment shall be kept clean or cleaned after operations are completed.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install as per manufacturers recommendations.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ EXISTING DUCTWORK CLEANING Modernization & Energy Conservation 15100 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments SECTION 15106 – INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING PIPES AND TUBES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Scope of the work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of accessories and equipment associated with the installation of plumbing and fire protection pipes and tubes.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ELECTROLYSIS CONTROL

A. The installation of copper piping shall be accomplished in such a way as not to touch or come in contact in any way with ferrous metal. Where copper tubing, piping, or fittings are anchored, supported or may come in contact with metal construction, an insulating non-conductor spacer similar to lead, rubber, fiber or plastic shall be installed to assure prevention of electrolysis.

B. Hangers supporting copper tubing shall be all copper, copper-plated or be large enough to accommodate the insulating pipe covering. Copper tubing piping shall not be (even temporarily) supported or secured to ferrous metal.

C. Connections between ferrous and copper piping shall be with dielectric fittings, Watts, Wilkins, Clearflow, or approved equivalent.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPE SUPPORTS

A. Install concrete inserts, beam clamps, lag screws or lag bolts in wood, or other fixtures to support the pipe hangers, acceptable to the Architect.

B. Provide hanger rods and loops or clevises to support the pipe at the height and grade required for proper drainage and air elimination.

C. Refer to Section 15061 for types of hangers and supports.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND VALVES

A. Wrapping threads or caulking screwed connections for tightness is prohibited. No horizontal piping shall be built-in or buried in partitions. No piping shall be Project ‘G’ Installation of Plumbing Pipes and Tubes Modernization & Energy Conservation 15106 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

erected over any motors, panelboards, switchboards, or other electrical equipment. Bending of piping will not be permitted; fittings for change of direction shall be utilized. All vertical piping shall be run plumb. All overhead horizontal piping and vertical piping in finished areas shall be concealed, except as otherwise indicated on the drawings.

B. Cut pipe accurately to measurements, and ream free of burrs and cutting splatter. Carefully align and grade pipe and work accurately into place. Fittings shall be used for any change in direction. Make adequate provisions for expansion and contraction. Install anchors to prevent pipe movement. Provide for expansion at every building expansion joint.

C. Protect open pipe ends to prevent trash from being placed in the piping during installation. Clean all dirt and cutting debris from pipes before making the next joint.

D. Small pipe shall be screwed or soldered as required to produce a tight system with full joints and no leaks. Pipe joints showing seepage and drips shall be dismantled and remade in proper way, as required for a substantial installation.

E. Copper pipe shall be carefully reamed back to full inside diameter and the mating surfaces shall be cleaned by brush or sandpaper. When clean, the paste flux shall be applied and the joint evenly heated and soldered. Any fittings discolored by heat shall be removed and replaced.

F. All valves to be soldered into piping shall be dismantled to prevent the heat from destroying packing and seats.

G. Valves installed in threaded or flanged piping shall be properly supported and pipes carefully installed to prevent damage or distortion of the valve.

H. Grooved pipe shall be carefully prepared and all burrs removed inside and outside the pipe. The proper lubricant shall be applied and the gasket carefully placed prior to tightening the clamps to the correct torque.

I. Install minimum ¾” ball valve drains with vacuum breakers and threaded caps at every low place and air vents at every high place. Pipe shall slope as shown on the Drawings or in the Specifications. If slope is not shown or specified, slope in the direction of flow one (1") inch per every forty (40') feet.

J. Install pressure gauges, thermowells, and thermometers as specified or shown in details on the Drawings.

K. All valves must be accessible.

3.3 CLEANING AND TREATING OF PIPE SYSTEMS

A. Every pipe system shall be cleaned to remove trash, mill scale, cutting oil, welding, and burning splatter from the piping before any control devices are Project ‘G’ Installation of Plumbing Pipes and Tubes Modernization & Energy Conservation 15106 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

installed. If such debris has collected in valves, the valves shall be disassembled and cleaned prior to closing for the first time.

B. Brush and clean work prior to concealing, painting, and acceptance. Perform in stages if directed by the Architect.

C. Clean and repair painted exposed work, soiled or damaged, to match adjoining work before final acceptance.

D. After several hours of operation, each strainer shall be blown down. This shall be repeated as often as necessary to produce a clean discharge from the blowdown. Prior to turning the system over to the Owner, each strainer shall be cleaned, removed if necessary for this requirement.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Installation of Plumbing Pipes and Tubes Modernization & Energy Conservation 15106 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 15111 – PLUMBING VALVES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SCOPE

A. The valves for the various plumbing systems shall be as hereinafter described in this section.

B. For natural gas valves, refer to Section 15191.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL USE VALVES

A. The domestic water supply system shall be fitted with valves at points specified or indicated on the Drawings. Provide minimum 3/4” hose end drain ball valves with vacuum breakers and threaded caps at all low points of the water system to provide for drainage.

B. All shut-off valves in water piping, 2-1/2” and smaller, shall be ball type as specified.

C. All valves for general use shall be Nibco Inc., Milwaukee, Apollo, or Watts. All valves shall be designated for a minimum 125 pounds per square inch (S.W.P.), 200 pounds per square inch (W.O.G.).

D. Bronze or brass valves, including check valves and balancing valves, shall be made to be “dezincification resistant”, with metal components in the waterway, or not containing more than 15% zinc in their chemical makeup.

E. The name or trademark of the manufacturer and the guaranteed working pressure shall be cast or stamped on the body.

F. Shutoff Valves

1. Valves 2-1/2” and smaller shall be ball type, the Nibco No. T/S-580-70, or approved equivalent. Valves shall conform to MSS SP-110. The Nibco "Nib-Seal" insulated ball valve, 2-1/2" and smaller, will be acceptable.

2. The Apollo Series 77C-200-AO full port bronze ball valve, 2” and smaller, with 2” tube extensions and conforming to MSS SP-110, or approved

Project ‘G’ Plumbing Valves Modernization & Energy Conservation 15111 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

equivalent, will be acceptable for installation with the “press” tubing assembly system.

3. The Nibco No. PF-585-70 Series bronze ball valve with female press ends, 2” and smaller, will be acceptable for installation with the “press” tubing assembly, with silicon bronze stem, and plated brass ball. The Nibco “Nib-Seal” PF-585-70-NS insulated ball valve will be acceptable. Valve shall conform to MSS SP-110.

4. Ball valves for the PermaLynx System shall be the Nibco/Victaulic Nvent PermaLynx PL200 Series, or approved equivalent. Valves shall be 2” and smaller.

G. Backflow Prevention Valves

1. Double Check Valve Backflow Preventers shall be the Watts Model 007M1QT-S, Wilkins, or Apollo. Valve shall have cast bronze body construction. Valve shall include lever handle ball shutoffs, replaceable seats and seat discs, bronze strainer, and test cocks. For back siphonage and backpressure backflow. A stainless steel backflow preventer will be acceptable.

H. Laundry Supply and Drain Box shall be Symmons Laundry - Mate W-602-X, Guy Gray, Oatey, or Viega, white, for 1/2" copper tubing and 2" drain, with service stops. Refer to drawing details. The Sioux Chief “Ox Box” outlet, or equivalent, with integral water hammer arrestors will be acceptable.

I. Vacuum Breakers: Where specified, noted, or required, vacuum breakers shall be rough bronze, nonremovable, the Watts No. 8A, Wilkins, or Chicago Faucet. Watts No. 8AC, or equivalent for chrome vacuum breakers.

J. Unions shall be wrot copper, ground joints, and solder ends, Nibco, or approved equivalent.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. All valves must be accessible.

B. Upon installation, all testable backflow preventers shall be tested under the Plumbing Contract, in accordance with manufacturer’s installation standards, or in accordance with local authorities or utility company having jurisdiction over the installations. All testing shall be completed by persons certified in this type of work. All costs, fees, or charges required for testing shall be included in the Contract price.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Plumbing Valves Modernization & Energy Conservation 15111 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 15140 – DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SCOPE

A. The domestic hot and cold water piping shall be as hereinafter described in this section.

B. Refer to Section 15121 for domestic water piping specialties.

C. Refer to Section 15111 for interior water valves.

D. Refer to Section 15106 for electrolysis control.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 DOMESTIC WATER DISTRUBUTION PIPING INSIDE BUILDING

A. Interior domestic water piping above floor level, shall be PEX tubing shall be by Zurn, Veiga, or Nibco, meeting or exceeding the requirements of ASTM F877, F876, E84, F1960, E814, ANSI/UL 263, and NSF 14/61 for PEX pipe. Pressure rating for PEX piping shall be 100 psi at 180o F. PEX piping shall be color-coded: blue – cold water piping; red – hot water piping.

B. The use of any of the above listed materials shall be subject to the acceptability of that material with the prevailing local codes and utility company regulations. All water line installations shall conform with the requirements of the local Water Authority serving the building.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WATER DISTRIBUTION

A. All piping shall be installed in spaces and adjacent to other surfaces with sufficient clearances to permit air relief of the hot water system.

B. Piping shall be distributed from a PEX Manifold, valved and sized for appropriate number of branches. Manifolds shall be by PEX Tubing Supplier.

C. The water systems included under this Contract, interior and exterior, shall be thoroughly flushed upon completion of the installations. Clean out all strainers.

Project ‘G’ Domestic Water Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15140 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Flushing of exterior combination domestic water/fire service main piping included under this Contract shall conform to NFPA 24 requirements.

3.2 INSTALLATION AND TESTING PROCEDURES

A. All domestic water distribution piping included under this Contract shall be hydrostatically tested to a pressure of one and one-half times the normal system pressure or 150 psi, whichever is greater, and maintained for a period of 2 hours with a pressure loss of not more than 5 psi. Do not exceed pressure rating of PEX tubing or fittings. The exterior water distribution system included under this Contract shall be installed and tested in compliance with the local Water Authority. Confirm requirements prior to bidding.

3.3 DISINFECTION OF WATER SYSTEM

A. Before being placed in service, all water piping, interior and exterior, included under this Contract, shall be chlorinated to the satisfaction of the Architect.

B. Prior to chlorination, all dirt, foreign matter shall be removed by a thorough flushing.

C. A water mixture of hypochlorite solution shall be applied by means of a solution- feed device.

D. Treated water shall be retained in the pipe long enough to destroy all non-spore forming bacteria. This period shall be at least 3 hours and preferably longer as may be directed.

E. After the chlorine treated water has been retained for the required time, the chlorine residual at the pipe extremities and at other representative points shall be at least 5 parts million.

F. Following chlorination, all treated water shall be thoroughly flushed from the newly installed piping at its extremities until the replacement water throughout its length shall, upon test, be equal to the water quality served from the municipal water supply system.

G. Should the initial treatment, in the opinion of the Architect, prove ineffective, the chlorination procedure shall be repeated until confirmed tests show the water sampled from the newly installed piping conforms to the requirements.

3.4 BRANCH PIPING TO FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT

A. Branch piping shall be extended and connected to all fixtures and equipment requiring same. Sizes of such connections shall be as indicated on the drawings and the Fixture Schedule, or as required by the particular piece of equipment or fixture being served. If the sizes of such connections are not clearly indicated, the Contractor shall verify the sizes required with the Architect prior to commencement of any roughing-in work. Changes to piping necessitated due to Project ‘G’ Domestic Water Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15140 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

the Contractors' failure to properly verify the required sizes shall be made at the Contractors' expense.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Domestic Water Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15140 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 15150 – SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SCOPE

A. The sanitary waste and vent piping systems shall be as hereinafter described in this section. Make all required connections into the interior sanitary drainage systems.

1.3 CODE COMPLIANCE

A. All sanitary materials and installation methods shall be subject to the acceptability of that material with the prevailing local plumbing codes.

1.4 PIPE AND MATERIALS

A. This Contractor shall furnish and install sanitary sewer and vent piping as indicated on the Drawings. Pipe sizes indicated are minimum sizes. Minimum size below bottom floor or below ground, interior, 4". Pipe sizes shall be larger where required by local codes.

B. Cast iron pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) and be listed by NSF International.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 SANITARY SEWER AND VENT PIPING UNDERGROUND

A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Schedule 40 DWV ASTM 2665 solvent weld. PVC foam core piping and fittings not permitted. PVC pipe and fittings as manufactured by Charlotte, Geneva, Spears, or approved equivalent.

1. SDR-35 PVC piping and fittings will be acceptable for larger interior piping underground where solvent welded Schedule 40 PVC piping and fittings cannot be obtained in those sizes.

B. Provide sanitary sewers exiting the building each with vents, house traps, and cleanouts within the limits of sewer construction included under this Contract work, as required by the prevailing plumbing code and /or the sewer authority having jurisdiction.

Project ‘G’ Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15150 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

2.2 SANITARY SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING ABOVE GROUND

A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Schedule 40 Plastic Pipe (DWV) ASTM 2665. PVC foam core piping and fittings not permitted. PVC pipe and fittings as manufactured by Charlotte, Geneva, Spears, or approved equivalent.

B. Automatic air vent or relief valve discharge piping shall be Type "L" copper with drainage pattern fittings. Plastic piping and fittings will not be permitted for this installation.

C. Vent piping to atmosphere shall be minimum 3” diameter and terminate a minimum of 12” above roof level. Terminate vent piping at a higher height above roof level where required by local codes. Rigidly support all vent piping extending through roof.

D. For above ground drainage piping changes in direction, use long sweep fittings where possible; otherwise, short-sweep 1/4 bends, or combination Y and 1/8 bends, also Y's or in combination with other bends; use 45 degree Y or 90 degree Y short turn type for horizontal branches discharging to stacks; however, approval must be obtained for these locations.

2.3 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS

A. Joints in PVC pipe shall be accomplished with socket type fittings and solvent- cement welding for the interior DWV System, above floor or below bottom floor.

B. All transition joints in sewers between dissimilar materials or unequal sizes shall be made water and gas tight by means of an approved connection or adapter of the compression or mechanical seal type. The connector or adapter shall be manufactured of preformed Elastomeric Polyvinyl Chloride conforming to ASTM Standards C-425, C-594, C-564, and D-1869. Couplings of the mechanical seal type shall have tightening clamps or devices made of 305 stainless steel. The compression joint connector or adapter and flexible coupling shall be installed as recommended and specified by the manufacturer and each connector shall bear the manufacturer's name clearly visible when installed, such as manufactured by Fernco Joint Sealer Company, Indiana Seal, or Mission.

C. All joints shall be made permanently gas and water tight.

D. The use of any of the above joints and connections shall be subject to their acceptability with the prevailing local plumbing codes.

2.4 FLOOR DRAINS

1. The Contractor shall furnish and install the following types of floor drains, by Zurn, Josam, Smith, Wade, or Watts. Refer to “Tamperproof Screws”, Section 15051.

Project ‘G’ Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15150 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

2. FD-1 – Zurn Z551-Y-P Series, bottom outlet, coated cast iron body, 9" diameter top, with sediment bucket, or approved equivalent. Provide Z550-Y-P drains for drains above floor level or in areas requiring membrane flashing. Tamperproof screws not required.

B. All floor drains in floor construction shall be set over P-traps, except exterior drains and shall be furnished and installed with flashing flanges and clamping collars.

2.5 CLEANOUTS

A. The Contractor shall furnish and install cleanouts at each change in direction greater than 45o in sanitary drainage systems, at the base of all sanitary drainage stacks, and at all other points indicated on the Drawings.

B. Cleanouts installed on under-floor piping, exterior piping, or piping below slab on grade floors shall be extended to floor level or grade level with 45 degree fittings.

C. Cleanouts on concealed piping shall be extended so as to be easily accessible from finish floor, ceiling, or wall.

D. Cleanouts shall be full pipe size up to and including 4", and shall be 4" on larger size piping, if approved by the local authorities having jurisdiction over the installations.

E. All cleanout equipment shall be Zurn, Josam, Smith, Wade, or Watts. Refer to “Tamperproof Screws”, Section 15051.

1. Zurn ZN1443-VP / ZN1447-VP – Cleanout with nickel-bronze access cover with vandal-proof screws, for all piping concealed. For all locations other than where access panels or doors are noted. Plastic, PVC, or fiberglass type cleanout covers not acceptable.

2. Zurn ZN1400-VP – Adjustable floor cleanout with round top, vandal-proof screws. Zurn ZN1400-X-VP – for vinyl tile; ZN1400-Z-VP – for 1-1/4” terrazzo, vandal-proof screws; ZN1400-CM-VP – for carpet installation, vandal-proof screws.

3. Zurn Z1400-HD-VP – Adjustable exterior extra heavy-duty round cleanout, vandalproof screws, cast bronze plug, set in concrete slab, 24” x 24” x 6” thick. Provide nickel-bronze finish cleanouts at any finish entrances or exits of building. Refer to the drawing details.

F. For cleanouts on PVC piping above floor level, cleanouts shall be PVC threaded plugs in wye fittings. For cleanouts on cast iron piping above floor level as described herein, cleanouts shall be cast bronze threaded plugs in wye fittings.

Project ‘G’ Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15150 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

G. Floor cleanouts in interior heavy duty traffic areas shall be cast bronze flush floor plugs, Zurn ZARB-1470-PW, or approved equivalent. Provide two (2) plug wrenches only, total.

H. Floor cleanouts shall be furnished and installed with flashing flanges and clamping collars.

I. Where vertical piping is installed in chases in finished rooms, extension pieces, if required, shall be placed in tees so as to bring cleanout plugs to the back of the cover plate set flush in the finished walls.

J. Except where cover plates are provided with a recess for inserts of the same material as the floor finish, all cover plates in floors of finished areas shall be scoriated nickel bronze. Frames for the cover plates shall be compatible with the finished flooring material.

K. Care shall be exercised in installing cleanouts to avoid locating them in surfaces to be carpeted. Provide additional piping as required to locate cleanouts in other more accessible surfaces.

L. The Contractor shall lubricate all plugs before installation and shall loosen all covers and plugs before final inspection as directed by the Architect.

2.6 TRAPS

A. Service weight or extra heavy weight cast iron, or PVC, shall be used in accordance with applied piping system.

B. A separate trap shall be provided for each plumbing fixture which does not contain an integral trap. In general, all fixture traps shall be provided with accessible cleanout plugs located on the bottom of the bend.

C. Traps shall be set true with respect to their water seals.

2.8 TRAP SEALS

A. Furnish and install for each floor drain a manufactured trap seal, to provide for sewer gas emission protection, the ProSet Systems, Inc. “Trap Guard”, or approved equivalent. Prior to ordering, the Contractor must confirm that the installation of trap seals conforms to national, local, and State plumbing and building code requirements. Trap seals shall be of types recommended by the manufacturer for the particular installation.

B. Trap seal material shall be of elastomeric flexible PVC, which shall never lose its curl seal; seal must be of type that maintains its memory. Trap seal shall be of type that maintains memory when subjected to temperatures of 200o or more. Trap seal shall be capable of handling a flow rate of at least 30 GPM. Trap seal shall be of type that will not allow lime scale build-up.

Project ‘G’ Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15150 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

2.9 FRESH AIR INLETS

A. Fresh air inlets shall be the Zurn ZANB-1472-VP, Josam, Smith, Wade, or Watts. Fitting shall be round, nickel-bronze, with secured, vandalproof cover and 4” threaded connection. Include stainless steel insect screen beneath cover. Provide any required reducers.

2.10 AIR ADMITTANCE VALVES

A. Valves shall be the Studor, Inc. “Mini-Vent” or “Maxi-Vent”, RectorSeal, or approved equivalent. Valve must be installed in a vertical position. Obtain approval from local Plumbing Inspector prior to ordering or installation. Order valve specifically to type of piping involved.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GRADE

A. Elevations and locations of floor drains, funnel drains, floor sinks, and cleanouts shall be adjusted to avoid interference with other utilities and equipment without additional expense.

3.2 FLASHING

A. Provide 48” square sheet lead, copper, or neoprene flashing for floor drains, and cleanouts, set integral with floor slab. Chloroloy, or approved equivalent non- plasticized chlorinated polyethylene waterproofing membrane will be acceptable for flashing of floor drains, funnel drains, floor sinks, and cleanouts.

B. Vents through roof will be flashed by the General Contractor.

3.3 INSTALLATION AND TESTING PROCEDURES

A. Horizontal cast iron pipe and fitting installations above ground, 6” and larger, shall be suitably braced to prevent horizontal movements, at every branch opening or change of direction, by the use of braces, blocks, rodding, or other suitable method, in accordance with pipe manufacturer’s and Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute’s installation instructions. Vertical cast iron pipe and fitting installations above ground of all sizes shall be secured at each stack base and at sufficiently close intervals to keep the system in alignment and to adequately support the weight of the pipe and its contents; refer to Section 15061 for riser clamp installation procedures.

B. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings or herein specified, or required to suit final floor elevations, all main piping shall be installed with a uniform minimum slope of 1/8" to the foot and all branch piping shall be installed with a uniform minimum slope of 1/4" to the foot, or as otherwise required by local codes.

Project ‘G’ Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15150 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

C. Interior sanitary drainage piping shall be hydrostatically tested after completion of the roughing-in. Piping being tested shall be filled to the top of vent pipes, and left standing for a period of one (1) hour with no loss of water. Smoke tests will be acceptable if required by local authorities. Confirm requirements prior to bidding.

D. After testing and before final acceptance, the Contractor shall completely flush the entire sewer systems and appurtenances included under this Contract in sufficient volume to remove all settlement and debris to obtain free flow through each pipe. Flushing shall be accomplished by the use of automatic flush tanks, fire hoses, or other means approved by the Architect. Depths of water and velocities shall be as required to produce a hydraulic bore. Remove all obstructions and correct all defects discovered.

E. Exercise extreme care to prevent debris from entering floor drains or cleanouts. Carefully check invert elevations of floor drains to which connections are to be made.

F. Inform the Owner’s maintenance personnel of the proper methods of cleaning out all interceptor types.

3.4 THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION – PVC PIPE

A. Highly important is the change of PVC pipe with temperature variations. This fact shall always be considered when installing PVC pipe piping, and allowances made accordingly.

B. Compensate for PVC piping thermal expansion and contraction in accordance with PVC manufacturer’s instructions and local code requirements. Utilize the following, but not limited to: offsets, loops, additional bends, piston type expansion joints with “O” ring design, and axial guides. Expansion joints must be accessible.

3.5 FINAL INSPECTION

A. At the time of final inspection of the work performed under the Contract, the floor drains and cleanouts shall be complete in every respect and in perfect operating condition. All surplus materials of every description resulting from the work shall have been removed. Floor drains shall be free from debris, sand, silt or other obstructions. Any defects discovered in the floor drains, floor sinks, funnel drains, and cleanouts subsequent to this inspection shall have been corrected.

B. Inform Owner’s Operating Personnel to properly maintain trap seals, and periodically flush trap seals with fresh water to clear any foreign objects.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15150 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 15191 – NATURAL GAS PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

A. The interior natural gas distribution systems shall be described in this section. All work shall conform to the National Fuel Gas Code, NFPA Standard 54.

B. Refer to Section 15051 for river sand installation around underground pipe included under this Contract.

C. All work under this Contract shall conform to the requirements and regulations of the Gas Company serving the building.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 NATURAL GAS PIPING

A. Underground gas piping provided under this Contract shall be minimum SDR 11 polyethylene pipe, conforming to ASTM D2513, purchased from the Gas Company, or as otherwise required by the Gas Company. Pipe shall be similar to the Driscoplex 6500 Series, PE2406, MDPE “CP Chem” polyethylene piping, Plexco, or approved equivalent. Polyethylene piping not permitted above ground.

B. Gas piping 2" and larger above ground shall be Schedule 40 ASTM A-106 seamless black steel pipe, Schedule 40 ASTM A-53 black steel pipe acceptable.

C. Gas piping 1-1/2" and smaller above ground shall be Schedule 40 ASTM A-53 black steel pipe.

D. Galvanized pipe and fittings not acceptable.

E. Gas piping shall be sloped not less than 1/4" in 15 feet to prevent traps.

F. Exterior gas dirt legs not permitted per the National Fuel Gas Code; install gas legs at heated interior of building to avoid condensate freeze-up, in accordance with interpretation NFPA recommendations, or as otherwise directed by the Gas Company.

Project ‘G’ Natural Gas Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15191 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

2.2 VALVES

A. Furnish and install all valves necessary to the proper operation of the system. A valve shall be placed where each branch leaves the main and at such points as required for the proper control and shut-off of all piping. Each piece of equipment that may have to be removed from the system for repair shall be connected by union or flange, and provided with isolation valves. Gas valves shall be of manufacturer and style as listed on the Gas Company approved materials list, as manufactured by Homestead, Nibco, Apollo, Crane, or approved equivalent.

B. Furnish and install main full port gas valves, sized to match the incoming gas main into the building. Restricted port gas valves will not be acceptable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 JOINING NATURAL GAS PIPING

A. Methods of joining plastic pipe, type of pipe, burying, tracing and like items shall comply with Gas Company criteria.

B. When installing piping which is to be concealed, the number of fittings shall be kept to a minimum.

C. Separate expansion joints shall be a braided bronze or stainless steel flexible pipe connector, as manufactured by Flex-Hose Co., Inc., Flexonics, or Flexible Metal, Inc., suitable for gas service, conforming to Gas Company requirements. Expansion joints must be accessible.

3.2 DEFECTIVE NATURAL GAS PIPING

A. When defective pipe or fittings are located in the system, the defective material shall be replaced. Under no circumstances shall defects in pipe or fittings be repaired.

3.3 PURGING NATURAL GAS

A. Prior to establishing service, all gas piping shall be fully purged. Piping shall not be purged into the combustion chamber of an appliance.

B. The open end of piping systems being purged shall not discharge into confined spaces or areas where there are sources of ignition unless precautions are taken to perform this operation in a safe manner, by ventilation of the space, control of purging rate, and elimination of all hazardous conditions. Never leave the appliance while purging.

3.4 TESTING AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS – NATURAL GAS

A. The gas piping included under this Contract shall be given a pressure test with air or an inert gas before being placed in service, in accordance with Gas Project ‘G’ Natural Gas Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15191 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Company requirements. Under no circumstances may oxygen, flammable gas or any liquid be used as the test medium. To locate leaks, piping joints should be covered with soapsuds or a leak-finder liquid. In no case shall ether, Freon, or any gas that will produce a toxic atmosphere when burned, be injected into the piping to locate leaks.

B. Gas piping, as shown by testing, must be free of leaks before being placed in service. All testing shall be done using an approved gauge.

C. All gas piping included under this Contract shall be installed and tested in strict accordance with requirements of the Gas Company. The Contractor shall contact the Gas Company before bidding for service and shall obtain and pay all fees required for work included under this Contract. All fees required by the Gas Company must be included.

3.5 NATURAL GAS COLOR CODING/LABELING

A. Color code and/or label interior and exterior exposed and accessible concealed gas piping, included under this Contract, per Gas Company requirements.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Natural Gas Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15191 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Project ‘G’ Natural Gas Piping Modernization & Energy Conservation 15191 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 15800 – HIGH EFFICIENCY GAS FURNACE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Furnish a Carrier, Model Payne PG9YAB036060; 4-way multipoise, 95% AFUE, condensing, single or dual vented, gas-fired furnace for use with natural gas; furnish cold air return plenum.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Unit will be designed, tested and constructed to the current ANSI Z 21.47/CSA 2.3 design standard for gas-fired central furnaces. Unit will be third party certified by CSA to the current ANSI Z 21.47/CSA 2.3 design standard for gas-fired central furnaces. Unit will carry the CSA Blue StarR and Blue FlameR labels. Unit efficiency testing will be performed per the current DOE test procedure as listed in the Federal Register. Unit will be certified for capacity and efficiency and listed in the latest AHRI Consumer’s Directory of Certified efficiency Ratings. Unit will carry the current Federal Trade Commission Energy Guide efficiency label. Unit is dual certified for single or dual pipe venting. Unit shall be California NOx approved. Unit will carry the DOE Energy Star label.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Unit will be shipped as single package only and is stored and handled per unit manufacturer’s recommendations.

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Unit manufacturer shall carry a 5-year parts warranty and 10-year warranty for Primary and Secondary heat exchangers.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 BLOWER WHEEL AND BLOWER MOTOR:

A. Galvanized blower wheel shall be centrifugal type, statically and dynamically balanced. Blower motor of PSC type shall be permanently lubricated with sealed ball bearings, ½ HP, and have 4 speed settings. Blower motor shall be direct drive and soft mounted to the blower scroll to reduce vibration transmission. Blower assembly shall be mounted on rails to facilitate service access.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ HIGH EFFICIENCY GAS FURNACE Modernization & Energy Conservation 15800 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

2.2 FILTERS:

A. Furnace shall have reusable-type filters. Filter shall be 16 in. (X) 25 in.

2.3 CASING:

A. Casing shall be of .030 in. thickness minimum, pre-painted galvanized steel. Casing shall be lined with thermal insulation for comfort and noise reduction.

2.4 PRIMARY HEAT EXCHANGERS:

A. Primary heat exchangers shall be made from corrosion-resistant weld-free stainless steel of sectional design.

2.5 SECONDARY HEAT EXCHANGERS:

A. Secondary heat exchangers shall be made from corrosion-resistant weld-free stainless steel of sectional design.

2.6 CONTROLS:

A. Controls shall include a microprocessor based integrated electronic control board with advanced service diagnostics, a self-test feature that checks all major functions of the furnace, and a replaceable automotive-type circuit protection fuse. Multiple operational settings available, including separate blower speeds for low heat, medium heat, high heat, and continuous fan. The unit shall have an adjustable timed blower-OFF delay.

2.7 OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

A. Heating capacity shall be 60,000 Btuh input; 57,000 Btuh output capacity in single-stage operation.

B. Fuel Gas Efficiency shall be 95% AFUE.

C. Air delivery shall be 1200 cfm minimum at 0.50 in. wc. external static pressure.

D. Dimensions shall be: Depth 28.5 in.; Width 19.125in.; Height 40 in. (casing only).

2.8 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Electrical supply shall be 115 volts, 60 Hz, single-phase (nominal). Minimum wire size shall be 14 AWG; maximum fuse size of HACR-type designated circuit breaker shall be 15 amps.

2.9 SPECIAL FEATURES

A. Unit shall have dependable hot surface ignition with Silicon Nitride igniter.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ HIGH EFFICIENCY GAS FURNACE Modernization & Energy Conservation 15800 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

B. Unit shall have flame roll-out sensors included as a standard.

C. Unit shall contain internal condensate drain system.

D. Unit shall have 24 and 115 vac humidifier terminals included.

E. Unit shall have In-Shot burners and shall have an induced draft blower.

2.10 MANUFACTURERS ACCESSORIES

A. Condensate Neutralizer (p/n P908-0001) utilizing marble chips to neutralize acids.

B. Concentric Vent Kit 2” (p/n KGAVT0701CVT) to provide single wall penetration for 2-pipe direct venting of unit.

C. Filter Kit – External Filter Frame (16” x 25”). (p/n KGAFR0901P16).

D. Condensate drain pump. Pump shall be 1-60-120V and be connected to the furnace electrical service. Pump shall be capable of 12’ of lift.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install per manufacturers recommendations.

B. Vent and intake piping for furnaces shall be schedule 40 PVC.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ HIGH EFFICIENCY GAS FURNACE Modernization & Energy Conservation 15800 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 15810 – DUCTWORK

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SCOPE

A. The ductwork for the various HVAC systems shall be as hereinafter described in this section.

1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all sheet metal work as required for proper operation of the heating and ventilating system, supply air and return air.

B. The Contractor shall be held responsible to construct the air handling systems in accordance with UL requirements for the particular combinations on the Project.

C. Ductwork shall include low velocity heating supply and return mains and transitions as hereinafter specified, and all necessary supports, bracing, stiffeners and hangers to provide neat vibration-proof air distribution systems.

D. All sheet metal work shall be fabricated and installed in a neat and workmanlike manner and by men experienced in this type of work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LOW VELOCITY DUCTWORK

A. All low velocity ductwork shall be constructed and installed in strict accordance with the recommendations and details of SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc., 8224 Old Courthouse Road, Tysons Corner, Vienna, Virginia 22180), except where these Specifications exceed SMACNA requirements. Low velocity ductwork shall consist of supply ducts and return ducts .

B. Metal used in ducts except as otherwise specified shall be galvanized sheet steel conforming to ASTM A527 or aluminum conforming to Aluminum Association Standards Designation #3003-H14.

C. All miscellaneous transitions, shapes and accessories have not been indicated due to the scale of the Drawings; however, the Contractor shall install all sheet metal accessories to complete the systems. Special care shall be exercised to provide tight fitting, well-fabricated well-braced ductwork systems. Adjustment mechanisms, controls and dampers of all kinds must be accessible. Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ DUCTWORK Modernization & Energy Conservation 15810 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments

D. Drive slip joints shall not be used for joint connections unless the Contractor thoroughly tapes each joint with 3M or approved equal 4" wide vinyl impregnated cloth duct tape with adhesive back. Two 2" wide overlapped tapes may be used in lieu of 4" wide tape. Taped drive slip joints may be used on ducts up to and including 18" only.

E. All new low velocity ductwork shall be constructed to SMACNA 2" W.G. pressure class standards and shall be neatly built, rigidly braced with structural shapes to prevent vibration and made up of the following gauges:

Aluminu Maximum Type of Steel m Size, Transverse Joint Bracing Gauge Thicknes Inches Connections s Plain S Slip, Pocket Lock or Bar 24 .020" Up to 12 None Slips on 8'-0" Centers Plain S Slip, Pocket Lock or Bar 24 .025" 13 to 18 None Slips on 8'-0" Centers Hemmed S Slip, 1" 1" x 1" x 1/8" Pocket Lock or 1" 24 .025" 19 to 30 angles 5'-0" OC Bar Slips on 10'-0" max. Centers

F. All joints in ductwork shall be airtight and shall be constructed in accordance with SMACNA recommendations, except where SMACNA recommendations are exceeded by these Specifications.

G. All ductwork shall be supported by hanger straps, angles, rods, or bands, attached, sized and spaced in accordance with the SMACNA duct construction standards. Standard sheet metal practices listed and shown in the SMACNA "Duct Manual" shall apply to work to be performed.

2.2 ACCESS DOORS IN DUCT

A. Furnish and install access doors and frames to permit cleaning of existing ductwork. Provide duct access doors of insulated double panel construction, not less than 20 gauge, galvanized steel. Provide all access doors with sponge rubber gaskets around their entire perimeter. Where ducts are uninsulated or are not lined, insulation in access doors may be omitted.

B. Hang access doors in ductwork in separate frames on heavy flat hinges. Provide "Ventlok No. 100" cast zinc latches. Where space conditions preclude the use of hinges, provide a minimum of 4 heavy window type latches.

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ DUCTWORK Modernization & Energy Conservation 15810 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install all ductwork per SMACNA Standards.

END OF SECTION

Erie Housing Authority - Project ‘G’ DUCTWORK Modernization & Energy Conservation 15810 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments

SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 EXECUTION OF THE WORK

A. These Specifications call out certain duties of the Electrical Contractor and/or Subcontractors. They are not intended as a material list of items required by the Contract.

B. This division of the Specifications covers the electrical systems of the project. It includes work performed by the electrical trades as well as trades not normally considered as electrical trades.

C. Provide all items and work indicated on the Drawings and all items and work called for in this division of the Specifications in accordance with the conditions of Contract (Division 1 General Requirements Documents). This includes all incidentals, equipment, appliances, services, hoisting, scaffolding, supports, tools, supervision, labor, consumable items, fees, licenses, etc., necessary to provide complete systems. Perform start-up and checkout on each item and system to provide fully operable systems.

D. Comply with all provisions of the Contract Documents including (Division 1), (General Conditions, and Supplementary General Conditions) of the Specifications.

E. Certain terms such as "shall, provide, install, complete, start up" are not used in some parts of these Specifications. This does not indicate that the items shall be less than completely installed or that systems shall be less than complete.

F. Examine and compare the Electrical Drawings and Specifications with the Drawings and Specifications of other trades, and report any discrepancies between them to the Engineer and obtain written instructions for changes necessary in the work. At time of bid the most stringent requirements must be included in said bid. Install and coordinate the electrical work in cooperation with other trades installing interrelated work. Before installation, make proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner approved by the Engineer. All changes required in the work of the Contractor caused by neglect shall be corrected at the expense of the Contractor.

G. It is the intent of the Drawings and Specifications to provide a complete workable system ready for the Owner's operation. Any item not specifically shown on the Drawings or called for in the Specifications, but normally required to conform with the intent, are to be considered a part of the Contract.

H. These Specifications are basically equipment and performance Specifications. Actual installations shall be as shown on the Drawings. Installations and details shown on the Drawings shall govern where these differ from the Specifications. Project ‘G’ Electrical General Provisions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16010 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

I. All materials furnished by the Contractor shall be new and unused (temporary lighting and power products are excluded) and free from defects. All materials used shall bear the Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. label provided a standard has been established for the material in question.

J. All products and materials to be new, clean, free of defects and free of damage and corrosion.

K. No exclusion from, or limitation in, the symbolism used on the Drawings for electrical work or the languages used in the Specifications for electrical work shall be interpreted as a reason for omitting accessories necessary to complete any required system or item of equipment.

L. The use of words in the singular shall not be considered as limiting where other indications denote that more than one item is referred to.

M. Except for conduit, conduit fittings, outlet boxes, wire and cable, all items of equipment or material shall be the product of one manufacturer throughout. Multiple manufacturers will not be permitted.

1.2 COORDINATION OF THE WORK A. Certain materials will be provided by other trades. Examine the Contract Documents to ascertain these requirements.

B. Carefully check space requirements with other trades and the physical confines of the area to insure that all material can be installed in the spaces allotted thereto including finished suspended ceilings. Make modifications thereto as required and approved.

C. Transmit to other trades all information required for work to be provided under their respective sections in ample time for installation.

D. Wherever work interconnects with work of other trades, coordinate with other trades to insure that all trades have the information necessary so that they may properly install all the necessary connections and equipment. Identify all items of work that require access so that the ceiling trade will know where to install access doors and panels.

E. Due to the type of the installation, a fixed sequence of operation is required to properly install the complete systems. Coordinate, project and schedule work with other trades in accordance with the construction sequence.

F. The locations of lighting fixtures, outlets, panels and other equipment indicated on the Drawings are approximately correct, but they are understood to be subject to such revision as may be found necessary or desirable at the time the work is Project ‘G’ Electrical General Provisions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16010 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

installed in consequence of increase or reduction of the number of outlets, or in order to meet field conditions or to coordinate with modular requirements of ceilings, or to simplify the work, or for other legitimate causes.

G. Exercise particular caution with reference to the location of panels, outlets, switches, etc., and have precise and definite locations approved by the Engineer before proceeding with the installation.

H. The Drawings show only the general run of raceways and approximate location of outlets. Any significant changes in location of outlets, cabinets, etc., necessary in order to meet field conditions shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Engineer and shall receive approval before such alterations are made. All such modifications shall be made without additional cost to the Owner.

I. Obtain from the Engineer in the field the location of such outlets or equipment not definitely located on the Drawings.

J. Circuit "tags" in the form of arrows are used where shown to indicate the home runs of raceways to electrical distribution points. These tags show the circuits in each home run and the panel designation. Show the actual circuit numbers on the finished record tracing and on panel directory card. Where circuiting is not indicated, the Electrical Contractor must provide required circuiting in accordance with the loading indicated on the drawings and/or as directed.

K. The Drawings generally do not indicate the exact number wires in each conduit for the branch circuit wiring of fixtures, and outlets, or the actual circuiting. Provide the correct wire size and quantity as required by the indicated circuiting and/or circuit numbers indicated and control wiring diagrams, if any, specified voltage drop or maximum distance limitations, and the applicable requirements of the NEC.

L. Adjust location of conduits, panels, equipment, pull boxes, fixtures, etc. to accommodate the work to prevent interferences, both anticipated and encountered. Determine the exact route and location of each raceway prior to installation.

1. Right of way: lines which pitch to have the right- of-way over those which do not pitch. For example: steam, condensate, and plumbing drains normally have right-of-way. Lines whose elevations cannot be changed to have right-of-way over lines whose elevations can be changed.

2. Make offsets, transitions and changes in direction in raceways and as required to maintain proper head room in pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the Drawings.

M. Wherever the work is of sufficient complexity, prepare additional Detail Drawings to scale similar to that of the bidding Drawings, prepared on tracing medium of the same size as Contract Drawings. With these layouts, coordinate the work with the

Project ‘G’ Electrical General Provisions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16010 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

work of other trades. Such detailed work to be clearly identified on the Drawings as to the area to which it applies. Submit for review Drawings clearly showing the work and its relation to the work of other trades before commencing shop fabrication or erection in the field.

N. Contractor shall furnish services of an experienced Superintendent, who shall be in constant charge of all work, and who shall coordinate his work with the work of other trades. No work shall be installed before coordinating with other trades.

1.3 EXAMINATION OF SITE

A. Prior to submitting of bids, the Contractor shall visit the site of the job and shall familiarize himself with all conditions affecting the proposed installation and shall make provisions as to the cost thereof. Failure to comply with the intent of this paragraph will in no way relieve the Contractor of performing all necessary work shown on the Drawings.

1.4 PROGRESS OF WORK

A. The Contractor shall order the progress of his work so as to conform to the progress of the work of other trades and shall complete the entire installation as soon as the conditions of the building will permit. Any cost resulting from the defective or ill-timed work performed under this section shall be borne by the Contractor.

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Ship and store all products and materials in a manner which will protect them from damage, weather and entry of debris. If items are damaged, do not install, but take immediate steps to obtain replacement or repair. Any such repairs shall be subject to review and acceptance of the Engineer.

B. Delivery of Materials: Deliver materials (except bulk materials) in manufacturer's unopened container fully identified with manufacturer's name, trade name, type, class, grade, size and color.

C. Storage of Materials, Equipment and Fixtures: Store materials suitably sheltered from the elements, but readily accessible for inspection by the Engineer until installed. Store all items subject to moisture damage in dry, heated spaces.

1.6 EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES

A. Establish sizes and location of the various concrete bases required. Coordinate with General Contractor and provide all necessary anchor bolts together with templates for holding these bolts in position.

B. Provide supports, hangers and auxiliary structural members required for support of Project ‘G’ Electrical General Provisions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16010 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

the work.

C. Furnish and set all sleeves for passage of raceways through structural, masonry and concrete walls and floors and elsewhere as will be required for the proper protection of each raceway and passing through building surfaces.

D. Wall mounted equipment, total weight of 100 pounds or less, may be directly secured to wall by means of steel bolts. Maintain at least 1" air space between equipment and supporting wall. Groups or arrays of equipment, with total weight of more than 100 pounds, shall be mounted on adequately sized steel angles, channels, or bars. Prefabricated steel channels providing a high degree of mounting flexibility, such as those manufactured by Kindorf, Globe-Strutt and Unistrut, may be used for mounting arrays of equipment.

1.7 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING

A. Provide excavation for the work. Excavate all material encountered, to the depths indicated on the Drawings or required. Remove from the site excavated materials not required or suitable for backfill. Provide grading as may be necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations. Remove any water accumulating therein. Provide sheeting and shoring as may be necessary for the protection of the work and for the safety of personnel.

B. Provide trenches of widths necessary for the proper execution of the work. Grade bottom of the trenches accurately to provide uniform bearing and support the work on undisturbed soil at every point along its entire length. Except where rock is encountered, do not excavate below the depths indicated. Where rock excavations are required, excavate rock to a minimum overdepth of four inches below the trench depths indicated on the Drawings or required. Backfill overdepths in the rock excavation and unauthorized overdepths with loose, granular, moist earth, thoroughly machine tamped to a compaction level as specified by the Engineer. Whenever unstable soil incapable of properly supporting the work is encountered in the bottom of the trench as determined by the Engineer, remove soil to a depth required and backfill the trench to the proper grade with coarse sand, fine gravel or other suitable material.

C. Excavate trenches for utilities to a depth that will provide the following minimum depths of cover from existing grade or from indicated finished grade, whichever is lower, unless otherwise specifically shown.

1. Primary electric service: 4 feet (minimum). 2. Secondary electric service: 2 feet (minimum). 3. Telephone service: 2 feet (minimum).

Project ‘G’ Electrical General Provisions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16010 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

1.8 BACKFILLING OF TRENCHES

A. Do not backfill trenches until all required tests have been performed and the installation observed by the Engineer. Comply with the requirements of other sections of these Specifications. Deposit backfill in 6 inch layers and thoroughly and carefully tamp until the work has a cover of not less than 1 foot. Backfill and tamp remainder of trench at 12 inch intervals until complete. Uniformly grade the finished surface. Install a 6” marking ribbon 12” above conduits.

1.9 CUTTING, PATCHING, ETC. A. The work shall be carefully laid out in advance. Where cutting, channeling, chasing or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings or other surfaces is necessary for the proper installation, support or anchorage of raceway, outlets or other equipment, the work shall be carefully done. Any damage to the building, piping, equipment or defaced finish plaster, woodwork, metalwork, etc. shall be repaired by skilled mechanics of the trades involved at no additional cost to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall do no cutting, channeling, chasing or drilling of unfinished masonry, tile, etc., unless he first obtains permission from the Engineer. If permission is granted, the Contractor shall perform this work in a manner approved by the Engineer.

C. Where conduits, outlet, junction, or pull boxes are mounted on a painted surface, or a surface to be painted, they shall be painted to match the surface. Whenever support channels are cut, the bare metal shall be cold galvanized.

D. Slots, chases, openings and recesses through floors, walls, ceilings, and roofs will be provided by the various trades in their respective materials. The trade requiring them to properly locate such openings and be responsible for any cutting and patching caused by the neglect to do so.

1.10 NOMINAL VOLTAGES (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)

A. Primary distribution: (15,000 volts).

B. Secondary distribution: 277/480 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire and 120/208 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire.

1.11 MOUNTING HEIGHTS

A. Unless otherwise noted or required because of special conditions, locate outlets as follows:

1. Heights listed are from finished floor to center of device. Verify exact locations with the Engineer before installation.

Project ‘G’ Electrical General Provisions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16010 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

a. Wall switch outlets ...... 40" b. Bracket outlets ...... 7'- 0" to bottom c. Convenience outlets (general)...... 18" d. Convenience outlets (mechanical areas)...... 4' - 0" e. Panelboard and distribution cabinet to top...... 6' - 6" f. Fire alarm audio unit ...... Lower of 80” AFF ...... or 6” below ceiling g. Fire alarm audio/visual unit...... Lower of 80” AFF ...... or 6” below ceiling h. Fire alarm visual unit...... Lower of 80” AFF ...... or 6” below ceiling i. Fire alarm stations ...... 42" j. Desk telephone outlets ...... 18" k. Wall telephone outlets...... 4' - 9" l. Desk intercommunication outlets...... 1' - 6" m. Signal bells below ceiling...... 1' - 0" n. Clock outlets below ceiling...... 1' - 0" o. Chimes below ceiling ...... 1' - 0" p. Television outlets ...... 1' - 6" q. Pushbuttons...... 4' - 8" r. Loudspeakers (classrooms)...... 8' - 0" s. Loudspeakers (corridors)...... 1' - 0"

1.12 CLEANING UP

A. Contractor shall take care to avoid accumulation of debris, boxes, crates, etc., resulting from the installation of work. Contractor shall remove from the premises each day all debris, boxes, etc., and keep the premises clean, subject to the Architect’s instructions, which shall be promptly carried out.

B. Contractor shall clean all fixtures and equipment at the completion of the project.

C. All switchboards, panelboards, wireways, trench ducts, cabinets, enclosures, etc. shall be thoroughly vacuumed clean prior to energizing equipment and at the completion of the project. Equipment shall be opened for observation by the Architect as required.

1.13 WATERPROOFING

A. Avoid, if possible, the penetration of any waterproof membranes such as roofs, machine room floors, basement walls, and the like. If such penetration is necessary, perform it prior to the waterproofing and furnish all sleeves or pitch-pockets required. Advise the Architect and obtain written permission before penetrating and waterproof membrane, even where such penetration is shown on the Drawings. Perform work so as to maintain any warranties currently in effect. Project ‘G’ Electrical General Provisions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16010 - 7 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

B. If this Contractor penetrates any walls or surfaces after they have been waterproofed, this Contractor shall restore the waterproof integrity of that surface at the expense of this Contractor and as directed by the Architect.

1.14 SUPPORTS

A. Support work in accordance with the best industry practice and the following.

B. Include supporting frames or racks extending from floor slab to ceiling slab for work indicated as being supported from walls where the walls are incapable of supporting the weight. In particular, provide such frames or racks in electric closets.

C. Include supporting frames or racks for equipment, intended for vertical surface mounting, which is required in a free-standing position.

D. Supporting frames or racks shall be of standard angle, standard channel or specialty support system steel members. They shall be rigidly bolted or welded together and adequately braced to form a substantial structure. Racks shall be of ample size to assure a workmanlike arrangement of all equipment mounted on them.

E. Nothing, (including outlet, pull and junction boxes and fittings) shall depend on electric conduits, raceways, or cables for support, except that threaded hub type fittings having a gross volume not in excess of 100 cubic inches may be supported from heavy wall conduit, where the conduit in turn is securely supported from the structure within five inches of the fitting on two opposite sides.

F. Nothing shall rest on, or depend for support on, suspended ceilings media (tiles, lath, plaster, as well as splines, runners, bars and the like in the plane of the ceiling).

G. Provide required supports and hangers for conduit, equipment, etc., so that loading will not exceed allowable loadings of structure.

1.15 FASTENINGS

A. Fasten electric work to building structure in accordance with the best industry practice and the following.

B. As a minimum procedure, where weight applied to the attachment points is 100 pounds or less, fasten to building elements of:

1. Wood -- with wood screws. 2. Concrete and solid masonry -- with bolts and expansion shields. 3. Hollow construction -- with toggle bolts. Project ‘G’ Electrical General Provisions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16010 - 8 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

4. Solid metal -- with machine screws in tapped holes or with welded studs. 5. Steel decking or subfloor -- with fastenings as specified below for applied weights in excess of 100 pounds. C. As a minimum procedure, where weight applied to building attachment points exceeds 100 pounds, but is 300 pounds or less, conform to the following:

1. At concrete slabs utilize 24" x 24" x 1/2" steel fishplates on top with through bolts. Fishplate assemblies shall be chased in and grouted flush with the top of slab screen line, where no fill is to be applied.

2. At steel decking or subfloor for all fastenings, utilize through bolts or threaded rods. The tops of bolts or rods shall be set at least one inch below the top fill screen line and grouted in. Suitable washers shall be used under bolt heads or nuts. In cases where the decking or subfloor manufacturer produces specialty hangers to work with his decking or subfloor such hangers shall be utilized.

D. Where weight applied to building attachments points exceeds 300 pounds, coordinate with and obtain approval of Architect and conform to the following:

1. Utilize suitable auxiliary channel or angle iron bridging between building structural steel elements to establish fastening points. Bridging members shall be suitably welded or clamped to building steel. Utilize threaded rods or bolts to attach to bridging members.

E. Floor mounted equipment shall not be held in place solely by its own dead weight. Include floor anchor fastenings in all cases.

F. For items which are shown as being ceiling mounted at locations where fastening to the building construction element above is not possible, provide suitable auxiliary channel or angle iron bridging tying to the building structural elements.

1.16 FIRE STOPS

A. Openings for electrical equipment penetrating a fire rated floor, wall or ceilings, shall be resealed as required by Code. Install fire rated sealant equal to or greater than the fire rating of the penetrated surface.

1.17 PRODUCTS

If products and materials are specified or indicated on the Drawings for a specific item or system, use those products or materials. If products and materials are not listed in either of the above, use first class products and materials, subject to approval of Shop Drawings where Shop Drawings are required or as approved in writing where Shop Drawings are not required.

Project ‘G’ Electrical General Provisions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16010 - 9 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

1.18 OMISSIONS FROM THE DRAWINGS

A. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings or specifications or be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall notify the Engineer before submitting his proposal. The Engineer will in turn, send written instructions to all Bidders. Neither the Engineer nor the Owner will be responsible for oral instructions. If the Contractor fails to comply with this requirement, he shall accept the Engineer’s interpretations as to the intended meaning of the drawings and specifications.

1.19 EXECUTION

A. Follow manufacturer's instructions for installing, connecting, and adjusting all equipment. Provide one copy of such instructions to the Architect before installing any equipment. Provide a copy of such instructions at the equipment during any work on the equipment. Provide all special supports, connections, wiring, accessories, etc.

B. Use mechanics skilled in their trade for all work.

C. Keep all items protected before and after installation. Clean up all debris.

D. Perform all tests required by local authorities in addition to tests specified herein, such as life safety systems.

E. Applicable equipment and materials to be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories and Manufactured in accordance with ASME, NEMA, ANSI or IEEE standards and as approved by local authorities having jurisdiction.

F. Before commencing work, examine all adjoining, underlying, etc., work on which this work is in any way dependent for perfect workmanship and report any condition which prevents performance of first class work. Become thoroughly familiar with actual existing conditions to which connections must be made or which must be changed or altered.

1.20 DISPOSAL

A. All electrical items not designated by Owner for his use to be properly disposed of according to local, state and Federal regulations.

B. Items containing polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) to be removed, transported and disposed of according to Federal Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). Contractor to submit certification that these items have been properly disposed of.

Project ‘G’ Electrical General Provisions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16010 - 10 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

1.21 VERIFICATION OF ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS

A. Prior to the installation of wiring systems for any equipment furnished by others, this contractor shall verify that the electrical requirements of the equipment match those shown on the electrical drawings by examining the approved shop drawings of that equipment. Any discrepancies shall be immediately reported to the engineer.

B. If the contractor fails to comply with this requirement, he shall be responsible for any additional costs incurred at no additional cost to the Owner.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Electrical General Provisions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16010 - 11 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 16015 - ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Utilize the following abbreviations and definitions for discernment within the Drawings and Specifications.

1. Abbreviations: a. NEC National Electrical Code

b. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act

c. ANSI American National Standards Institute

d. NFPA National Fire Protection Association

e. ASA American Standards Association

f. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

g. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association

h. UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

i. IES Illuminating Engineering Society

j. ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association

k. ASTM American Society of Testing Materials

l. ETL Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc.

m. CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers

n. EIA Electronic Industries Association

o. OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer

p. ADA Americans with Disabilities Act

2. Definitions:

a. "PROVIDE" means to supply, purchase, transport, place, erect, connect, test and turn over to Owner, complete and ready for regular Project ‘G’ Abbreviations and Definitions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16015 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

operation, the particular work referred to.

b. "INSTALL" means to join, unite, fasten, link, attach, set up or otherwise connect together before testing and turning over to Owner, complete and ready for regular operation, the particular work referred to.

c. "FURNISH" means to supply all materials, labor, equipment, testing apparatus, controls, tests, accessories and all other items customarily required for the proper and complete application for the particular work referred to.

d. "WIRING" means the inclusion of all raceways, fittings, conductors, connectors, tape, junction and outlet boxes, connections, splices, and all other items necessary and/or required in connection with such work.

e. "CONDUIT" means the inclusion of all fittings, hangers, supports, sleeves, etc.

f. "AS DIRECTED" means as directed by the Architect or his representative.

g. "CONCEALED" means installed behind wall furring or within double partitions or installed within hung ceilings.

h. "EMBEDDED" means contained within floor slabs, masonry or other construction.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Abbreviations and Definitions Modernization & Energy Conservation 16015 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 16020 - WORK INCLUDED

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. General: Provide the work included in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, appliances, auxiliaries, services, hoisting, scaffolding, support, supervision, and Project Record Documents, and perform all operations for the Documents, and perform all operations for the furnishing and installing of the complete electrical furnishing and installing of the complete electrical system, including but not limited to the work described hereinafter. The work shall meet or exceed the latest codes, regulations and requirements of the local community and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

C. The electrical work is shown schematically on the Drawings to indicate the general system arrangement and configuration. The work of this Division shall include coordination with the work of other Divisions of the Specifications and the Contract Documents so as to provide a complete and operational system capable of being readily operated and maintained, including approved re-arrangement of the systems and equipment and re-routing of distribution services to enable the complete system to fit within the confines of the allotted electrical spaces, all to the satisfaction of the Architect.

D. The work includes, but is not limited to the following:

1.02 WORK BY THIS CONTRACTOR

A. The work to be performed under these Specifications and the accompanying Drawings comprises the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, and other services and facilities necessary for the complete installation of, but not necessarily limited to the following:

1. The complete removal of the existing panelboards at 13-8 as shown on the drawings.

2. The provision of new panelboards at 13-8 as shown on the drawings.

3. The complete removal of the existing security camera system at Schmid Towers, Friendship Apartments and Ostrow Apartments.

Project ‘G’ Work Included Modernization & Energy Conservation 16020 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

4. The provision of a complete new security system at Schmid Towers, Friendship Apartments, and Ostrow Apartments, Harbor Homes and Harbor Homes Annex as shown on the drawings and hereinafter specified.

5. The provision of a complete electrical system at the Lake City Garage as shown on the drawings.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Work Included Modernization & Energy Conservation 16020 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 16025 - CODES, FEES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. General: Comply with Codes in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 CODES

A. The electrical installation shall be in compliance with the requirements of OSHA, NEC and the rules, regulations and requirements of the power company supplying power to the building.

B. The electrical installation shall comply fully with all county and state laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to electrical installations.

C. All equipment shall be equal to or exceed the minimum requirements of NEMA, IEEE and UL.

D. Should any change in Drawings or Specifications be required to comply governmental regulations, the contractor shall notify Architect prior to execution of the work. The work shall be carried out according to the requirements of such code in accordance with the instruction of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.3 FEES A. All local fees and permits and services of inspection authorities shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall cooperate fully with local utility companies with respect to their services.

1.4 CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION A. Certificate of Inspection and approval shall be procured and paid for by this Contractor from the Local Inspection Agency and delivered to the Architect before final payment is made.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Codes, Fees Modernization & Energy Conservation 16025 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 16035 - REVIEWS AND ACCEPTANCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT

A. Reference shall be made to Division 01631, "Products and Substitutions", for substitution of material or equipment in this Division of the Specifications.

B. Materials specified by name or catalog number are base bid items and substitutions are not permitted. If the Contractor elects to submit a substitution, it shall be listed on his base bid as an addition or deletion to his base bid.

1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Prepare and submit detailed shop drawings for materials, systems and equipment as listed herein, including locations and sizes of all openings in floor decks, walls and floors.

B. The work described in any shop drawing submission shall be carefully checked for all clearances (including those required for maintenance and servicing), field conditions, maintenance of architectural conditions and proper condition with all trades on the job. Each submitted shop drawing shall include a certification that all related job conditions have been checked and that no conflict exists.

C. All drawings shall be submitted sufficiently in advance of final requirements to allow ample time for checking and resubmittal as may be required. All submittals shall be complete and contain all required and detailed information. Copies of catalog pages are not acceptable. All submittals shall be legible.

D. Acceptance of any submitted data or shop drawings for material, equipment apparatus, devices, arrangement and layout shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility of furnishing same of proper dimensions and weight, capacities, sizes, quantity, quality and installation details to efficiently perform the requirements and intent of the Contract. Such acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions or inadequacies of any sort on submitted data or shop drawings.

E. Shop drawings shall be submitted by specification section. Each section requiring submission shall be complete, partial section submissions will not be accepted. Each submission shall contain a coversheet with the required information completely filled out. The coversheet shall contain the project title and reference to applicable drawing and specification articles. Blank forms will be provided upon request.

Project ‘G’ Reviews and Acceptances Modernization & Energy Conservation 16035 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

1.3 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for the Architect's approval shop drawings of the following and any other shop drawings requested:

a. Load Centers b. Security system c. Wiring devices

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Reviews and Acceptances Modernization & Energy Conservation 16035 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 16040 - GUARANTEE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. General: Provide a guarantee in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. Submit a single guarantee stating that all portions of the work are in accordance with Contract requirements. Guarantee all work against faulty and improper material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance by the Owner, except that where guarantees or warranties for longer terms are specified herein, such longer term to apply. Within 24 hours after notification, correct any deficiencies which occur during the guarantee period at no additional cost to Owner, all to the satisfaction of the Owner and Architect. Obtain similar guarantees from subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and subtrade specialists.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Guarantee Modernization & Energy Conservation 16040 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie SECTION 16045 - MAINTENANCE MANUALS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. General: Provide maintenance manuals in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide five (5) copies of each manual.

B. Manuals to be 8-1/2 inches x 11 inches size in hard back 3-ring loose-leaf binders. Use more than one volume if required; do not overfill binders.

C. Submit one (1) copy to Architect. After review and acceptance, assemble other copies.

D. Manuals to be completed and in Owner's hands prior to turning building over to Owner and at least 10 days prior to instruction to operating personnel.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS’ LITERATURE

A. General: Provide manufacturers’ literature on all items of equipment and components as regularly published by the respective manufacturers for proper preventative and comprehensive maintenance.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Provide maintenance manuals including but not limited to the following:

A. Alphabetical list of all system components, with the name, address, and 24-hour phone number of the company responsible for servicing each item during the first year of operation.

B. Operating instructions for complete system including:

1. Normal starting, operating, and shut-down.

2. Emergency procedures for fire or failure of major equipment.

C. Maintenance instructions including:

1. Proper lubricants and lubricating instructions for each piece of equipment, Project ‘G’ Maintenance Manuals Modernization & Energy Conservation 16045 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie and date when lubricated.

2. This shall be a separate list in addition to manufacturers’ data.

3. Necessary cleaning, replacement and/or adjustment schedule.

D. Manufacturers’ data on each piece of equipment including:

1. Installation instructions.

2. Drawings and specifications.

3. Parts list, including recommended items to be stocked.

4. Complete wiring diagrams.

5. Marked or changed prints locating all concealed parts and all variations from the original system design.

6. Test and inspection certificates.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Maintenance Manuals Modernization & Energy Conservation 16045 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. General: Provide raceways in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 STANDARDS

A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of the following:

1. Rigid Conduit - RMC a. UL Standard UL-6 b. ANSI C80-1 c. Federal Specification WW-C-581E

2. Electrical Metallic Tubing - EMT a. UL Standard UL-797 b. ANSI C80-3 c. Federal Specification WW-C-563

3. Liquid Tight Flexible Conduit - LFMC a. UL Standard UL-360

4. Metal Clad Cable – MC

a. UL standard 1581

b. Federal spec J-C-30B

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RACEWAY TYPES

A. Rigid Steel Conduit - RMC

1. Rigid steel conduit heavy wall galvanized.

B. Electric Metallic Tubing - EMT

1. Continuous, seamless tubing galvanized or sheradized on the exterior coated on the interior with a smooth hard finish of lacquer, varnish or enamel.

Project ‘G’ Raceways and Boxes Modernization & Energy Conservation 16110 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie 2. All couplings, connectors, etc., used in conjunction with this raceway which are 2 inch in size and smaller shall be watertight compression type. EMT fittings shall be malleable iron zinc coated. With conduits of 2-1/2 inch in size and larger, set screw type couplings are permitted.

C. Liquid Tight Flexible Conduit - LFMC

1. Same as flexible steel conduit except with tough, inert watertight plastic outer jacket.

2. Cast malleable iron body and gland nut, cadmium plated with one-piece brass grounding bushings which thread to interior of conduit. Spiral molded vinyl sealing ring between gland nut and bushing and nylon insulated throat.

D. Metal Clad Cable – MC Non-Health Care

1. Type MC cable shall be armored galvanized steel sheath cable with copper conductors and THHN 90˚C insulation. Furnish with insulated grounding conductor.

2.2 OUTLET, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Provide zinc-coated or cadmium-plated sheet steel outlet boxes not less than 4 inches octagonal or square, unless otherwise noted. Equip fixture outlet boxes with 3/8 inch no-bolt fixture studs where required. Where fixtures are mounted on or in an accessible type ceiling, provide a junction box and extend flexible conduit to each fixture. Fit outlet boxes in finished ceilings or walls with appropriate covers, set flush with the finished surface. Where more than one switch or device is located at one point, use gang boxes and covers unless otherwise indicated. Sectional switch boxes or utility boxes will not be permitted. Provide Series "GW" (Steel City) tile box, or as accepted, or a 4 inch square box with tile ring in masonry walls which will not be plastered or furred. Where drywall material is utilized provide plaster ring. Provide outlet boxes of the type and size suitable for the specific application.

B. Construct junction or pullboxes not over 150 cubic inches in size as standard outlet boxes, and those over 150 cubic inches the same as "cabinets" with screw covers of the same gauge metal.

C. Plug any open knockouts not utilized.

D. Provide surface mounted outlet and junction boxes in indoor locations where exposed to moisture and outdoor locations of cast metal with threaded hubs.

Project ‘G’ Raceways and Boxes Modernization & Energy Conservation 16110 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATION OF RACEWAYS

A. The following applications must be adhered to except as otherwise required by Code. Raceways not conforming to this listing must be removed by this Contractor and replaced with the specified material at this Contractor's expense.

B. Raceway types Application

Rigid Conduit - RMC Application: Where exposed on exterior of building and exposed to mechanical injury, where specifically required, where required by codes and for all circuits in excess of 600 volts.

Electrical Metallic Applications: Use in every instance except where Tubing – EMT another material is specified.

Liquid Tight Flexible Applications: Use in areas subject to moisture Conduit - LFMC where flexible steel is unacceptable at connections to all motors, and all raised floor areas.

Metal-Clad Cable Application: Use for branch circuit wiring above suspended ceilings or in metal stud walls. Cable shall not be run exposed. Home run wiring from panelboard to first outlet box shall be installed in conduit. AC cable not permitted for fire alarm wiring systems.

3.2 RACEWAY SYSTEMS IN GENERAL

A. Provide raceways for all wiring systems unless noted otherwise. Where non-metallic raceways are utilized, provide sizes as required with the grounding conductor considered as an insulated additional conductor. Minimum size 3/4 inch for home runs and 1 inch minimum for power distribution. Wiring of each type and system must be installed in separate raceways.

B. Install capped bushings on raceways as soon as installed and remove only when wires are pulled. Securely tie embedded raceway in place prior to embedment. Raceways installed below or in floor slabs must extend a minimum of 4 inches above the finished slab to the first connector. Lay out the work in advance to avoid excessive concentrations of multiple raceway runs.

C. Locate raceways so that the strength of structural members is unaffected and they do not conflict with the services of other trades. Install 1-inch or larger raceways in or through structural members (beams, slabs, etc.) only when and in the manner accepted by the Architect. Draw up couplings and fittings full and tight. Protect

Project ‘G’ Raceways and Boxes Modernization & Energy Conservation 16110 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie threads from corrosion with one (1) coat red lead or zinc chromate after installation.

D. Above Grade - Defined as the area above finished grade for a building exterior and above top surface of any slabs (or other concrete work) on grade for a building interior. Above-grade raceways to comply with the following:

1. Install raceways concealed except at surface cabinets and for motor and equipment connection in electrical and mechanical rooms. Install a minimum of 6 inches from flues, steam pipes, or other heated lines. Provide flashing and counterflashing for waterproofing of raceways, outlets, fittings, etc., which penetrate the roof. Route raceways parallel or perpendicular to building lines with right-angle turns and symmetrical bends. Run embedded raceways in a direct line and, where possible, with long sweep bends and offsets. Provide sleeves in forms for new concrete walls, floor slabs and partitions for passage of raceways. Waterproof sleeved raceways where required.

2. Provide raceway expansion joints for exposed and concealed raceways with necessary bonding conductor at building expansion joints and between buildings or structures and where required to compensate for raceway or building thermal expansion and contraction.

3. Provide one (1) empty 3/4 inch raceway for each three (3) spare unused poles or spaces of each flush-mounted panelboard. Terminate empty 3/4 inch conduit in a junction box, which after completion, is accessible to facilitate future branch circuit extension.

4. Provide raceway installation (with appropriate seal-offs, explosion-proof fittings, etc.) in special occupancy area, as required. Provide conduit seal-offs where portions of an interior raceway system pass through walls, ceiling or floors which separate adjacent rooms having substantially different maintained temperatures, as in refrigeration or cold storage rooms.

E. Raceways in hung ceilings shall be run on and secure to slab or primary structural members of ceiling, not to lathing channels or T-bars or other elements which are the direct supports of the ceiling panels. Secure conduit firmly to steel by clips and fittings designed for that purpose. Install as high as but not less than 1'-0" above hung ceilings.

F. Exposed raceways shall be run parallel or at right angles with building lines. Secure raceway clamps or supports to masonry materials by toggle bolts, expansion bolts, or steel inserts. Install raceway on steel construction with approved clamps which do not depend on friction or set-screw pressure alone.

G. Clear raceway of all obstructions and dirt prior to pulling in wires or cables. This shall be done with ball mandrel (diameter approximately 85% of conduit inside diameter) followed by close fitting wire brush and wad of felt or similar material. This

Project ‘G’ Raceways and Boxes Modernization & Energy Conservation 16110 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie assembly may be pulled in together with, but ahead of the cable being installed. All empty raceways shall be similarly cleaned. Clear any raceway which rejects ball mandrel.

H. Support less than 2" trade size, vertically run, raceways at intervals no greater than eight feet. Support such raceways, 2" trade size or larger, at intervals no greater than ten feet.

I. Support less than 1" trade size, horizontally run, raceways at intervals no greater than seven feet. Support such raceways, 1" trade size or larger, at intervals no greater than ten feet.

3.3 OUTLET, JUNCTION, AND PULLBOXES

A. Provide outlet, junction, and pullboxes as indicated on the Drawings and as required for the complete installation of the various electrical systems, and to facilitate proper pulling of wires and cables. J-boxes and pullboxes shall be sized per NEC minimum.

B. The exact location of outlets and equipment is governed by structural conditions and obstructions or other equipment items. When necessary, relocate outlets so that when fixtures or equipment are installed, they will be symmetrically located according to the room layout and will not interfere with other work or equipment. Verify final location of outlets, panels equipment, etc., with Architect.

C. Back-to-back outlets in the same wall or "thru-wall" type boxes not permitted. Provide 12-inch (minimum) spacing for outlets shown on opposite sides of a common wall to minimize sound transmission.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Raceways and Boxes Modernization & Energy Conservation 16110 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie SECTION 16120 - WIRE AND CABLE (600 VOLTS AND BELOW)

PART - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. General: Provide 600 volt wire and cable in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 STANDARDS

A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of the following:

1. Conductors:

a. ASTM b. ICEA

2. Terminal Blocks:

a. UL-1059

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 WIRE AND CABLE

A. General

1. Provide wire with a minimum insulating rating of 600 volts, except for wire used in 50 volts or below applications for control of signal systems use 300 volt minimum or 600 volt where permitted to be incorporated with other wiring systems.

B. Conductor

1. Electrical grade, annealed copper, tinned if rubber insulated, and fabricated in accordance with ASTM standards. Minimum size number 12 for branch circuits; number 14 for control wiring. 2. The conductors shown on the drawings are copper, except as noted otherwise.

C. Stranding and Number of Conductors

1. Number 12 and number 10 solid.

2. Cables larger than number 10, stranded in accordance with ASTM Class B

Project ‘G’ Wire and Cable (600 Volts and Below) Modernization & Energy Conservation 16120 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie stranding designations.

3. Control wires stranded in accordance with ASTM Class B stranding designations.

4. Cables, multi-conductor unless otherwise noted for low tension systems.

D. Insulation

1. Type THWN/THHN insulation suitable for use in wet locations up to 75 degrees Centigrade. Use for lighting, receptacle and motor circuits and for panel and equipment feeders.

2. Type THHN - Flame retardant: Heat-resistant thermoplastic insulation, nylon jacket rated for 90 degrees Centigrade operation. Use for lighting branch circuit wiring installed and passing through the ballast channels of fluorescent fixtures, wiring in metal roofdecks in or near roof insulation, in attic or joist spaces, or in raceways exposed to the sun.

E. Color Coding 1. Provide consistent color coding of all feeders, sub feeders, motor circuits and the likes as follows:

120/208 Volts Code Phase A - Black Phase B – Red Phase C – Blue Neutral – White Ground - Green

2. Color-code wiring for control systems installed in conjunction with mechanical and/or miscellaneous equipment in accordance with the wiring diagrams furnished with the equipment. Factory color code wire number 2 and smaller. Wire number 1 and larger may be color coded by color tapping of the entire length of the exposed ends.

2.2 CONNECTORS

A. Make connections, splices, taps and joints with solderless devices, mechanically and electrically secure. Protect exposed wires and connecting devices with electrical tape or insulation to provide not less than that of the conductor.

B. Branch Circuit wires (Number 10 and smaller): Use any of the following types of terminals and connecting devices:

1. Hand Applied

Project ‘G’ Wire and Cable (600 Volts and Below) Modernization & Energy Conservation 16120 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie a. Coiled tapered, spring wound devices with a conducting corrosion-resistant coating over the spring steel and a plastic cover and skirt providing full insulation for splice and wired ends. Screw connector on by hand.

2. Tool Applied

a. Steel cap, with conduction and corrosion resistant metallic plating, open at both ends, fitted around the twisted ends of the wire and compressed or crimped by means of a special die designed for the purpose. Specifically fitted plastic or rubber insulating cover wrap over each connector.

2.3 ELECTRICAL TAPE

A. Specifically designed for use as insulating tape.

2.4 LUBRICANT

A. Use lubricant only where the possibility of damage to conductors exists. Use only a lubricant approved by the cable manufacturer and one which is inert to cable and raceways.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WIRE AND CABLE

A. Provide a complete system of conductors in raceway system. Mount wiring through a specified raceway, regardless of voltage application.

B. Drawings do not indicate size of branch circuit wiring. For branch circuits whose length from panel to furthest outlet exceeds 100 feet for 120-volt circuits use number 10 or larger.

C. Do not install wire in incomplete conduit runs nor until after the concrete work and plastering is completed and moisture is swabbed from conduits. Eliminate splices wherever possible. Where necessary, splice in readily accessible pull, junction, or outlet.

D. Provide cable supports for all vertical risers where required by code.

E. Flashover or insulation value of joints to be equal to that of the conductor. Provide Underwriters' Laboratories listed connectors rated at 600 volts for general use and 1,000 volts for use between ballasts and lamps or gaseous discharge fixtures.

F. Use terminating fittings, connectors, etc., of a type suitable for the specified cable

Project ‘G’ Wire and Cable (600 Volts and Below) Modernization & Energy Conservation 16120 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie furnished. Make bends in cable at termination prior to installing compression device. Make fittings tight.

G. Extend wire sizing for the entire length of a circuit, feeder, etc. unless specifically noted otherwise.

3.2 NEUTRAL WIRE

A. A separate neutral wire shall be installed for each circuit. A common neutral for two or three circuits is not permitted.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Wire and Cable (600 Volts and Below) Modernization & Energy Conservation 16120 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie SECTION 16135 - LOAD CENTERS

PART 1- GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. General: Provide load centers in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. Related work specified elsewhere:

1. Equipment supports 2. Identification 3. Grounding

1.2 STANDARDS

A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest applicable provisions and recommendations of the following.

1. Load Centers

a. UL Standards 50 and 67 b. Federal Standard W-P115A Type II, Class 1 c. NEMA Standard PB-1-1971.

2. Circuit Breakers

a. UL Standard 489 b. Federal Standard W-C-375a Amendment No. 4 and W-C-375b

b. NEMA Standard AB-1-1969

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. With each load center drawing the following is required. Submittals failing to meet this criteria will be returned without a review or acceptance.

1. Show main devices and lug sizes; branch circuit device sizes and arrangement; bus ampacities; short circuit data and withstand ratings; dimensions and construction; gutter dimensions; nameplate and legend; protective coating; and all pertinent details of panel, enclosure, cover and method of securing cover.

Project ‘G’ Load Centers Modernization & Energy Conservation 16135 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

2.01 LOAD CENTERS IN GENERAL

A. Provide load centers consisting of an assembly of branch circuit switching and protective devices (circuit breakers) mounted inside a dead front enclosure. Provide the number and size of these branch circuit devices as indicated on the circuiting plans and schedules.

B. Provide the following modifications and additional equipment as shown on the Drawings:

1. Main circuit breakers 2. Feed through lugs 3. Cable tap arrangement or feed through cables 4. Rain-tight hubs for exterior load center mounted

C. Interiors

1. Rigid removable assembly of copper or aluminum bus bars and interchangeable bolted branch circuit devices.

2. Bus bars drilled to permit branch circuit devices of all sizes and number of poles to be interchangeable and installed in any spare space of sufficient size, without disturbing adjacent units, without removing main bus or branch circuit connectors and without machining, drilling, or tapping.

3. Arrange bus in sequence or distributed phasing so that multipole circuit breaker can replace any group of single circuit breakers of the same size.

4. Provide neutral bus in each load center.

5. Provide ground bus in each load center.

D. Enclosure 1. Code gauge steel box galvanized.

2. Bolt-on ground connector to inside of box.

3. Flush mounted in finished areas and where indicated. Surface mount elsewhere.

E. Front 1. Doors shall be provided on all panels.

Project ‘G’ Load Centers Modernization & Energy Conservation 16135 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie 2. Heavy code gauge steel as required to maintain panel face flat.

3. Hinged door/back board panel assembly.

4. Factory finished in medium gray enamel or two coats of air-drying lacquer over a rust inhibitor.

5. Provide typewritten directory located inside door under durable plastic cover for total number of poles.

6. Welded angle rest at the bottom of the cover to facilitate over installation.

7. No commercial logo on face of load center.

F. Terminal Lugs

1. Bolted type, suitable for either copper or aluminum conductors.

2. Locate main lugs properly at top or bottom, depending upon where main feeder enters.

G. Electrical Ratings

1. Load centers shall be of voltage, phase, number of wires, and with ampacities as indicated on the drawings.

2. Short circuit withstand ratings shall be equal to or greater than those as indicated on the drawings.

3. Where require provide load centers having a “service entrance” Type UL Label.

H. Circuit Breaker Devices

1. Plastic molded case. Completely sealed enclosure. Toggle type operating handle. Trip ampere rating and ON/OFF indication clearly visible.

2. Thermal-magnetic trip-free, trip-indicating, quick-make, quick-break, with inverse time delay characteristics. Single handle and common tripping multipole breakers.

3. Silver alloy contacts with auxiliary arc-quenching devices.

4. Interrupting capacities shall be as indicated on the drawings.

Project ‘G’ Load Centers Modernization & Energy Conservation 16135 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie 5. Locate next to each breaker or space unit an individual number. Where multiple-sections panelboards occur, no two sections are to have like numbers.

6. Circuit breakers as noted for switching purposed shall be switch rated.

I. Approved Manufacturers

1. Load center shall be Square D Homeline or approved equivalent.

PART 3 – INSTALLATION

A. Mount panel 4 feet to panel center but with maximum height of 6 feet 6 inches to top of panel or as directed by Architect

B. Where flush mounted, the fire integrity of the wall in which it is installed must be maintained.

C. Neatly arrange branch circuit wires and tie together in each gutter with Thomas & Betts “Ty-Raps”, or approved equal at minimum intervals.

D. Plug all knockouts removed and not utilized.

3.2 GROUNDING

A. Provide grounding as specified in Section 16450.

3.3 TOUCH UP AND CLEANING

A. Vacuum all backboxes clean of debris after installation and prior to final acceptance.

B. Touch up scratch marks, etc., with matching paint.

C. Remove all paint/plaster from load centers.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Load Centers Modernization & Energy Conservation 16135 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie SECTION 16145 - SURFACE METAL RACEWAY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Where surface metal raceway is indicated on the drawings, it shall consist of standard lengths of all steel, "lay in" type wireway complete with all couplings, covers, hangers, fittings, boxes, outlet devices, plates and similar items.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SURFACE RACEWAY

A. Surface raceway shall be Wiremold, Walker or approved equal. Size shall be as specified on the plans. If not noted it shall be sized to accommodate the number of wires required for the installation.

B. Raceway finish shall be factory applied enamel paint or stainless steel. Standard color shall be gray unless noted otherwise.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Installation shall be done in a workmanlike manner, complete, with all raceway joints provided with coverplates, and other necessary fittings for a neat installation provided.

B. Surface metal raceways shall be surface mounted. Raceway shall not extend through a fire rated partition.

C. Wiring within the raceway shall be supported a minimum of 30" on center and at each splice or raceway connection point.

D. When surface metal raceway is used for mixed voltages provide a metal barrier.

E. Surface metal raceway shall be securely mounted to the surface on which it is installed. Verify with Architect/Engineer if special mounting precaution are to be taken.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Surface Metal Raceway Modernization & Energy Conservation 16145 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. General: Provide a low impedance grounding system in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.2 STANDARDS

A. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of the following:

1. Underwriters Laboratory Standard No. UL 467

2. ANSI C-1 1978.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Furnish and install an electrical grounding system as indicated on the Construction Documents and as specified herein.

B. Grounding systems shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the local authorities, NEC Section 250, and subject to the approval of the Architect.

C. All ground wires shall be stranded copper installed in conduit. All ground wires shall be without joints and splices over its entire length.

2.2 GROUNDING SYSTEMS

A. All conduits, metal raceways, boxes, cabinets, etc. installed by this Contractor and all motors and equipment connected shall be properly bonded and grounded.

B. In all feeders and branch circuits install a green colored ground wire to each panel, cabinet, receptacle, motor or a piece of control equipment.

C. The green ground wires shall be extended and connected to the ground bus in the panels or equipment enclosure. Neutral wiring system shall not be used for this purpose. Green ground wire shall be connected to all junction or pull boxes through which they pass and to all cabinet and panel enclosures.

D. This ground wire shall be run in same conduit as phase and neutral wires feeding equipment, motor or receptacles and conduit size shall be increased if necessary. This conductor shall be installed whether or not shown on the drawings and shall be Project ‘G’ Grounding Modernization & Energy Conservation 16450 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie sized in accordance with NEC but shall not be smaller than #12 AWG. Motors shall be grounded by a grounding terminal in their connection box. Tie all ground wires together in panels and connect to ground bus in panel cabinet.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Grounding connections and splices shall be brazed molded exothermic welded, bolted clamp terminal or pressure- connector type. Bolted connections and pressure- connectors shall be used for connections to removable equipment. Brazed connections shall be made where noted on drawings.

END OF SECTION

Project ‘G’ Grounding Modernization & Energy Conservation 16450 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

SECTION 16750 – IP VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL

A. The intent of this Request for Proposal (RFP) is to specify the minimum criteria for the design, supply, and installation of an IP Video Surveillance System for the Harbor Homes Development, Schmid Towers, Friendship Apartments, and Ostrow Apartments of the Housing Authority of the City of Erie, Pennsylvania (hereafter called HACE).

1.2 SUMMARY

A. System and components include products supplied and installed

1. Cameras, mounts, power supplies. 2. Video Management Software. 3. Dedicated IP Video storage server 4. 24 Inch LCD Flat Screen High Resolution Monitor 5. UPS 6. Network switch 7. Wired and Wireless Network 8. Ethernet extender bridge(s) 9. Additional System wiring where required, excluding network wiring. 10. Any additional components, cabling, and software to provide a complete and operational IP Video Surveillance System at each location.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. The Housing Authority of the City of Erie requires an IP Video Surveillance System at the developments mentioned in Section 1.00 A. for the purpose of enhancing the security and safety of its clients. Analog Closed Circuit Television Systems will not be accepted. The IP Video Surveillance System shall employ Pan/Tilt/Zoom IP cameras and fixed dome cameras, using a combination of wireless and dedicated hardwire technologies, for monitoring and recording of designated areas on the client’s premises.

Images will be stored locally at each location on a dedicated Image Server, with monitor, and UPS in the respective administration areas noted on the drawings. Local and remote viewing and playback shall be possible through the client’s existing LAN/WAN network with the use of a web browser or software client. The System shall be capable of integration with the client’s existing LAN/WAN infrastructure, and shall be complete and operational. Submissions using non-IP based, or those using proprietary hardware, software, and compression technologies will not be accepted.

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 1 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

B. The Video Management Software shall provide video monitoring, recording and event management functions. It shall be able to record video continuously, on schedule, on alarm and/or on motion detection. The software shall have multiple search functions for recorded events.

C. Client software for remote viewing shall be installed on user workstations designated by HACE.

D. Users connected to the Image Server at each location via the client’s LAN/WAN or remotely through an Internet Connection, shall be able to retrieve live images and stored images using the most current version of standard browser software applications such as Microsoft Internet Explorer.

E. The IP Video Surveillance System shall be capable of future expansion.

F. The Image Server shall be capable of receiving NTSC video images with H.264, MPEG-4 and Motion JPEG as the IP camera video standard. It shall be capable of 24/7 operation, and shall be of commercial/server grade manufactured by HP, or approved equal. Consumer grade PC’s and Desktops shall not be accepted. Enough storage shall be configured to provide for a minimum of five (5) days of archived recordings at 30 fps, 1280x720, H.264, using a combination of continuous and motion-based recording.

G. All cameras shall be IP cameras. Analog cameras with analog to digital converters, or external video servers will not be accepted, however the IP Video Surveillance System shall be capable of integrating any existing analog cameras, if desired.

H. The IP Local Area Network shall be a separate standalone network using CAT6 Cabling, following EIA/TIA standards.

I. All connections to the client’s existing LAN/WAN shall be supervised and performed by Networking Technologies, 3910 Caughey Road, Suite 207, Erie, PA 16506, (814) 836-0000, www.net-cloud.com.

1.3 SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT

The Housing Authority of the City of Erie does not intend to specify which manufacturer shall be preferred over another, but merely provides these specifications to act as minimum standard guidelines for the project. Alternate manufacturers will be considered and reviewed against these specifications to insure the performance and functionality contained herein, and must meet or exceed the specified requirements. Proof of equivalency is the responsibility of the bidder/contractor.

All substitutions shall be submitted to HACE no less than ten (10) days prior to the RFP opening for consideration. Substitutions must meet these specifications as a minimum to be considered an “approved equal.” Brochures, specifications, and a brief description stating why the substitution is being made shall be provided for each component Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 2 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

substitution. The contractor shall provide a spreadsheet showing a side by side caparison of the specs in this RFP versus their proposed substitutes, clearly indicating equivalency.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product data provided shall include:

1. Technical data sheets shall be submitted for each component, including video management software, server, power supplies, cameras, monitors, and all supplemental field devices, in hard copy and electronic form. 2. Four complete sets of user guides, installation, operation manuals shall be provided in hard copy and electronic form, one for each location.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. All work shall be completed by factory authorized personnel.

B. Contractors shall have a minimum of two service technicians available 24/7.

C. Contractor shall provide at least two references with complete contact information for similar systems, where IP video surveillance and/or wireless technologies were employed. If a contractor does not provide both IP video and wireless services, and is employing a third party contractor for either component of this project, that contractor shall also provide two references of similar installations, with contact information.

D. All equipment and materials used shall be standard components that are regularly manufactured and used in the manufacturer’s system. Refurbished or otherwise used equipment will not be accepted.

E. All systems and components shall be provided with a technical support phone number and email address from the manufacturer.

F. The contractor shall state how many technicians qualified for IP Video Surveillance and Wireless systems are on staff.

G. The contractor shall provide a written document explaining the processes their company has in place to enhance their level of response, for example, 24 x 7 emergency service.

H. The contractor shall state the estimated time frame from acceptance of the contract to time of completion.

I. The awarded contractor must comply with all federal, state, and local statutes or ordinances which may apply to the proposed work. No claim for additional Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 3 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

compensation will be allowed, which is based upon a lack of knowledge or misunderstanding of any such requirements by the contractor.

J. The awarded contractor shall follow all EIA/TIA standards and the latest edition of the National Electric Safety Code (NESC) where applicable. Any part of the installation found to violate these codes shall be brought into compliance at the expense of the awarded contractor.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. General – The warranty period shall begin on the date of first beneficial use and shall be for a minimum period of one-year.

B. Personnel – Warranty service shall be performed by technicians trained by the manufacturer or their representatives.

C. Exclusions to the warranty – Any exclusions or exceptions to the warranty shall be clearly stated in the contractor’s documentation.

1.7 MAINTENANCE

A. Preventive Maintenance Agreement – As a separate price item and at the owner’s request, the Contractor shall provide a complete Maintenance Agreement for a period of one year or more after the conclusion of the warranty period. The maintenance Agreement shall include, but not be limited to:

1. Labor and materials, at no additional cost, to repair any IP Video Surveillance devices. 2. Inspections every 6 months to ensure correct operation of the IP Video Surveillance System.

1.8 TRAINING

A. Operator training shall be available for a minimum of up to eight hours at the client’s location, as the client feels is required. Three additional one-hour follow up training sessions shall be provided at the client’s request.

B. Training shall be performed by factory-authorized personnel.

1.9 TIME FRAME

A. The winning contractor shall complete the IP Video Surveillance Project within 90 days of receiving a signed contract, contingent upon prior receipt of pole permits by HACE from First Energy (Penelec) and other parties for use of their utility poles for cameras, wireless devices, power, and cabling.

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 4 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 THE VIDEO IMAGE STORAGE SERVER / MONITOR / UPS

A. Video Image Storage Server

The Video Image Storage Server shall be installed in the main office in the administrative office at each location as noted on the drawings. The Image Server shall have a recording capability of 30 fps, 1280x720, H.264, with having sufficient disk storage provided for no less than 5 days of archiving. It shall have the following minimum specifications: 1 x Xeon E5620, 2.4 GHz CPU, 4GB RAM, two 1000Mbit Network Cards, Graphics card with full DirectX 9.0 and 1024MB onboard memory, DVD-R/W, redundant power supply, SCSI RAID Support Controller – Gigabit Ethernet, a sufficient quantity of hard drives to configure 15 cameras per hard drive, based on the number of cameras per location, Microsoft Windows Server 2008R2 Standard, 3 Year parts and labor warranty.

The Server shall be an HP ML350 G6 or approved equal.

1. Manufacturer Part Number: 600425-005 2. Product Line: ProLiant 3. Product Series: ML350 G6 4. Product Model: 600425-005 5. Product Name: ProLiant ML350 G6 600425-005 Entry-level Server 6. Product Type: Entry-level Server 7. Number of Processors Support: 2 8. Number of Processors Install: 1 9. Processor Manufacturer: Intel 10. Processor Type: Xeon 11. Processor Model: E5620 12. Processor Core: Quad-core 13. Processor Speed: 2.40 GHz 14. Bus Speed: Not Applicable 15. QuickPath Interconnect: 5.86 GT/s 16. 64-bit Processing: Yes 17. Hyper-Threading: Yes 18. Chipset Manufacturer: Intel 19. Chipset Model: 5520 20. Standard Memory: 4 GB 21. Maximum Memory: 192 GB 22. Memory Technology: DDR3 SDRAM 23. Memory Standard: DDR3-1333/PC3-10600 24. Total Hard Drive Capacity: 1-6 x 3.5 “ Hot-Plug SAS/SATA hard drive bays 25. 3.5 “ 1 TB Hard drive manufacturer part number: 507614-B21 – quantity as required per site 26. Optical Drive Type: DVD-Reader Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 5 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

27. Optical Media Support: DVD-ROM 28. Controller Type: Serial Attached SCSI 29. RAID Support: Yes 30. Number of Total Expansion Slots: 6 31. Graphics Controller Manufacturer: ATI 32. Graphics Controller Model: RN50 33. Graphics Memory Capacity: 64 MB 34. Ethernet Technology: Gigabit Ethernet 35. 2nd Gigabit Ethernet Server Adapter ; HP 503746-B21 36. Number of USB Ports: 6 37. Green Compliance: Yes 38. Case Style: Tower 39. Rack Height: 5U 40. Height: 18.50" 41. Width: 8.59" 42. Depth: 23.46" 43. Standard Warranty: 3 Year Limited

Provide a DVDRW optical kit to enable transferring of video segments to a DVD.

1. Manufacturer: Hewlett-Packard 2. Manufacturer Part Number: 447328-B21 3. Manufacturer Website Address: www.hp.com 4. Brand Name: HP 5. Product Name: 16x DVD±RW Drive 6. Marketing Information: The HP DVD RW is the first generation of SATA optical drives for HP ProLiant servers. The DVD RW drive will be capable of reading DVD 4.7 GB through 8.5 GB media. It will also be able to read standard stamped, CD-R, and CD-RW media. The drive supports writing to CD-R, CD-RW, DVD +R/RW, and DVD -R/RW media. 7. Product Type: DVD-Writer 8. Maximum Write Speed: 16x DVD/40x CD 9. Maximum Rewrite Speed: 8x DVD/32x CD 10. Maximum Read Speed: 16x DVD/40x CD 11. Buffer: 2 MB 12. Media Support: Double-layer - DVD-RAM/±R/±RW 13. Interfaces/Ports: 1 x 7-pin Serial ATA/150 - Serial ATA 14. Form Factor: 5.25" 1/2H Internal 15. Height: 16.26" 16. Width: 5.75" 17. Depth: 7.87" 18. Package Contents: 16x DVD±RW Drive , Installation guide , Warranty card , Software Media , SATA data and power cables

The DVDRW Optical Kit shall be an HP SATA DVDRW Optical Kit, model 447328-B21, or approved equal.

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 6 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Provide a Graphics Card with full DirectX 9.0 and 1024MB onboard memory.

1. Digital Signal: Yes 2. Dual Link DVI Support: Yes 3. Chipset Manufacturer: nVIDIA 4. Chipset Line: Quadro 5. Chipset Model: 600 6. Standard Memory: 1 GB 7. Memory Technology: GDDR3 SDRAM 8. Bus Width: 128 bit 9. DisplayPort: Yes 10. Number of DisplayPort Output: 1 11. DVI: Yes 12. Number of DVI Output: 1 13. Standard Warranty: 3 Year

The Graphics card shall be the PNY VCQ600-PB Quadro 600 graphics card, 1GB GDDR2 SDRAM, or approved equal.

B. Provide a 24 inch Widescreen LCD monitor for the Video Image Server with resolution 1280x800 or higher.

1. Widescreen LCD Monitor with a 16:9 format display that renders full high- definition video.

2. Fast response rate and 40000:1 contrast ratio.

3. Screen Mode: HD 1080

4. Maximum Response Time: 2 ms

5. Aspect Ratio: 16:9

6. Horizontal Viewing Angle: 160°

7. Vertical Viewing Angle: 160°

8. Mount Type: Wall-mountable

9. HDCP Support: Yes

10. Maximum Resolution: 1920 x 1080

11. Color Support: 16.7 Million Colors (24-bit)

12. Contrast Ratio: 40000:1

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 7 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

13. Brightness: 300 Nit

14. Speakers: Yes

15. DVI: Yes

16. HDMI: Yes

17. VGA: Yes

18. Built-in Devices: Speaker

19. Input Voltage: 110 V AC, 220 V AC

20. Color: Black

21. Height: 16.70"

22. Width: 22.60"

23. Depth: 6.80"

24. Weight (Approximate): 11.70 lb.

25. Platform Support: PC, Mac

26. Green Compliance: Yes

27. Green Compliance Certificate/Authority: Energy Star

28. Standard Warranty: 3 Year Limited

The monitor shall be the Acer H243, Part Number: ET.FH3HP.002 Widescreen LCD Monitor, or approved equal.

C. An Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) shall be provided to run both the video server and its monitor. It shall have the following specifications:

1. Output Power Capacity -1980 Watts / 2200 VA 2. Max Configurable Power - 1980 Watts / 2200 VA 3. Nominal Output Voltage - 120V 4. Efficiency at Full Load - 98.00% 5. Output Voltage Distortion - Less than 5% at full load 6. Output Frequency (sync to mains) - 47 - 53 Hz for 50 Hz nominal , 57 - 63 Hz for 60 Hz nominal 7. Waveform Type - Sine wave 8. Output Connections - (8) NEMA 5-15R – (2) NEMA 5-20R 9. Nominal Input Voltage - 120V 10. Input Frequency - 50/60 Hz +/- 3 Hz (auto sensing) Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 8 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

11. Input Connections - NEMA 5-20P 12. Cord Length - 6 feet (1.83 meters) 13. Input voltage range for main operations - 82 - 144V 14. Input voltage adjustable range for mains operation - 75 - 154V 15. Battery Type - Maintenance-free sealed Lead-Acid battery - leak-proof 16. Typical recharge time - 3 hour(s) 17. Typical Backup Time- at Half Load – 21.9 minutes (990 Watts) 18. Typical Backup Time- at Full Load -7.1 minutes

The UPS shall be the APC Smart UPS 2200VA, Model SMT2200, or approved equal.

2.2 VIDEO MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE

The Video Management Software shall be the latest version of Axis Camera Station Video Management Software or approved equal. Provide sufficient licensing per camera as required for each HACE development.

A. Camera models Compatible with AXIS network video products running firmware 4.30 or higher. Visit www.axis.com for a full list. B. Recording frame rate Total frame rate >1500 fps on recommended hardware. C. Recording storage Unlimited recording database, limited only by disk space Record directly to local and network disks Duration can be limited per camera to conform to local legal requirements Fail-over recording in cameras Locking of prioritized recordings D. Video channels Up to 50

E. Video compression H.264 (MPEG-4 Part10/AVC) MPEG-4 Part 2 Motion JPEG

F. Resolutions Supports connected Axis video product resolutions.

G. Camera live view Flexible live view configuration of up to 50 cameras Axis’ Corridor Format, multiple monitors Hot-spot, camera/view sequence, site maps, web page

H. PTZ support Control of PTZ and dome cameras using mouse or joystick Area zoom, Digital PTZ; Programmable hot-keys

I. Event Recording Events triggered by video motion detection, Active Tampering Alarm, Axis Cross Line Detection, external inputs, manual trigger or system triggers

J. Alarm notification Visual indication, audible alert, traybar notification, switch to camera/view, go to PTZ preset, email alarm procedure, acknowledgement of alarms

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 9 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

K. Motion detection Advanced camera-based motion detection for low bandwidth Utilization

L. Scheduled recordings Schedule per camera allows customization of weekday and weekend recordings

M. Playback Playback speed: up to 64x or frame by frame; Graphical timeline for quick overview of events

N. Synchronized playback Playback of video and audio from up to 25 cameras simultaneously

O. Search for recordings Search for recordings based on camera, date and time Timeline visualization, smart search, bookmarks

P. Export Manual and scheduled export; single images in JPEG format or video sequences in ASF format; digital signature on exported recordings

Q. Input/output control Advanced control for cameras’ digital inputs/outputs

R. Client AXIS Camera Station Client (for Windows) included for local and remote viewing, playback and administration

S. Security Multiple user access levels with password protection using local or Windows domain users (Active directory)

T. Logs Alarm, event and audit logs.

U. Installation and setup Automatic camera discovery Efficient camera management Powerful event configuration wizard

V. Licenses AXIS Camera Station base licenses for 4 or 10 cameras/channels, or approved equal, to be used on one single dedicated PC/server. Additional licenses in +1 or +5 or +20 up to 50 cameras/channels. One year support license included in initial base license. Future support and upgrades require a yearly support license. 30-day demo can be upgraded to licensed version.

W. License Registration Register automatically over the Internet or manually at www.axis.com within a five day grace period.

X. Minimum system requirements Windows 7 Professional, Vista Business, XP Professional (server and/or client), 2008 Server R2, 2008 Server, 2003 Server (server only) Always use the latest service packs Microsoft .NET runtime environment (included in installation package)

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 10 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Y. Minimum computer requirements- Client CPU: Intel P4 or higher, 2 GHz (Intel Core i7 recommended for larger systems) RAM: 1 GB (4 GB recommended for larger systems) Screen: 1024x768 Graphics card with full DirectX 9.0 hardware acceleration and onboard video memory of 256 MB or more Important! Use latest graphics card driver and DirectX runtime

Z. Minimum hardware requirements –Server CPU: Intel P4 or higher, 2 GHz (Intel Xeon recommended for larger systems) 1 GB RAM (4 GB recommended for larger systems)

AA. Recommended network 100 Megabit network (Gigabit network recommended for larger systems)

BB. Recommended Hard Disk configuration At 30 fps in VGA: up to 15 cameras per hard disk

CC. Included accessories Installation Guide CD with software and User’s Manual

2.3 CAMERA MANAGEMENT AND INSTALLATION TOOL

The camera management tool shall be the Axis Camera Management Tool, or approved equal.

A. Supported products: AXIS 2xx video products with firmware version of 4.03/4.10 or higher except AXIS 205/230/250S/262/292.

B. Finding new devices: The local network is monitored periodically for new video devices.

C. Device grouping: Groups for new devices; Devices with changed status; User defined groups

D. IP setting Set fixed IP address from AXIS Camera Management manually or within a defined range

E. Remote devices support: Known IP addresses of supported remote devices, outside the Local Area Network, can be entered manually.

F. Configuration: Single unit configuration or multiple unit configuration using templates. Templates can be created from an existing unit or from the beginning.

G. User management List/add/edit/remove users.

H. Unit status Reachable status shown for known devices.

I. Firmware upgrade support: Upgrade of multiple units sequentially or in parallel. Automatic download of latest available firmware from Axis. Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 11 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

J. Firmware upgrade:HTTP or HTTPS

K. Logging: Activity log with sort/search functions showing performed actions and changed unit status.

L. Security: HTTPS encryption used between application and video device if supported by video device.

Video device passwords are remembered and encrypted and can only be used by the user who defined them

Only standard network protocols used to locate units, firmware upgrade and check status.

M. Language :English

N. Supported protocols IP, HTTP, HTTPS, SSL/TSL, TCP, UPnP (SSDP), ICMP, Bonjour

More information on protocol usage available at www.axis.com

2.4 Joystick – Provide one joystick for each location.

The surveillance joystick shall be the AXIS T8311 USB Video Surveillance Joystick, or approved equal.

A. X/Y – axis for positioning B. Z- turning knob for zoom C. USB connected , 1 x USB 2.0 D. Six Application defined hotkeys E. Dimensions: 4.29" Height x 7.17" Width x 7.13" Depth F. Material: Polycarbonate ABS

2.5 CAMERAS TYPES AND PERIPHERALS

A. Camera Type “1” – Elevator Camera

The contractor will contact the Housing Authorities’ elevator company prior to any work in the elevators, as named below, to assist the installation of cameras.

Otis Elevator Company Renaissance Center 1001 State Street Erie, PA 16501 814-452-2703.

The contractor will subcontract with Otis Elevator for the elevator camera installation. Otis Elevator will specify, provide, and install all traveling cables Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 12 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

required, including CAT6 cabling. They will also install the contractor-provided camera in the location indicated on the drawings.

Mount camera opposite elevator buttons to be able to view the floor number on the open elevator door.

The camera shall:

1. Be manufactured with a tamper-resistant casing and metal base 2. Operate between -20°C to +50°C (-4°F to +122°F) 3. Meet relevant parts of ISO 16750-3 and ECE R10 rev.03 road vehicle standards 4. Meet relevant parts of EN50155 railway electronic standards 5. Be equipped with a 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet interface 6. Be equipped with a progressive scan sensor, varifocal lens and provide images down to 1 lux 7. Provide at least 2 streams of resolutions up to 800x600 pixels at 30 frames per second per stream 8. Provide video streams of HDTV 720p (1280x720) resolution at 30 frames per second [AXIS M3114-R only] 9. Support simultaneous individually configured Motion JPEG and H.264 video streams 10. Support both unicast and multicast H.264 with support for both Constant and Variable Bit Rate 11. Support Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3af 12. Accept static IP addresses as well as addresses provided by a DHCP 13. Support both IPv4 and IPv6 based addresses 14. Provide text overlay that includes date/time support synchronized with an NTP server and the ability to apply a graphical image as an overlay into the video image 15. Include pixel counter functionality, providing a tool to calculate the size of objects in number of pixels 16. Provide multiple user password levels and support for HTTPS and SSL/TLS Include embedded event functionality, which may be triggered by: a. camera tampering alarm b. video motion detection 17. Event actions supported by the camera shall include: a. remote notification, including video upload 18. Be equipped with a built-in web server 19. Be supported by an open and published API

The Type “1” camera shall be the Axis M3114-R or approved equal. Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 13 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

B. Camera Type “2”- Stairways, hallways, drop ceilings, ceiling, wall-mounted.

All Type “2” Cameras below shall be the Axis P3344- 6mm, Part number 0326- 001, using a 2.5 – 6 mm lens, or approved equal.

Type 2CM shall be ceiling mounted using the Axis 5502-401 Mounting Plate for a double gang box. Type 2D shall be drop ceiling mounted, using the Axis 5502-371 drop ceiling mount. Type 2W shall be wall mounted using the Axis 5502-401 Mounting Plate for a double gang box. Type 2WB shall be wall mounted using the Axis T91A61 (5017-611) Wall Bracket, and Axis 5502-351 P33 series Pendant Kit.

The camera shall:

1. Be manufactured with a tamper-resistant casing and metal encapsulated electronics.

2. Be equipped with a 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet interface

3. Be equipped with a progressive scan megapixel sensor, support WDR and shall provide images down to 0.4 lux in day mode and 0.06 lux in night mode

4. Be equipped with so called Day/Night functionality and a varifocal DC-iris lens supporting remote zoom and focus

5. Provide at least two video streams at full frame rate (30 fps) in HDTV 720p (1280x720) resolution using H.264

6. Support simultaneous individually configured Motion JPEG and H.264 video streams

7. Support both unicast and multicast H.264 with support for both Constant and Variable Bit Rate

8. Support Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3af

9. Accept static IP addresses as well as addresses provided by a DHCP Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 14 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

10. Support both IPv4 and IPv6 based addresses

11. Provide text overlay that includes date/time support synchronized with an NTP server and the ability to apply a graphical image as an overlay into the video image

12. Provide multiple user password levels, support for HTTPS and SSL/TLS and incorporate IEEE 802.1X authentication

13. Be equipped with one digital (alarm) input and one digital output

14. Include embedded event functionality, which may be triggered by:

a. alarm input

b. camera tampering alarm

c. video motion detection

d. audio detection

e. local storage full

15. Event actions supported by the camera shall include:

a. remote notification, including video upload

b. activation of output

c. recording to local storage

16. Be equipped with a built-in web server

17. Be supported by an open and published API

C. Camera Type “3” – drop ceiling

All Type “3” Cameras below shall be the Axis P3344- 12mm, Part number 0326- 041, using a 3.3-12 mm lens, or approved equal.

Type 3D shall be drop ceiling mounted, using the Axis 5502-371 drop ceiling mount.

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 15 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

The camera shall:

1. Be manufactured with a tamper-resistant casing and metal encapsulated electronics.

2. Be equipped with a 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet interface

3. Be equipped with a progressive scan megapixel sensor, support WDR and shall provide images down to 0.4 lux in day mode and 0.06 lux in night mode

4. Be equipped with so called Day/Night functionality and a varifocal DC-iris lens supporting remote zoom and focus

5. Provide at least two video streams at full frame rate (30 fps) in HDTV 720p (1280x720) resolution using H.264

6. Support simultaneous individually configured Motion JPEG and H.264 video streams

7. Support both unicast and multicast H.264 with support for both Constant and Variable Bit Rate

8. Support Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3af

9. Accept static IP addresses as well as addresses provided by a DHCP

10. Support both IPv4 and IPv6 based addresses

11. Provide text overlay that includes date/time support synchronized with an NTP server and the ability to apply a graphical image as an overlay into the video image

12. Provide multiple user password levels, support for HTTPS and SSL/TLS and incorporate IEEE 802.1X authentication

13. Be equipped with one digital (alarm) input and one digital output

14. Include embedded event functionality, which may be triggered by:

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 16 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

a. alarm input

b. camera tampering alarm

c. video motion detection

d. audio detection

e. local storage full

15. Event actions supported by the camera shall include:

a. remote notification, including video upload

b. activation of output

c. recording to local storage

16. Be equipped with a built-in web server

17. Be supported by an open and published API

D. Camera Type “4WB”

Type 4WB cameras shall be the Axis P3344-V, 6mm Vandal Resistant, Part number 0327-001 using a 2.5-6mm lens, or approved equal.

Type 4WB shall be wall mounted using the Axis T91A61 (5017-611) Wall Bracket, and Axis 5502-351 P33 series Pendant Kit.

The camera shall:

1. Be manufactured with a vandal-resistant metal casing and metal encapsulated electronics.

2. Be equipped with a 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet interface

3. Be equipped with a progressive scan megapixel sensor, support WDR and shall provide images down to 0.4 lux in day mode and 0.06 lux in night mode

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 17 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

4. Be equipped with so called Day/Night functionality and a varifocal DC-iris lens supporting remote zoom and focus

5. Provide at least two video streams at full frame rate (30 fps) in HDTV 720p (1280x720) resolution using H.264

6. Support simultaneous individually configured Motion JPEG and H.264 video streams

7. Support both unicast and multicast H.264 with support for both Constant and Variable Bit Rate

8. Support Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3af

9. Accept static IP addresses as well as addresses provided by a DHCP

10. Support both IPv4 and IPv6 based addresses

11. Provide text overlay that includes date/time support synchronized with an NTP server and the ability to apply a graphical image as an overlay into the video image

12. Provide multiple user password levels, support for HTTPS and SSL/TLS and incorporate IEEE 802.1X authentication

13. Be equipped with one digital (alarm) input and one digital output

14. Include embedded event functionality, which may be triggered by:

a. alarm input

b. camera tampering alarm

c. video motion detection

d. audio detection

e. local storage full

15. Event actions supported by the camera shall include:

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 18 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

a. remote notification, including video upload

b. activation of output

c. recording to local storage

16. Be equipped with a built-in web server

17. Be supported by an open and published API

E. Camera Type 5WB

Type 5WB cameras shall be the Axis P3344-VE, 6mm Exterior Vandal Resistant, Part number 0325-001 using a 2.5-6mm lens, or approved equal.

Type 5WB shall be wall mounted using the Axis T91A61 (5017-611) Wall Bracket, and Axis 5502-321 P33 series Pendant Kit.

The camera shall:

1. Be manufactured with a vandal-resistant metal casing and metal encapsulated electronics.

2. Be IP66 and NEMA 4X-rated and operate between -40 to +55°C (-40 to +131°F), also when powered using Power over Ethernet

3. Be equipped with a 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet interface

4. Be equipped with a progressive scan megapixel sensor, support WDR and shall provide images down to 0.4 lux in day mode and 0.06 lux in night mode

5. Be equipped with so called Day/Night functionality and a varifocal DC-iris lens supporting remote zoom and focus

6. Provide at least two video streams at full frame rate (30 fps) in HDTV 720p (1280x720) resolution using H.264

7. Support simultaneous individually configured Motion JPEG and H.264 video streams

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 19 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

8. Support both unicast and multicast H.264 with support for both Constant and Variable Bit Rate

9. Support Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3af

10. Accept static IP addresses as well as addresses provided by a DHCP

11. Support both IPv4 and IPv6 based addresses

12. Provide text overlay that includes date/time support synchronized with an NTP server and the ability to apply a graphical image as an overlay into the video image

13. Provide multiple user password levels, support for HTTPS and SSL/TLS and incorporate IEEE 802.1X authentication

14. Be equipped with one digital (alarm) input and one digital output

15. Include embedded event functionality, which may be triggered by:

a. alarm input

b. camera tampering alarm

c. video motion detection

d. audio detection

e. local storage full

16. Event actions supported by the camera shall include:

a. remote notification, including video upload

b. activation of output

c. recording to local storage

17. Be equipped with a built-in web server

18. Be supported by an open and published API

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 20 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

F. Camera Type “6CB” -Pan/Tilt/Zoom Camera with Corner Mount Bracket

The Type 6CB camera shall be the Axis Q6034-E PTZ IP camera with T91A64 Corner Bracket (part number 5017-641) and T91A61 Wall Bracket (part number 5017-611), or approved equal.

1. The camera shall be manufactured with an all- metal body, support startup and operation between -40C to +50C (-40F to +122F) and be both IP66 and NEMA 4X certified.

2. The camera shall be equipped with a progressive scan sensor, 18x optical zoom, so called Day/Night functionality and shall provide images down to 0.74 lux in day mode and 0.04 lux in night mode.

3. The camera shall provide accurate high-speed pan-tilt functionality with 360 endless pan range and a 220 tilt range, provide pan and tilt speed between 0.05 - 450/sec, support guard tour functionality, auto tracking and incorporate at least 100 presets.

4. The camera shall be equipped with a 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet- port.

5. The camera, together with heaters and fans, shall be powered over the network cable using a standalone injector provided with the camera.

6. The camera shall provide simultaneous Motion JPEG and H.264 video streams and shall support at least two individually configured video streams of resolutions up to 1280x720 (HDTV 720p) in full frame rate (30/25fps). The H.264 implementation shall include both unicast and multicast functionality and support Constant Bit Rate (CBR) as well as Variable Bit Rate (VBR).

7. The camera shall be able to trigger its embedded event functionality based on detection of video motion, PTZ position, Auto Tracking, when the local storage is full, camera temperature or in the case of fan malfunctions. Possible response to a trigged event shall include remote notification, incl. image upload, guard tour or preset call-up and recording to local storage. The camera shall be equipped with a video buffer for saving pre- and post-alarm images and shall have a SD/SDHC card slot to support local storage of video.

8. The camera shall feature overlay text ability, that includes date and time synchronized using an NTP server. Furthermore, it shall have the ability to apply a graphical image as an overlay and at least 8 individually configurable and dynamically adjusted privacy masks in the video stream.

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 21 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

9. The camera shall support both static IP addresses and addresses from a DHCP-server, and shall support both IPv4 and IPv6. The camera shall incorporate support for Quality of Service (QoS).

10. For secure access to the camera as well as provided content, the camera shall support HTTPS, SSL/TLS and IEEE802.1X authentication. The camera shall also support IP address filtering and include at least three different levels of password security.

11. The camera shall contain a built-in web server making video and configuration available in a standard browser environment using HTTP and shall also be fully supported by an open and published API (Application Programmers Interface) providing necessary information for integration of functionality into third party applications.

G. Camera Type “6PB” -Pan/Tilt/Zoom Camera with Pole Bracket

The Type “6PB” camera shall be the Axis Q6034-E PTZ IP camera with T91A67 Pole Bracket (part number 5017-671) using the Axis 21776 Mounting Tool, or approved equal.

1. The camera shall be manufactured with an all- metal body, support startup and operation between -40C to +50C (-40F to +122F) and be both IP66 and NEMA 4X certified.

2. The camera shall be equipped with a progressive scan sensor, 18x optical zoom, so called Day/Night functionality and shall provide images down to 0.74 lux in day mode and 0.04 lux in night mode.

4. The camera shall be equipped with a 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet- port.

5. The camera, together with heaters and fans, shall be powered over the network cable using a standalone injector provided with the camera.

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 22 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

9. The camera shall support both static IP addresses and addresses from a DHCP-server, and shall support both IPv4 and IPv6. The camera shall incorporate support for Quality of Service (QoS).

H. Harbor Homes Type “6P” Pole Mounted Cameras. Refer to Appendix “A.”

Six pole-mounted cameras shall be employed using existing lighting poles owned by First Energy (Penelec). Wireless point-to-point technology shall be employed for networking five pole mounted cameras, as noted on the drawings. Permits and agreements between the Housing Authority of the City of Erie and First Energy will be handled under a separate agreement between these parties.

Cameras 3,4,5,6 and 7 shall employ a wireless network used in a point-to-point configuration for connectivity to the IP Video LAN.

See drawings for NESC codes for mounting cameras on First Energy Poles. The contractor is responsible for understanding and following all appropriate NESC electrical codes for this project.

Provide a weatherproof NEMA enclosure with GFI power outlet to house the camera midspan. Provide entrance pigtail from the GFI outlet, run outside the NEMA enclosure for future connection to 110VAC power on the pole by First Energy. Determine entrance pigtail length based on conditions at each pole. Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 23 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Camera 2 shall be connected via a hard wired Ethernet cable to the IP Video LAN, and powered by the midspan included with the camera f rom its network connection.

Position the pole-mounted cameras as follows,

Camera 2 – Mount on the SSE side of the pole for a field of view of the recreational area. Camera 3 – Mount on the SSE side of the pole for a field of view along both adjacent access roads. Camera 4 – Mount on the ENE side of the pole for a field of view along the adjacent access road. Camera 5 - Mount on the ENE side of the pole for a field of view along the adjacent access road. Camera 6 - Mount on the ENE side of the pole for a field of view along Thompson Street. Camera 7 - Mount on the ENE side of the pole for a field of view along Thompson Street.

I. Camera Type “6WB” -Pan/Tilt/Zoom Camera with Wall Bracket

Type “6WB” camera shall be the Axis Q6034-E PTZ IP camera with Axis T91A61 Wall Bracket (part number 5017-611), or approved equal.

1. The camera shall be manufactured with an all- metal body, support startup and operation between -40C to +50C (-40F to +122F) and be both IP66 and NEMA 4X certified.

2. The camera shall be equipped with a progressive scan sensor, 18x optical zoom, so called Day/Night functionality and shall provide images down to 0.74 lux in day mode and 0.04 lux in night mode.

4. The camera shall be equipped with a 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet- port.

5. The camera, together with heaters and fans, shall be powered over the network cable using a standalone injector provided with the camera.

6. The camera shall provide simultaneous Motion JPEG and H.264 video streams and shall support at least two individually configured video Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 24 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

streams of resolutions up to 1280x720 (HDTV 720p) in full frame rate (30/25fps). The H.264 implementation shall include both unicast and multicast functionality and support Constant Bit Rate (CBR) as well as Variable Bit Rate (VBR).

9. The camera shall support both static IP addresses and addresses from a DHCP-server, and shall support both IPv4 and IPv6. The camera shall incorporate support for Quality of Service (QoS).

J. Harbor Homes Type 6WB on the Administration Building.

Mount a Type “6WB” PTZ camera (Camera 1) on the west side of the Administration Building at the peak of the garage. The Ethernet connection shall be hard -wired. See Appendix “E.”

K. Harbor Homes Outdoor Low Temp High Power Midspan for Type “6” PTZ cameras- 3,4,5,6,7,8,and 9.

For the PTZ cameras listed above, replace the High Power midspan that comes with the camera with an Outdoor Low Temperature Midspan .

The Outdoor Midpan shall be the Enable-IT™ 375 75W 56VDC PoE Plus Injector, or approved equal. Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 25 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Enable-IT™ 375 75W 56VDC PoE Plus Injector 1. Power: 5v - 2A DC country specific AC switching wall adapters included. (120 - 260VAC)

2. Data Rate: 100Mbps full-duplex Ethernet Data & with simultaneous Voice transmission

3. Interface: Ethernet: (4) LAN RJ-45 Standard 10/100 Base-TX autosensing ports

a. Voice/Data Line: RJ-11 - Dual line dongles provided

4. Dimensions: Height 1.5" (38mm) Depth 3.75" (95 mm) Width 5.75" (146mm)

5. Environment: Operational Temperature: -49°F to 168°F (-45°to 76°C)

a. Humidity: 5% to 95%, non-condensing

6. Enclosure: Square wall mount plastic casing with Telco / Network port

L. Network I/O Module

Provide a Network I/O Module for Friendship Apartments as a future interface between the IP Video Surveillance system and the entrance gates to direct the PTZ cameras to automatically pan to the respective gate to record video when the gates open. Currently, the gates do not provide the connectivity required for this functionality.

The module shall:

1. Be manufactured with an all metal casing 2. Be equipped with a 100BASE-TX Ethernet interface 3. Be equipped with 8 configurable I/O ports 4. Support -40 VDC to + 40VDC signals when configured as input 5. Supporting open-drain, max load 40mA, max voltage 40 VDC when configured as output 6. Provide 1 channel of full duplex audio and be equipped with Line/Mic In and Line Out 7. Support the use of 48V phantom powered balanced microphones 8. Accept static IP addresses as well as addresses provided by a DHCP 9. Support both IPv4 and IPv6 based addresses 10. Provide one channel of serial communication for third party equipment using RS-232 or 422/485 11. Provide date/time support synchronized with an NTP 12. Provide user password, support for HTTPS and SSL/TLS and incorporate IEEE 802.1X authentication Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 26 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

13. Be equipped with a built-in web server 14. Be supported by an open and published API

The Network I/O module shall be the Axis P8221 (part number 0321-004), or approved equal.

M. Video Decoder

Provide a video decoder to interface between the IP Video Surveillance System and the client’s current CATV and/or MATV system in each building, used to enable tenants to view video from the camera(s) monitoring the door entry system (s). Provide cabling to the appropriate area in each building where the interface between the IP Video Surveillance System and the CATV/MATV system can be made. This may be either at the door entry camera location, with connection being made to the existing coaxial cable from the old camera, or to the head end equipment. Connection to the existing CATV and / or MATV will be provided by others.

The Video Decoder shall be the Axis P7701, or approved equal.

The decoder shall:

1. Be manufactured with an all metal casing 2. Be equipped with a 100BASE-TX Ethernet interface 3. Be able to connect to remote devices using either the devices IP address or a DNS-name 4. Support at least 200 remote devices 5. Be able to decode Motion JPEG, MPEG-4 Part 2 and H.264 video streams 6. Be able to provide resolutions up to 720x480 (NTSC) / 720/576 (PAL) pixels in full frame rate (30/25 fps), pending the quality of the originally encoded video 7. The decoder shall support decoding of Motion JPEG video streams of resolution up to 720p (1280x720 pixels) in full frame rate (30/25 fps) 8. Provide 1 channel of simplex audio and be equipped with Line Out 9. Accept static IP addresses as well as addresses provided by a DHCP 10. Support both IPv4 and IPv6 based addresses 11. Provide one channel of serial communication for third party equipment using RS-422/485 12. Provide date/time support synchronized with an NTP 13. Provide user password, support for HTTPS and SSL/TLS and incorporate IEEE 802.1X authentication 14. Be equipped with one control input ports, providing an ability to select/jump between available video sources 15. Be equipped with a built-in web server 16. Be supported by an open and published API

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 27 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

N. Covert Surveillance Kit

Provide a Covert Surveillance Kit for Schmid Towers, including a 1-channel video encoder together with a small IP66 covert camera, Dual streaming in H.264 and Motion JPEG; max. D1 resolution at 30/25 fps. Video motion detection. Power over Ethernet (IEEE 802.3af) only with power out for the covert camera. \

The Covert Surveillance Kit shall be the Axis M7001 Covert Surveillance Kit, or approved equal.

The encoder shall:

1. Be manufactured with a casing not exceeding 37,4 mm (1,5”) x 30,1 mm (1,2”) x 86 mm (3,4”) 2. Be equipped with a 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet interface 3. Be equipped with 1 analog composite video input 4. Provide multiple video streams at 30 frames per second in Motion JPEG or H.264, supporting resolutions up to 720x576 (PAL) / 720x480 (NTSC) pixels 5. Support simultaneous individually configured Motion JPEG and H.264 video streams 6. Support both unicast and multicast H.264 with support for both Constant and Variable Bit Rate 7. Include de-interlacing functionality 8. Support Power over Ethernet according to IEEE802.3af 9. Accept static IP addresses as well as addresses provided by a DHCP 10. Support both IPv4 and IPv6 based addresses 11. Be equipped with one RS-422/485 port providing the ability to control third part PTZ and dome cameras with support for guard tour and at least 20 presets 12. Provide text and date/time overlay and support synchronization with an NTP server 13. Provide multiple user password levels and support for HTTPS and SSL/TLS 14. Include embedded event functionality, which may be triggered by 15. video loss 16. video motion detection 17. Event actions supported by the encoder shall include; 18. remote notification, including video upload 19. preset call-up 20. Be equipped with a built-in web server 21. Be supported by an open and published API

2.6 Wireless Network at Harbor Homes for pole mounted cameras. Refer to Appendix “A.”

As noted on drawings, provide a wireless mesh network in a point to point configuration, Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 28 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

to provide network connectivity for pole-mounted cameras (except Camera 2) to the IP Video LAN at the Administration building, terminating at the two Wireless Nodes on Pole # B15259. CAT6 Network cabling shall be run from Pole # B15259 into the Administration Building for Camera 2 and the Wireless Nodes on that pole.

Additional “Wireless Hops” shall be installed to relay the wireless signal for Cameras 5, 6 and 7.

For Camera 5 on Pole #B15235 to Wireless Node HOP-3 on Pole # B15227 next to Apartment 1822B, then to the Wireless Node on Pole B15259.

For Camera 6 on Pole # B15357 between the apartments at 1902F and G, first to Wireless Node HOP-1A mounted on Pole # B15359 and then to HOP-1B on Pole # B15356, to the Wireless Node on Pole #B15239 behind the Administration Building.

For Camera 7 on Pole #B15370 between 1902 B & C apartments to Wireless Node HOP-2 on Pole # B15373 behind apartment 1850B, and then to the Wireless Node on Pole # B15259.

The Wireless Network shall be the HotPort 7000 series, manufactured by Firetide, Incorporated, 140 Knowles Drive, Los Gatos, CA 95032, (408)-399-7771, www.firetide.com, or approved equal.

A wireless site survey has already been performed for this configuration at Harbor Homes, and is available to the winning bidder for reference.

Provide: Qty 10 – Firetide HotPort 7020 Outdoor MIMO-802.11n capable Dual Radio Qty 5 - Firetide 7000 Series Radio License – allows user to enable and use the second radio in the Firetide 7000 Series product for a single node, part number SW7000-Radio -1 Qty 14 – AP 20-050-MIMO-19 Antenna Qty 1 – MA0528-19AN Antenna – at Admin Pole B15259. Qty 15 – CP-015-N Antenna Cable Assembly Qty 1 – HotView Pro mesh Management Software – License per 10 nodes, part number 3000-9000-ELE-10.

A. General Requirements

1. The wireless mesh nodes shall be self-forming and self-healing. 2. The wireless mesh infrastructure shall provide link redundancy and high reliability. 3. The wireless mesh infrastructure shall provide distributed Ethernet switch functionality 4. The wireless mesh nodes shall be modular and not share any radios with access point functionality.

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 29 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

5. The wireless mesh nodes shall comply with all Ethernet transport standards. 6. The wireless mesh nodes shall be available in both indoor and outdoor models. 7. The manufacturer shall provide one year warranty on the hardware. 8. The mesh nodes shall support IEEE 802.3 Ethernet transport standards. 9. The mesh nodes shall support IEEE 802.11 a,b,g,n standards on the radio. 10. The mesh nodes shall support IEEE 802.1p standards for Quality of Service and traffic prioritization.

B. Radio Requirements

1. The wireless mesh node shall support up to two radios dedicated for backhaul switching capability. 2. The wireless mesh nodes shall support IEEE 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11N protocols. 3. In the IEEE 802.11N, the wireless mesh nodes shall be capable of 3x3 MIMO with 2 streams. 4. The wireless mesh nodes shall operate in 2.4GHz, 5GHz and the licensed 4.9 GHz band on the same hardware. 5. The wireless mesh nodes shall be FCC certified 6. The wireless mesh nodes shall support a maximum output power of 400 mW per stream. 7. The wireless mesh nodes shall support the following receive sensitivities

. 2.4 GHz, DSSS:  1 Mbps: -95 dBm ;  11 Mbps: -88 dBm

. 2.4 GHz, OFDM:  6 Mbps: -90 dBm;  54 Mbps: -73 dBm

. 5 GHz, OFDM:  6 Mbps: -90 dBm;  54 Mbps: -73 dBm

8. The wireless mesh nodes shall provide ability to eliminate weak radio links in the network. 9. The wireless mesh nodes shall provide the ability to configure any channel in the specified frequency bands. 10. The wireless mesh nodes shall support Dynamic Channel Allocation for optimal RF performance. 11. The wireless mesh nodes shall support transmit power control (TPC). 12. The wireless mesh nodes shall provide software control over the two radios for different radio configurations

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 30 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

13. The wireless mesh node shall provide the capability to logically combine the two radios in “Bonded Mode” of operation for higher bandwidth. 14. The wireless mesh nodes shall provide the ability to recover neighbor radio nodes in different bands and frequencies.

C. Networking and Interfaces

1. The outdoor wireless mesh nodes shall support three 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet ports using weatherproof connectors. 2. The indoor wireless mesh nodes shall provide four (4) 10/100/1000 Base- T Ethernet switch ports using RJ45 connectors. 3. The wireless mesh nodes shall provide a mix of radio and Ethernet interfaces over the routing domain. 4. The wireless mesh nodes shall provide the ability to connect to each other over Ethernet 5. The wireless mesh nodes shall provide the ability to bridge multiple remote wireless mesh networks over IP. 6. The wireless mesh node shall provide the ability to seamlessly integrate with a backbone IP network. 7. The wireless mesh network shall be capable of providing a dynamic backup network in case of failure in the wired network 8. The wireless mesh shall support up to 4094 VLAN 9. The wireless mesh networks shall support configuration of static routes. 10. The wireless mesh network shall support the ability to eliminate weak links. 11. The wireless mesh network shall support multicast capabilities

D. Throughput Requirements – Subject to deployment conditions, like topography and environment, etc.

1. The wireless mesh node shall support up to 400 Mbps throughput in a bonded mode of operation in MIMO configuration. 2. The wireless mesh node shall support up to 200 Mbps sustained throughput across multiple hops within the MIMO mesh. 3. The wireless mesh solution should support sustained throughput performance for 10 hops or more. 4. The wireless mesh node shall support low latency of the order of 1.5 ms (average) per hop.

E. QoS Requirements

1. The wireless mesh network shall have simultaneous support for video, voice and data multi services. 2. The wireless mesh nodes shall support port based QoS and 802.1p standards based QoS. 3. The wireless mesh nodes shall support VLANs and VLAN trunking. Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 31 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

4. The wireless mesh nodes shall provide load balancing on alternate routing paths between source and destination MAC addresses.

F. Management Requirements

1. The management system shall support a single point interface for full FCAPS capabilities for all Firetide mesh elements (including HotPort, HotPoint and HotClient). 2. The wireless mesh nodes shall provide management interfaces via HTTP, SNMP, GUI. 3. The management architecture shall be a client-server architecture with multiple clients logging into the server. 4. The management station shall provide statistics and alarms and events. 5. The hardware shall provide system status LEDs for power, mesh, faults. 6. The wireless mesh node shall support remote software upgrade ability. 7. The wireless mesh node shall support telnet access. 8. The wireless mesh shall support advanced tools like Antenna Alignment Tool, Power Meter, Channel Usage meter etc.

G. Security Specifications

1. The mesh nodes shall support user name and password security for all networking interfaces. 2. The wireless mesh nodes shall support hardware based encryption. 3. The wireless mesh nodes shall have the capability to distinguish between radios that are part of their network from radios that are not. 4. The wireless mesh nodes shall support manufacturing based digital certificates on each node that authenticates with the network. 5. The digital certificate mechanism shall have the ability to have user defined / signed certificates. 6. The wireless mesh nodes shall have digitally signed firmware files. 7. The wireless mesh nodes shall have the ability to lockout malicious users as they try to access the network. 8. The wireless mesh nodes shall support 256-bit AES, 40/104 bit WEP. 9. The security encryption standards on the wireless mesh nodes shall be FIPS certifiable. 10. The wireless mesh nodes shall support ESSID encryption. 11. The wireless mesh nodes shall support MAC address filtering. 12. The wireless mesh nodes shall support broadcast rate limiting. 13. The wireless mesh nodes shall support the ability to remotely control the Ethernet ports. 14. The hardware shall provide for physical security via a lockable mounting bracket.

H. Scalability Requirement

1. The wireless mesh nodes shall support mesh networks of up to 1000 nodes. Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 32 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

2. The wireless mesh nodes shall provide the ability to have Ethernet interfaces as part of the routing domain to make use of the wire where it is available. 3. The wireless mesh nodes shall provide the ability to connect multiple wireless mesh networks over IP. 4. The wireless mesh nodes shall support multiple gateway interconnects for large networks and increased throughput.

I. Mobility Requirements

1. The wireless mesh nodes shall support mesh node mobility at high speeds with low handoff times between roaming nodes. 2. The wireless mesh nodes shall support 802.11 client mobility across multiple Layer 3 domains. 3. The mesh network shall maintain session-persistent connections while mobile infrastructure nodes move at speeds of about 90 MPH (145 Kmph).

J. Power Requirements

1. All wireless hardware units shall support 90–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 0.9A or 12 V DC+/- 15% 2. The outdoor wireless mesh nodes shall support DC pass through on the Ethernet connectors. 3. The outdoor wireless mesh nodes shall support 802.3af PoE standard (PS: Power Source) and be able to power two devices that are capable of deriving power over Ethernet.

K. Physical & Environmental Requirements

1. The wireless mesh nodes enclosure shall be rugged NEMA 4X/IP67 rated for outdoor deployments. 2. The wireless mesh nodes shall support optional surge suppression protection. 3. The wireless mesh nodes shall be plenum rated for indoor use. 4. The outdoor mesh nodes shall have weather proof antenna connectors. 5. The outdoor devices shall be pole and/or wall mountable (with low profile mounting). 6. The outdoor mesh nodes shall provide an optional sunshield for environmental protection. 7. The indoor devices shall be ceiling, or wall mountable. 8. The wireless mesh nodes shall be ROHS & WEEE compliant. 9. The outdoor units shall have the following environmental specifications – a. Operating temperature: -40ºC to +60ºC b. Storage temperature: -40ºC to +85ºC c. Humidity (non-condensing) - 10% to 90% d. Storage humidity (non-condensing) - 5% to 95% e. Maximum altitude 15,000 feet (4600 meters) Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 33 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

10. The indoor units shall comply with the following specifications – a. Operating temperature: 0ºC to +60ºC b. Storage temperature: -20ºC to +70ºC c. Humidity (non-condensing) - 10% to 90% d. Storage humidity (non-condensing) - 5% to 95% e. Maximum altitude 15,000 feet (4600 meters)

2.7 IP VIDEO NETWORK SWITCH

A managed network switch shall be provided to enable connectivity for the IP cameras and Wireless network. The network switch shall be the HP ProCurve 2610-48-PWR Ethernet Managed Switch with PoE, or approved equal. This switch will power all fixed dome cameras. All PTZ cameras shall use either the high power midspan that comes with the camera, or the Outdoor Low Temp Midspan in Section 2.04 “K.” Provide the HP 3 year 24x7 upgrade warranty.

A. Manufacturer: Hewlett-Packard B. Manufacturer Part Number: J9089A#ABA C. Manufacturer Website Address: www.hp.com D. Brand Name: HP E. Product Line: ProCurve F. Product Series: 2610 G. Product Model: 2610-48-PWR H. Product Name: ProCurve 2610-48-PWR Ethernet Switch with PoE I. Marketing Information: The ProCurve Switch 2610-48-PWR provide 48 ports of 10/100 connectivity. The 2610-48-PWR is IEEE 802.3af-compliant for Power over Ethernet (PoE) and provide up to 15.4 W for 48 ports. The 2610-48-PWR switch includes two 10/100/1000Base-T ports and two mini-GBIC slots for Gigabit uplink connectivity. An optional redundant external power supply is also available to provide redundancy in the event of a power supply failure. With static routing, robust security and management features, free lifetime warranty, and free software updates, the 2610-48-PWR is a cost-effective solution for customers who are building converged enterprise edge networks. J. Product Type: Ethernet Switch K. Number of Ports: 48 L. Fast Ethernet Port: Yes M. Number of Expansion Slots: 2 N. Expansion Slots: (2 Total) SFP (mini-GBIC) O. Manageable: Yes P. Standard Memory: 128 MB Q. Power Over Ethernet: Yes R. Input Voltage: 110 V AC, 220 V AC S. Input Voltage Range: 100 V AC to 127 V AC T. Form Factor: Rack-mountable U. Dimensions: 1.73" Height x 17.40" Width x 13.50" Depth V. Weight (Approximate): 16.70 lb W. Package Contents: ProCurve 2610-48-PWR Ethernet Switch with PoE , Rack- mount Hardware Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 34 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

X. Standard Warranty: Lifetime

2.8 CLOSET UPS

A. Provide a Tower UPS to provide backup power for the equipment in the closet.

1. 1500VA Tower UPS

2. Product Type: Line-interactive UPS

3. Plug/Connector Type: NEMA 5-15

4. Receptacles: 8 x NEMA 5-15R

5. Interfaces/Ports: DB-9 RS-232 Serial, USB

6. Batteries: Spill Proof, Maintenance Free Sealed Lead Acid User-replaceable Hot- swappable

7. Backup/Run Time: 0.11 Hour 980 W Full Load, 0.40 Hour 490 W Half Load

8. Battery Recharge Time: 3 Hour Typical

9. Load Capacity: 1.50 kVA/980 W

10. Input Voltage: 110 V AC

11. Input Voltage Range: 120 V AC Nominal, 82 V AC to 144 V AC Mains Operation, 75 V AC to 154 V AC Adjustable Mains Operation

12. Output Voltage: 120 V AC Nominal

13. Form Factor: Tower

14. Dimensions: 8.50" Height x 6.70" Width x 17.30" Depth

15. Weight (Approximate): 53 lb

16. Package Contents: 1500VA Tower UPS , CD with software , Documentation CD , Smart UPS signalling RS-232 cable , USB cable

17. Standard Warranty: 3 Year

The closet UPS shall be the APC SMT1500, or approved equal

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 35 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

2.9 CLOSET FLUSH-MOUNTED WALL BRACKET

A. Provide a 3 U flush-mounted wall bracket to house the IP Video Network Switch and 48 Port High Density CAT 6 Patch Panel in the closet as shown on the drawings. Mount on a 3foot x 3 foot piece of ¾ inch plywood mounted on the closet wall for wall bracket and PTZ High Power Midspans. Mount bracket vertically to prevent dust and dirt buildup in the switch ports. Confirm the location with the manager at each location.

1. Mounts 19” patch panels and active electronic components.

2. Provides 3 RMU.

3. High strength and lightweight aluminum construction.

4. Holds up to 75 lb. when securely mounted to wall or backboard.

The rack shall be a Chatsworth 11583-719 or approved equal.

2.10 CLOSET 48 PORT HIGH DENSITY CAT6 PATCH PANEL

A. Provide a 48 port high density CAT6 patch panel

1. Universal Wiring for both T568A and T568B

2. Black anodized panels

3. Mount directly to an EIA standard 19 inch relay rack or cabinet

4. Quick Identification — Icon label holders and designation labels included

The 48 port patch panel shall be a Siemon HD6-48, 48-port panel, T568A/B wiring, 2 RMS, or approved equal.

2.11 NETWORK WIRING

The IP Video Surveillance Local Area Network shall be a separate standalone network using CAT6 Plenum Cabling, following EIA/TIA standards. Home runs from each camera will be made to a closet in the administration office, as noted on the drawings. Run CAT6 cabling from the IP Video Surveillance Network switch to provide a connection to the existing HACE network in each administration building. The connection to the existing HACE network in each building shall be made or supervised by Networking Technologies, 3910 Caughey Road, Suite 207, Erie, PA 16506, (814) 836-0000, www.net-cloud.com.

The CAT6 Plenum Cable shall meet the following minimum specifications:

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 36 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

A. 1.1 dB Minimum ACR @ 250 MHz

B. 2dB minimum NEXT improvement versus Category 6

C. Performance Parameters – Meets TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1Category 6 and ISO/IEC 11801 Class E requirements

D. Round Design, Flat Tape Separator

E. 1000 to 0 footage marking

F. Bright insulation colors

G. Cable tested to 550 MHz

The CAT6 Plenum Cabling shall be Mohawk M58176 (Blue) or approved equal.

2.12 NESC

The installing contractor shall understand and comply with the National Electric Safety Code (NESC) as it applies to third party attachments of cameras, wireless devices, cabling, and any other necessary attachments on the First Energy utility poles. First Energy (Penelec) stipulates a minimum of forty (40) inches from their lowest secondary, and /or twelve (12) inches below the street light drip loop (whichever is lower), and twelve (12) inch spacing between other third party attachers. Grounding should also follow the NESC requirements.

For cameras installed on lighting poles with no other attachers, position the camera, wireless access point, and NEMA enclosure at least one foot below the minimum distance from the secondary or street light drip loop. Equipment found to be installed too close to the secondary or streetlight drip loop will be repositioned at the sole expense of the installing contractor.

Refer to the specs and drawings for proper positioning of cameras and wireless nodes. The contractor assumes all risk and liability for damage to property of other third party attachers on these utility poles while in the process of installing the cameras, wireless devices, cabling, and any other necessary attachments.

2.13 EIA/TIA STANDARDS

The installing contractor shall understand and comply with all EIA/TIA standards regarding the IP Video Surveillance System.

2.14 SPARE PARTS:

Provide one each of the following spare parts for each location:

Axis Dome kit for P3344, part number 5700-321, or approved equal.

Axis Dome kit for P3344-V, part number 5700-311, or approved equal.

Axis Dome kit for P3344-VE, part number 5700-341, or approved equal. Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 37 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Axis Dome kit for Q6034-E, part number 5700-801, or approved equal.

2.14 CAMERA CONFIGURATION

Configure all PTZ, entrance, and lobby cameras for continuous recording with the Video Management Software. Meet with the client to determine PTZ Guard tours for each location. Configure all fixed cameras in hallways, stairways, and remote exits to record for motion detection to save hard drive storage space.

Confer with the client to confirm “final” desired field of view for each camera at each location.

2.15 Harbor Homes Type “6WB” on Annex residential buildings. Refer to Appendices B, C, & D.

A. Under HACE supervision, mount a PTZ camera on the northeast corner of the HACE residential building at 2041 East 18th Street (Camera 8) and the southeast corner of the HACE residential building at 2068 East 18th Street (Camera 9).

B. In an area to be selected by HACE personnel, provide and install a weatherproof NEMA enclosure with GFI power outlet for the Outdoor Ethernet Extender below and camera Outdoor High Power Midspan (see section 2.04 – K) required for each of these cameras. Power shall be obtained from the existing security lights, under HACE supervision.

C. Outdoor Ethernet Extender

Ethernet extenders shall be used to connect these cameras to the IP Video LAN, and will send Video and PTZ Control over a 25 pair twisted cabling attached to First Energy (Penelec) utility poles for Cameras 8and 9, mounted on HACE residential buildings at 2041 and 2068 East 18th Street.

The Outdoor Ethernet Extender for Cameras 8 and 9, as noted on drawings, shall be the Patton ET2172/UI EnviroNet extended temp Ethernet Extender 50Mbps, -40 to 85C., matched with the Patton 2172/UI CopperLink High Speed 50Mbps Ethernet Extender, or approved equals.

1. Ethernet Extension: Extends 10/100Base-TX Ethernet at distances up to 1.3 miles over 2-wire 24 AWG unconditioned lines 2. Provide at least 10Mbps symmetrical line rates at a distance of 4000 feet, and 1 Mbps upstream, 16 Mbps downstream at a distance of 4000 feet. 3. NEMA 4 Case: Protection against elements such as dirt, rain, sleet, snow, dust, and that will be undamaged by the external formation of ice on the enclosure 4. Auto-sensing Full-Duplex Ethernet: Auto 10 or 100Base-TX and full or Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 38 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

half-duplex Ethernet operation 5. Extended Temperature: ET2172/UI (-40 to 85ºC), 2172/UI (0-50C) , Operates in environments that do not have heating or cooling options 6. Transparent LAN Bridging: Passes higher layer protocols and supports 802.1Q VLAN tagging 7. Dimensions: 8.0 inches long x 4.5 inches wide x 11.5 inches high.

D. Harbor Homes Outdoor High Power Midspan for Type “6WB” PTZ Cameras 8 and 9

For the PTZ cameras listed above, replace the High Power midspan that comes with the camera with an Outdoor Low Temperature Midspan .

The Outdoor Midpan shall be the Enable-IT™ 375 75W 56VDC PoE Plus Injector, or approved equal.

1. Enable-IT™ 375 75W 56VDC PoE Plus Injector

2. Power: 5v - 2A DC country specific AC switching wall adapters included. (120 - 260VAC)

3. Data Rate: 100Mbps full-duplex Ethernet Data & with simultaneous Voice transmission

4. Interface: Ethernet: (4) LAN RJ-45 Standard 10/100 Base-TX autosensing ports

5. Voice/Data Line: RJ-11 - Dual line dongles provided

6. Dimensions: Height 1.5" (38mm) Depth 3.75" (95 mm) Width 5.75" (146mm)

7. Environment: Operational Temperature: -49°F to 168°F (-45°to 76°C)

8. Humidity: 5% to 95%, non-condensing

9. Enclosure: Square wall mount plastic casing with Telco / Network port

E. Network Connectivity for Cameras 8 and 9 on HACE Annex Residential Buildings

The contractor shall provide and install a 25 pair 24 gauge outdoor shielded cable, with messenger, on First Energy (Penelec) utility poles along East 18th Street, to route video and control signals from Camera 8 at 2041 East 18th Street and Camera 9 at 2068 East 18th Street, to the IP Video Network at Administration Building located at 1839 East 18th Street. Attach cable to existing Time Warner strand (as authorized by a separate HACE agreement withTime Warner), as indicated on First Energy Pole Profiles available from HACE. The contractor shall observe all NESC codes and requirements for height restrictions when installing this cable across East 18th Street.

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 39 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Install an outdoor- rated CAT6 cable from Camera 8 and 9 to the 25 pair cable. Make a waterproof splice into the 25 pair cable, with cable boot, following all appropriate EIA/TIA standards.

Breakouts for termination at the residential buildings shall occur on Pole BRD-67 for Camera 8 at 2041 East 18th Street and Pole # BRD-65 for Camera 9 at 2068 East 18th Street. The contractor shall leave a two foot “storage loop” in the 25 pair cable at each utility pole to provide breakout capability for the installation of future cameras. Final termination shall be made at the Administration Building at 1839 East 18th Street.

The contractor shall adhere to ANSI/TIA/EIA Standards and the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) for outside plant cabling, including weatherproofing, grounding, guying, lightning protection, interconnection, and termination, and assumes all liability for proper installation and termination of the 25 pair cabling. Any errors, omissions, violations, fines, and remediation for incorrect installation of this cable on First Energy poles will be the sole liability of the installing contractor.

PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, permits and agreements between the Housing Authority of the City of Erie and First Energy and other parties on the poles (if required) will be obtained under a separate agreement between these parties.

F. 25 Pair Outdoor Cable : refer to Appendix “B”

The 25 Pair outdoor cabling for Cameras 8 and 9 shall be the Superior Essex SEALPIC - 84, part number 01-097-38, designed for aerial installation, or approved equal. The core and support messenger shall lay parallel to each other forming a cross-sectional “figure 8.” The messenger shall be an integral part of the cable sheath. It shall have a nominal OD of 0.99 inches, approximate weight of 260 pounds per 1000 feet, 24 gauge solid annealed copper.

1. Conductor - Solid annealed copper, 24 AWG.

2. Insulation – Conductors are insulated with solid polyolefin, color coded in accordance with industry standards.

3. Twisted Pairs – Individual conductors twisted into pairs with varying lay lengths to minimize crosstalk, and specific color combinations to provide pair identification.

4. Core Assembly – Cables are assembled into a cylindrical core.

5. Core Wrap – A non-hygroscopic, dielectric tape is applied over the core assembly to provide thermal protection for the core.

6. Shielding System – A corrugated, copolymer coated, 8 mil aluminum tape is applied longitudinally with an overlap.

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 40 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

7. Support Member – a ¼ inch, 7 strand Extra High Strength {EHS} galvanized steel messenger serves as the support member and is an integral part of the sheath. The messenger is flooded to inhibit corrosion.

8. Jacket – A black, linear low-density polyethylene jacket is applied overall. The jacket provides a tough protective covering designed to withstand exposure to direct sunlight, atmospheric temperature changes and stresses expected in standard installations.

9. Jacket Markings – Information such as manufacturer’s identification, pair count, AWG, product identification, sequential footage and a telephone handset is printed at 2 foot intervals on the cable jacket.

G. Outdoor CAT6 Shielded Twisted Pair Cable

1. Standards: Exceeds TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1 CAT 6, ISO/IEC 11801:2002 CAT 6, & IEC 61156-5 CAT 6

2. Horizontal Cable

3. Voltage Rating: 300 VOLTS

4. Conductor DCR: 8.9 !/100m (27.1 !/Mft) MAX

5. DCR Unbalance: 3% MAX

6. Mutual Capacitance: 51.5 pF/m (15.7 pF/ft) NOM

7. Capacitance Unbalance Pair/ Ground: 66 pF/100m (200 pF/Mft) MAX

8. Characteristic Impedance: 100 ! ± 15% (1-350 MHz)

9. Input Impedance: 100 ohm ± 15% (1-100 MHz); 100 ohm ± 18% (>100- 200MHz); 100 ohm ± 22% (>200-350 MHz)

The Outdoor CAT6 Shielded Twisted Pair cable shall be the Mohawk M57623, or approved equal.

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 41 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Appendix “A” Harbor Homes Main Campus Pole Mounted Cameras and Wireless Hops- Overview

Install Network Cabling HOP 1B-B15356

CAM 2 -B15259

CAM 6 - B15357

HOP 1A - B15359

CAM 3 -B15255

HOP 2 - B15373

CAM 7 -B15370 HOP 3 –B15227 CAM 4 - B15236

CAM 5 - B15235

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 42 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Appendix “B” Harbor Homes Annex Cam 9 B15137 House Guy Pole 2068 E. 18th

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 43 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

BRD-66

BRD-65 BRD-67

Cam 8 BRD-68 House 2041 E. 18th

BRD-69

BRD-70

BRD-71

BRD-72

BRD-73

BRD-74

BRD-75

BRD-76

Guy wire B12465

Guy Pole BRD-77 B15259

Admin Bldg dmark

Appendix “C” Camera 8 - 2041 East 18th Street

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 44 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

CAT6 shielded outdoor cable

CAM 8

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 45 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Appendix “D” Camera 9 - 2068 East 18th Street

Splice CAT6 into 25 Pair Cable

CAT6 shielded 25 pair shielded cable outdoor cable Position on pole to be determined by Penelec.

CAM 9

Appendix “E” West Side of the Administration Building

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 46 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Pole # CAM 1 B15259

CAM 2

Appendix “F” Entire Site

Wireless Node / Hop - PTZ Camera-

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 47 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

CAM 9

CAM 1 CAM 2

HOP 1-B CAM 6 CAM 8

HOP 1-A

CAM 3

HOP 3 HOP 2 CAM 7

CAM 4

CAM 5

Project ‘G’ IP Video Surveillance Modernization & Energy Conservation 16750 - 48 Improvements at Various Developments Housing Authority of the City of Erie

Housing Authority of the City of Erie

BID DOCUMENTS

Modernization and Energy Conservation Work at Various Housing Developments

Project G

April 15, 2011

HOUSING AUTHORITY OF THE CITY OF ERIE

BID DOCUMENTS for Modernization and Energy Conservation Work at Various Housing Developments Project G

A. INVITATION FOR BIDS ...... 1 Page

B. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FOR CONTRACTS (form HUD 5369) ...... 5 Pages

C. CONTRACT FORM ...... 2 Pages

D. GENERAL CONDITIONS ...... 19 Pages

E. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS ...... 1 Page

F. WAGE RATES ...... 4 Pages F.1. CONTRACTOR’S GUIDE TO MAKING DAVIS BACON WORK…………….31 Pages

G. PAYROLL FORM WH-347 ...... 6 Pages

H. ACCEPTANCE SUBCONTRACTOR ...... 1 Page

I. ECONOMIC OPPORTUNITIES ...... 23 Pages

J. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ...... 4 Page

K. DRAWINGS INDEX ...... 3 Page

L. PAYMENT BOND FORM ...... 2 Pages

M. PERFORMANCE BOND FORM ...... 2 Pages

N. BID BOND FORM ...... 2 Pages

O. BID PROPOSAL FORMS ...... 10 Pages

P. REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF BIDDERS (form HUD 5369-A) ...... 4 Pages P.1. PREVIOUS PARTICIPATION CERTIFICATION (form HUD 2530) 5 Pages

Q. AFFIDAVIT FORM ...... 1 Page

R. HUD FORMS 51001 (1&2), 51002, 51003, Sub-Contractor Certifications ...... 6 Pages

SPECS.bidding.doc